WO2016106710A1 - Precoding matrix indicator (pmi) feedback method and apparatus - Google Patents

Precoding matrix indicator (pmi) feedback method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016106710A1
WO2016106710A1 PCT/CN2014/095970 CN2014095970W WO2016106710A1 WO 2016106710 A1 WO2016106710 A1 WO 2016106710A1 CN 2014095970 W CN2014095970 W CN 2014095970W WO 2016106710 A1 WO2016106710 A1 WO 2016106710A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pmi
subcarrier
precoding matrix
matrix
common
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/095970
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴强
张雷鸣
刘建琴
刘江华
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201480084493.XA priority Critical patent/CN107113661B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2014/095970 priority patent/WO2016106710A1/en
Publication of WO2016106710A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016106710A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/18Negotiating wireless communication parameters
    • H04W28/20Negotiating bandwidth

Definitions

  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
  • 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • MIMO Multi-Input & Multi-Output
  • MIMO-based wireless communication systems can achieve diversity and array gain.
  • a MIMO-based wireless communication system requires precoding processing of signals, and a signal transmission function based on precoding can be expressed as:
  • y is the received signal vector and H is the channel matrix.
  • H is the channel matrix.
  • s is the transmitted signal vector
  • n is the measurement noise
  • the transmitted signal vector s is precoded at the transmitting end.
  • H is a channel characteristic matrix that reflects the characteristics of the current channel. Right multiplied by the channel matrix H, got It can be said that in the absence of noise, the signal after the channel number passes through the air interface, and then the superposition of the measurement noise n, the received signal vector y received at the receiving end can be determined.
  • the transmitter and receiver may be base station devices or terminal devices, respectively.
  • the transmitter may be a base station device, and the receiver may be a terminal device.
  • a common method is that the terminal device quantizes the instantaneous CSI and reports it to the base station.
  • the CSI information reported by the terminal device includes a Rank Indicator (RI), a Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI), and a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) information, where the RI can be used to indicate data transmission.
  • RI Rank Indicator
  • PMI Precoding Matrix Indicator
  • CQI Channel Quality Indicator
  • each carrier may include multiple PMIs that collectively indicate a precoding matrix used in the transmission of signals using the carrier.
  • the signal is transmitted on carrier 1 and carrier 2, the precoding matrix corresponding to carrier 1 is W1, and the precoding matrix corresponding to carrier 2 is W2; wherein PMI1 and PMI2 jointly indicate the W1, and PMI3 and PMI4 jointly indicate the W2.
  • the UE is required to report PMI1, PMI2, PMI3, and PMI4.
  • resources are very limited. Such a transmission method makes the PMI feedback amount large, and wastes the resources of the air interface.
  • PMIs of two precoding matrices need to be fed back, respectively indicating a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix.
  • the horizontal direction is represented by a Kronecker Product of the vertical direction precoding matrix and the horizontal direction precoding matrix to represent the precoding matrix.
  • the precoding matrix V 1 can be expressed as follows:
  • the size of the matrix V 1 is determined by the number of rows and columns of the precoding matrix A in the vertical direction and the number of rows and columns of the precoding matrix B in the horizontal direction.
  • A may also be a horizontal direction precoding matrix
  • B is a vertical direction precoding matrix.
  • the precoding matrix V 2 in the codebook of each carrier may be represented as a dual codebook structure, and the long-term broadband characteristic matrix W 1 represents the long-term/wideband characteristics of the channel; the short-term narrowband characteristic W 2 represents the channel. Short-term/sub-band characteristics.
  • W 1 and W 2 are respectively indicated by different PMIs.
  • the precoding matrix V 2 can be expressed as follows:
  • V 2 W 1 ⁇ W 2
  • the base station determining a precoding matrix V 1 (or a precoding matrix V 2) in accordance with the feedback UE A, B corresponding to the PMI (or W 1, W 2 corresponding PMI).
  • different carriers correspond to different precoding matrices.
  • the number of PMIs fed back is the number of each precoding matrix above, for example, to determine the precoding matrix of carrier 1.
  • the present invention provides a data transmission method to avoid wasting air interface resources while implementing PMI feedback.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a precoding matrix indicating PMI feedback method, which is used in a wireless communication system with multi-carrier capability, where a user equipment UE in a wireless communication system uses a first subcarrier and a second The subcarriers are in communication with the network side device, the method comprising: the UE determining at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, wherein the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI a precoding matrix for indicating the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; the UE is to the wireless communication A base station in the system transmits the at least one public PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier a Kronecker product;
  • the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
  • the common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
  • the first PMI is used to indicate the first a horizontal direction precoding matrix of one subcarrier;
  • the second PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the vertical precoding matrix of the first subcarrier indicated by the common PMI is:
  • N is a positive integer
  • k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1
  • m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI
  • T represents the transposition of the matrix.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix
  • a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second carrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix
  • the PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first sub-carrier
  • the common PMI is further used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second sub-carrier
  • the first PMI is used to indicate the first sub-carrier a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix
  • the second PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the UE, the first PMI compensation value ⁇ , where The ⁇ is used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI.
  • the determining, by the UE, the first PMI compensation value ⁇ includes: according to the second subcarrier precoding matrix and The first subcarrier precoding matrix determines the first PMI compensation value ⁇ .
  • the UE sends the first PMI compensation value ⁇
  • the method includes: transmitting, by using a physical uplink control channel PUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, the first PMI compensation value ⁇ .
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a precoding matrix indicating PMI feedback method, which is used in a wireless communication system with multi-carrier capability, where a base station in a radio communication system uses a first subcarrier and a second subcarrier.
  • the base station receiving at least one public PMI, at least one first PMI and at least one second PMI, wherein the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used And a precoding matrix indicating the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; and the base station is configured according to the at least one common PMI And determining, by the at least one first PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, and determining a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI and the second PMI.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier a Kronecker product;
  • the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
  • the public PMI a vertical direction precoding matrix for indicating the first subcarrier;
  • the common PMI is further used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
  • the first PMI is used to indicate the first subcarrier a horizontal direction precoding matrix;
  • the second PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the method includes: a vertical precoding matrix of the first subcarrier indicated by the common PMI is:
  • N is a positive integer
  • k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1
  • m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI
  • T represents the transposition of the matrix.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix
  • the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second carrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix
  • the common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier
  • the common PMI is further used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier
  • the first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier
  • the second PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic of the second subcarrier matrix.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the base station, the first PMI compensation value ⁇ sent by the UE, Determining, by the base station, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier according to the ⁇ and the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI.
  • the receiving, by the base station, the first PMI compensation value ⁇ includes: the base station by using a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) or physical uplink sharing The channel PUSCH receives the first PMI compensation value ⁇ .
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a precoding matrix indicating PMI feedback apparatus, which is used in a wireless communication system with multi-carrier capability, where a user equipment UE in the wireless communication system uses a first subcarrier and a second sub
  • the carrier is in communication with the network side device, the UE includes: a determining unit, configured to determine at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, wherein the at least one common PMI and the at least one first a PMI is used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; And a sending unit, configured to send the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI to a base station in the wireless communication system.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction of the first subcarrier a Kronecker product of the coding matrix;
  • the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier product;
  • the common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; the first PMI is used to indicate the first a horizontal direction precoding matrix of one subcarrier; the second PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the method includes:
  • the vertical precoding matrix of the first subcarrier indicated by the common PMI is:
  • N is a positive integer
  • k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1
  • m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI
  • T represents the transposition of the matrix.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix;
  • the precoding matrix of the subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second carrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix;
  • the common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier; and the common PMI is further used And indicating a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier;
  • the first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier; and the second PMI is used to indicate a short-term of the second subcarrier Narrowband characteristic matrix.
  • the determining unit is further configured to determine the first PMI compensation value.
  • the ⁇ is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI;
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the first PMI compensation value ⁇ .
  • the determining unit is further configured to determine the first subcarrier precoding matrix and the second subcarrier precoding matrix; Place Determining, by the determining unit, the at least one common PMI according to the first subcarrier precoding matrix; the determining unit determining the first PMI compensation value ⁇ , comprising: according to the second subcarrier precoding matrix and the The first subcarrier precoding matrix determines the first PMI compensation value ⁇ .
  • the sending unit sends the first PMI compensation value ⁇ Specifically, the first PMI compensation value ⁇ is sent by using a physical uplink control channel PUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a precoding matrix indicating PMI feedback apparatus, which is used in a wireless communication system with multi-carrier capability, where a base station in the wireless communication system uses a first subcarrier and a second subcarrier.
  • the base station comprising: a receiving unit, configured to receive at least one public PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, wherein the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI a precoding matrix for indicating the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; and a determining unit, configured to Determining, by the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, and determining a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI and the second PMI.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction of the first subcarrier a Kronecker product of the coding matrix;
  • the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier
  • the common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; the first PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the second PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the method includes: a vertical precoding matrix of the first subcarrier indicated by the common PMI is:
  • N is a positive integer
  • k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1
  • m is the public
  • the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the PMI, and T represents the transposition of the matrix.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix;
  • the precoding matrix of the subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second carrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix;
  • the common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier; and the common PMI is further used And indicating a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier;
  • the first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier; and the second PMI is used to indicate a short-term of the second subcarrier Narrowband characteristic matrix.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive, by the UE, the first a PMI compensation value ⁇ , which is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI.
  • the receiving, by the receiving unit, the first PMI compensation value ⁇ specifically includes: the receiving unit by using a physical uplink control channel, PUCCH, or physical The uplink shared channel PUSCH receives the first PMI compensation value ⁇ .
  • the present invention utilizes the characteristics that multiple carriers have the same or similar PMI values in a certain direction or certain characteristics in some cases, and combine multiple PMIs of the same or similar between different carriers into one common PMI for feedback. , reducing the number of PMIs that need feedback, thereby improving the resource utilization of air interfaces.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a UE side PMI feedback method according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of still another feedback method of a UE-side PMI according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of still another UE side PMI feedback method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a method for feeding back a base station side PMI according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of still another method for feeding back a base station side PMI according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of still another method for feeding back a PMI on a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of still another feedback device of a UE-side PMI according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of still another feedback device of a UE-side PMI according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of still another feedback device of a UE-side PMI according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a feedback apparatus for a base station side PMI according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a feedback apparatus for a base station side PMI according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a feedback apparatus for a base station side PMI according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a feedback device of a UE-side PMI according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a feedback apparatus for a base station side PMI according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • the base station involved in the present invention may be, but not limited to, a Node B (Base station, BS), an Access Point, a Transmission Point (TP), and an Evolved Node B. eNB), relay, etc.;
  • the user equipment UE involved in the present invention may be, but not limited to, a mobile station (MS), a relay, a mobile telephone, a handset. And portable equipment, mobile or non-mobile terminals.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, relating to a feedback method of a precoding matrix indicating PMI for a wireless communication system having multi-carrier capability, a user in the wireless communication system
  • the device UE communicates with the base station using the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier.
  • Step 101 The UE determines at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate the first subcarrier. a precoding matrix; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; wherein the common PMI, the first PMI, the second PMI It can be 2, 3 or more than 3 respectively.
  • the present invention does not limit the specific manner in which the UE determines the PMI, and the process of determining the PMI by the UE may be determined according to the reference signal measurement, and may be according to the measurement reference signal, respectively, from different dimensions.
  • the retries are performed in the precoding sub-matrix, and the matrix with the best signal quality is selected.
  • Step 102 The UE sends the at least one public PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI to a base station in the wireless communication system.
  • the steps of determining at least one of the common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI in step 101 will be specifically described in the form of an example.
  • the UE needs to feed back 4 PMIs, which are respectively PMI 1/2/3/4, which are used to indicate the precoding matrix of the CA1;
  • the UE needs feedback 4
  • the PMIs are PMI5/6/7/8, respectively, which are used to indicate the precoding matrix of the CA2.
  • PMI1, PMI2 may jointly indicate a sub-precoding matrix W A1 under the CA1; PMI3, PMI4 may indicate another sub-precoding matrix W B1 under CA1, and then by W A1 , W B1 and The determined operational relationship determines the CA1 precoding matrix W A1B1 .
  • the specific determination manner may be different, and the present invention is not limited, and may be determined in the form of calculating parameters of the precoding matrix.
  • the UE and/or the base station may calculate W A1 according to two parameters of PMI1 and PMI2, or The UE and/or the base station may also store or predetermine a table, and may query the corresponding W A1 according to PMI1 or PMI2, or PMI1/2/3/4 may be 4 parameters, PMI5/6/7. /8 can be 4 parameters, and the precoding matrix is directly calculated. It should be understood that the need to feed back 4 PMIs under one carrier is only an example, and in actual situations, other situations may occur. Each embodiment of the present application does not specifically refer to four PMIs. At least one PMI in the CA1 is the same as or similar to at least one PMI in the CA2 according to a certain channel condition or channel model.
  • the at least one PMI of CA1 and the at least one PMI of the CA2 may be determined as the common PMI.
  • the approximation here can be equivalent, for example, even if the two PMIs are different, the difference between the two PMIs is small, and finally the channel model of the CA1 precoding matrix and the CA2 precoding matrix can be obtained according to the respective calculations. Tolerance within the scope.
  • PMI1 and PMI5 correspond to each other. When certain conditions are met, it can be determined as public PMI C1 ; PMI3 and PMI7 correspond to each other and can be determined as public PMI C2 , namely:
  • the UE may feed back a common PMI: PMI C1 , PMI C2 ; and a first PMI: PMI2, PMI4; and a second PMI: PMI6, PMI8.
  • the method of determining the common PMI is usually determined by the channel characteristics.
  • PMI1 and PMI5 are used to indicate certain matrix parameters, which are related in some scenarios (such as high-rise scenes or wide-area scenes). High, whose values are equal or the difference is negligible; or PMI1 and PMI5, in some scenarios, indicate a matrix set of the same type of matrix in the table, and other PMI2/PMI6 further indicate one of the matrix sets.
  • PMI1 and PMI5 can be determined as the common PMI 1 in many identical scenarios; similarly, PMI3 and PMI7 can also adopt the above feedback method.
  • the base station side may directly determine that the PMI C1 and the PMI C2 are common PMIs, and the PMI C1 represents PMI1/PMI5, and the PMI C2 represents PMI3/PMI7, and is sent to the UE.
  • the UE may preset a rule, or determine a common PMI, a first PMI, and a second PMI with the UE in a negotiated manner, or directly indicate a public PMI, a first PMI, or a first in a signaling or other signaling of the feedback PMI.
  • the second PMI, the UE determines the public PMI, the first PMI, and the second PMI according to the indication or the preset rule.
  • the PMI 1 and the PMI 5 are determined to be a public PMI, and the preset rule is also in the UE with which it interacts.
  • This indication process can also come from other UEs or other network side devices.
  • step 101 the UE determines that the specific order of the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI may be different, and the present invention provides different implementation manners:
  • Embodiment 1 first determining the PMI of different carriers, and then determining the public PMI and the non-public PMI:
  • the UE may respectively determine a plurality of PMIs corresponding to the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier CA1, and multiple PMIs corresponding to the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier CA2, and corresponding to multiple PMIs and CA2 corresponding to the CA1. Determining, in the plurality of PMIs, the at least one common PMI that may be the public PMI, and the remaining PMIs that are not determined as the public PMI and corresponding to the CA1 as the at least one first PMI; the rest are not determined as the public PMI, and The PMI corresponding to CA2 is used as the second PMI.
  • Embodiment 2 directly determining a public PMI according to a scenario or other preset rules:
  • the UE may determine multiple PMIs corresponding to the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier CA1, and determine that at least one of them is a public PMI according to a channel situation, a usage scenario, or a preset rule, and other ones in the CA1 are not determined as public.
  • the PMI of the PMI is the at least one first PMI; and the at least one second PMI corresponding to the second subcarrier CA2 precoding matrix is further determined.
  • the precoding matrix of CA1 is composed of a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix.
  • the precoding matrix of CA2 is also composed of a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix, and needs to feed back the vertical direction of CA1 and CA2.
  • the PMI of the coding matrix and the PMI of the horizontal direction precoding matrix may be determined as the common PMI.
  • the PMI of the CA1 vertical direction precoding matrix may be determined to be a common PMI, and then the CA1 horizontal direction precoding matrix is determined to be the at least one first PMI, and the CA2 horizontal direction precoding matrix is determined to be the at least one Second PMI.
  • Embodiment 3 first determining the first PMI and the public PMI, and then determining the second PMI:
  • the UE may directly determine the at least one common PMI in the first subcarrier CA1 precoding matrix and the second subcarrier CA2 precoding matrix corresponding according to a preset rule or a usage scenario, and then determine the at least one first PMI and The at least one second PMI.
  • the precoding matrix of CA1 is composed of a precoding matrix in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction
  • the CA2 precoding matrix is also composed of a precoding matrix in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction
  • the PMI of the vertical precoding matrix of CA1 and CA2 needs to be fed back.
  • the PMI of the horizontal direction precoding matrix is the precoding matrix in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction.
  • the PMI similarity of the precoding matrix in the vertical direction of CA1 and CA2 is high, and can be determined as the common PMI.
  • the public PMI is directly determined, and this value may be preset for a certain situation or jointly determined according to CA1 and CA2. And determining that the CA1 horizontal direction precoding matrix is the at least one first PMI, and determining that the CA2 horizontal direction precoding matrix is the at least one second PMI.
  • the present invention does not limit the specific method for determining the PMI corresponding to each precoding matrix, and may traverse from the precoding sub-matrices of different dimensions to select a matrix with the best signal quality.
  • the UE measures the CA1 optimal precoding matrices W1, W2 and CA2 optimal precoding matrices W3 and W4 based on CA1 and CA2, where W1, W2 can be determined from different codebooks, ie, precoding matrix sets, respectively. , W3, W4 can be determined from different codebooks, that is, precoding matrix sets.
  • different RIs correspond to different PMI tables
  • the UE determines, from the plurality of PMI tables, a PMI table corresponding to the value of the RI, where the PMI table
  • the correspondence between the PMI and the precoding matrix and/or the correspondence between the PMI and the precoding submatrix may be included.
  • the PMI table may further include a relationship between the result measured by the UE according to the reference signal and a precoding matrix, and/or a relationship between the result measured by the UE according to the reference signal and the precoding sub-matrix. Then, according to at least one matrix in the PMI table, a PMI value corresponding to one CA is determined.
  • the process of determining the PMI value may traverse the signal quality corresponding to all the matrices in the determined PMI table to determine the most The optimal matrix is then determined by the PMI value corresponding to the optimal matrix, and the PMI value is the PMI value corresponding to the CA.
  • the PMI can be determined directly by determining a precoding matrix.
  • the PMI table may be a specific table or a plurality of corresponding relationship sets stored in the UE.
  • the present invention does not limit the determining process of each PMI, and may be, but is not limited to, the result of negotiation between the UE and the base station, or the two parties predetermine a certain rule, or the UE directly determines, or the base station notifies the UE, or A specific determination method is determined according to the application scenario.
  • the PMI in some items between different subcarriers may be the same in different scenarios, and the different PMSCs are integrated corresponding to the respective PMIs, so that the UE is in a process of determining the precoding matrix. Only the common PMI is fed back once, and the common PMI is used to indicate the precoding matrix of different subcarriers, so that the base station passes the common PMI and the non-public PMI under different subcarriers (in this embodiment, the first PMI and the second PMI) The precoding matrix of each subcarrier is determined separately.
  • the UE sends, to the base station, a PMI that can be commonly used by each subcarrier and a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used.
  • the total number of PMIs fed back is K. It is used to indicate Q precoding matrices under two subcarriers, and the number of PMIs fed back is less than the number of Qs, so as to save channel resources.
  • the first PMI and the second PMI do not necessarily exist independently, and may be referred to as a common PMI, a first PMI, a second PMI, according to an embodiment of the present invention. You can reduce the number of common PMI fields that were originally fed back twice to save the number of bits.
  • the foregoing common PMI and non-public PMI may be determined according to specific scenario characteristics to save channel resources.
  • the feedback method of the PMI indicated by the precoding matrix shown in FIG. 1 will be specifically introduced in different scenarios:
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a first precoding matrix W1 of the first subcarrier and a second precoding matrix of the first subcarrier.
  • PMI1 is one of the PMI of the W1 and the PMI of the W2;
  • PMI2 is the other of the PMI of the W1 and the PMI of the W2;
  • the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a Kronecker product of a third precoding matrix W3 of the second subcarrier and a fourth precoding matrix W4 of the second subcarrier;
  • the PMI1 is a PMI of the W3 and the One of the PMIs of W4;
  • PMI3 is the other of the PMI of the W3 and the PMI of the W4.
  • W1 is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier
  • W2 is a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier
  • W3 is the The vertical direction precoding matrix of the two subcarriers
  • W4 is the horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier;
  • the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
  • the common PMI is used to indicate the first subcarrier a vertical direction precoding matrix;
  • the common PMI is further configured to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
  • the first PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier;
  • the PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • Step 201 The user equipment UE determines at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix; the at least one first PMI is used to And indicating a first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix; the at least one second PMI is used to indicate a second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix.
  • Step 202 The UE sends the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI to a base station, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the antenna distribution can be regarded as being arranged in a vertical direction and in a horizontal direction. Therefore, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier can be regarded as a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix.
  • the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier may be regarded as a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is the first precoding matrix W1 of the first subcarrier and a Kronecker product of the second precoding matrix W2, when the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a Kronecker product of the third precoding matrix W3 and the fourth precoding matrix W4 of the second subcarrier, That is to say:
  • W (CA1) is a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier
  • W (CA2) is a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier
  • W (CA1, 1) is a first subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix
  • W (CA1, 2) is the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix
  • W (CA2, 1) is the second subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix
  • W (CA2, 2) is the second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix. Since the vertical direction expansion is much smaller than the horizontal expansion in the general scenario, the vertical direction is similar to the single-path channel, and the vertical channel can be determined as a single-path channel model. Further, the UE can be approximated or equivalent to the UE needs.
  • Corresponding PMIs corresponding to the vertical direction precoding matrix of the different subcarriers are equal, corresponding to the PMI (CA1, 1) indicating the first subcarrier vertical precoding matrix W (CA1, 1) and used for indicating The PMI (CA2, 1) of the second subcarrier vertical precoding matrix W (CA2, 1) is equal, namely:
  • the PMI C is the at least one common PMI.
  • the base station determines that PMI C and the PMI (CA1,2) the W (CA1); determining the W (CA2,2) based on the PMI C and PMI (CA2,2).
  • the determining process here may be determined by the base station negotiation, or may be an indication of receiving the base station or other device or notifying the base station after determining by itself.
  • the vertical precoding matrix and/or the horizontal precoding matrix of the first subcarrier indicated by the common PMI is:
  • N is a positive integer
  • k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1
  • m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI
  • T represents the transposition of the matrix.
  • the PMI indicates the vertical direction precoding matrix and
  • the horizontal direction precoding matrix is characterized in that the angle expansion of the beam in the vertical direction is relatively small, and the UE transmits to the base station a PMI that can be commonly used for each subcarrier and a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used, wherein two subcarriers are determined at one time.
  • the total number of PMIs fed back is K, which is used to indicate Q precoding matrices under two subcarriers, and the number of PMIs fed back is smaller than the number of Qs, so as to save channel resources. It should be understood that if the position, channel characteristics or other conditions of the antenna change such that the angular spread of the horizontal beam is much smaller than the angular spread of the vertical direction, it can be determined that the horizontal channel is a model of an approximate single-path channel, which can be determined.
  • the PMI indicating the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix is the at least one common PMI
  • the PMI indicating the first subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix is the at least one first PMI
  • the PMI of the carrier vertical direction precoding matrix is the at least one second PMI.
  • the judgment about the channel model may be a condition determined by reaching a certain condition, which may be directly configured or calculated and determined according to the base station or the UE.
  • such a PMI may also be determined to be a common PMI when the difference between PMIs in certain items of different subcarriers is less than a certain threshold in some cases. It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the number of the stator carriers. As long as at least one PMI of each of the multiple subcarriers can be determined as the common PMI according to a preset rule or a certain condition, the channel resources can be saved by reducing the number of PMI feedbacks. the goal of.
  • the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is a vector, and/or:
  • the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is a vector.
  • the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is:
  • N is a positive integer
  • k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1
  • m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI
  • T represents the transposition of the matrix. It should be understood that the transposition here is merely for the convenience of representing the vector, and the vector may be an array during the calling of the implementation.
  • the above formula may be stored in the system in the form of a matrix.
  • W p is a vector intercepted in the Fourier matrix. It should be understood that when the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is not limited to the form shown by W p , it may be from the following Fourier matrix. Intercept the vector obtained from different locations:
  • a feedback method of another PMI is introduced.
  • the method can be, but is not limited to, an antenna scene for 2D MIMO.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a first precoding matrix W 5 and a second precoding matrix W 6 of the first subcarrier;
  • the common PMI is the PMI of the W 5 and the a PMI W 6 in; the first non PMI common to the other and said W PMI 5 W PMI 6 in; the precoding matrix to the second subcarrier of the first sub- a product of a first precoding matrix W 7 and a second precoding matrix W 8 of the carrier;
  • the common PMI being one of the PMI of the W 7 and the PMI of the W 8 ;
  • the first non-public PMI is the W PMI 7 W and the other PMI 8 in.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix (the W 5 ) of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix (the W 6 );
  • the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix (the W 7 ) of the second carrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix (the W 8 );
  • the common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first sub-carrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second sub-carrier;
  • the first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier
  • the second PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the first subcarrier can be decomposed into the W5 and W6 of the product of the second subcarrier can be decomposed into the product of W and the W 8 7, wherein said W 5 denotes a long-term/wideband characteristic of the first subcarrier precoding matrix; the W 6 represents a short-term/narrowband characteristic of the first sub-carrier; and W 7 represents a long-term of the second sub-carrier precoding matrix /Broadband characteristics; the W 8 represents the short-term/narrowband characteristics of the second sub-carrier. That is to say:
  • W' (CA1) W 5 ⁇ W 6
  • W' (CA2) W 7 ⁇ W 8
  • W' (CA1) is a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier
  • W' (CA2) is a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier
  • a W' (CA1) and a scheme are given relations between W 5 to be a PMI (PMI. 5) and the corresponding W 6 PMI (PMI. 6), the corresponding, W '(CA2) to the corresponding 7 PMI 7 W and W 8 corresponding to the PMI
  • the relationship of 8 can be the same. If there is a codebook set B is:
  • the codebook set B is in the form of a matrix, and the codebook set may also be a column in B, and form a set in the form of a vector.
  • the PMI 5 for instructing the base station to select at least one from the codebook set and constituting the W 5, specifically, k PMI 5, and a is an integer value in the range between 0-15, for Select (instruction) 4 columns from B to get X (k) :
  • the W 5 (k) matrix characterizes the long-term broadband characteristics of the channel.
  • PMI 6 another PMI (referred to as PMI 6 for convenience of presentation) is used to instruct the base station to select at least one element from the codebook set C 1 ( The codebook) and constitutes the W 6 .
  • Y ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 2 , ⁇ 3 , ⁇ 4 ⁇ . ⁇ can be a vector with only 1 positions per column.
  • the codebook set can be constructed as follows:
  • Y 1, Y 2 in the order of (Y 1, Y 2) may be any combination of ⁇ 1 to ⁇ 4, it may also be in the form:
  • W' (CA1) W 5 ⁇ W 6
  • the selection matrix W 6 selects a superposition of certain columns from W 5 to form a precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier.
  • the above W 5 (k) includes a matrix of 4 beams, indicating long-term broadband channel characteristics, which can be shared by the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier, and therefore, one W 5 can be shared for different subcarriers, and each sub- The carrier can separately feed back the PMI 6 corresponding to the matrix W 6 representing the short-term narrowband characteristics and the PMI 8 corresponding to the matrix W 8 representing the short-term narrowband characteristics.
  • the specific numerical values in the above examples are only one example given for the purpose of the description, and may vary from antenna port, rank indication, or other parameters in a particular application.
  • the codebook and the selection manner are all exemplary descriptions, and the present invention claims a codebook in other forms and a manner of selecting a codebook.
  • the precoding matrix can be specifically determined by the long-term broadband characteristics of the signal and short-term The case of the product represented by the narrowband characteristic.
  • Figure 3 shows the specific implementation steps when a precoding matrix can be shared due to the long-term broadband characteristics of its subcarriers.
  • the user equipment UE determines at least one public PMI, at least one first PMI, At least one second PMI, wherein the at least one common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix; the at least one first PMI is used to indicate that a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix is embodied in the first sub-carrier; the at least one second The PMI is used to indicate that the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix is reflected in the second subcarrier.
  • Step 302 The UE sends the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI to a base station, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the present invention is not limited to the mutual integration between the various embodiments.
  • the embodiments in FIGS. 2 and 3 may all be performed in the embodiment 1-3 shown in FIG. 1. , will not repeat them here.
  • the present invention further provides a specific implementation method for specifically determining a PMI by using a lookup table, where the precoding matrix can be used by a first subcarrier precoding matrix and a second subcarrier precoding matrix.
  • the lookup table in the present invention may be to check a table stored in the UE or the base station, where the table includes a correspondence between the PMI and the matrix, and the table may be multiple in consideration of a specific application, so as to have Under different RI values or other parameters, the PMI and the specific precoding submatrix correspond to different tables.
  • the UE acquires the information required in the table; or an array or a relationship, and is used to query the PMI value corresponding to the corresponding precoding matrix.
  • the specific form of the table may be multiple, and may be a mapping relationship or a function relationship stored in the UE or the base station, which is not limited by the present invention.
  • the present embodiment is described in the form of a table.
  • the value of the common PMI(i 1 ) is determined according to the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the CA1 and the PMI corresponding to the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the CA2, respectively, and the value of the first PMI(i 2 ) corresponding to CA1 is determined.
  • the value of the second PMI (i 2 ') corresponding to the CA2 transmits a value of the terms i1, i2, i2' to the base station.
  • a specific manner of determining the values of the common PMI (i 1 ) of the CA1 and the CA2 may be determined according to channel characteristics, and in Tables 1 to 4, PMI(i 1 ) , PMI(i 2 ) is used to determine The value of m/n, since the characteristics determined by PMI(i 1 ) correspond to the short-term narrow-band characteristics in the physical sense, the values may be the same in different CAs. Therefore, in this embodiment, the PMI of CA1 (i 1 ) and P2(i 1 ) of CA2 can be used as a public PMI.
  • the PMI value of the long-term broadband characteristic matrix corresponding to the CA1 and the PMI value of the long-term broadband characteristic matrix corresponding to the CA2 may be respectively confirmed, and then selected from the PMI value.
  • the public PMI One out as the public PMI.
  • CA1, CA2, and CA3 a common PMI can be determined.
  • the PMI corresponding to the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of CA1, CA2, and CA3 can be used as a common PMI, and the UE only feedbacks.
  • the short-term narrow-band characteristic matrix of the three carriers can be indicated to achieve further resource saving.
  • the present embodiment is also applicable to the long-term broadband characteristic and the vertical direction and horizontal direction precoding matrix, and details are not described herein again.
  • multiple CAs can also have multiple public PMIs.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 may be shared with other subcarriers according to the long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier precoding matrix in the table, and the PMI corresponding to different subcarriers may be used as a common PMI to determine two precodings of different subcarriers.
  • the long-term broadband characteristic matrix according to the first subcarrier precoding matrix in the table may be shared with other subcarriers, and in other scenarios, the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix may be shared with other subcarriers. Corresponding to the determination manner in this embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the embodiments of the present invention all determine the PMI under two subcarriers, and the present invention claims that when the number of subcarriers is more than two, the respective PMIs of the two subcarriers may be shared with other subcarriers.
  • the PMI may be different from the PMI that is fed back by any one of the at least two subcarriers, and the PMI corresponding to the several subcarriers takes the form of separate feedback.
  • the PMI c can be directly determined as the at least one common PMI.
  • the UE may determine the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, and a compensation value ⁇ , wherein the at least one common PMI and the at least one first The PMI is configured to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI, the at least one second PMI, and the ⁇ collectively indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, and send the to the base station At least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, and one compensation value ⁇ .
  • the PMI of the second subcarrier may also be determined as the at least one common PMI, and a compensation value ⁇ ′ is sent, according to the at least one common PMI, the ⁇ ′, and the at least one first PMI.
  • a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier determining a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI and the second PMI.
  • the number of bits or resources occupied by ⁇ is smaller than the number of bits or resources occupied by one PMI. In this case, the purpose of more accurately indicating the precoding matrix of the two subcarriers in the case of resource saving can be achieved.
  • the UE determines and sends a first PMI compensation value ⁇ 1 and/or a second PMI compensation value ⁇ 2 , where the ⁇ 1 is used together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI. Determining a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the ⁇ 2 is configured to jointly determine a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier with the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI.
  • the above-mentioned UE determines and transmits the first PMI compensation value ⁇ 1 and/or the second PMI compensation value ⁇ 2 into three cases:
  • the UE determines the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 and transmits the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 to the base station;
  • the UE determines the ⁇ 1 and sends the ⁇ 1 to the base station;
  • the UE determines the ⁇ 2 and transmits the ⁇ 2 to the base station.
  • the order of the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 and the PMI that the UE needs to feed back is not limited, and may be sent simultaneously or sequentially. According to the different scenarios of the public PMI, the present invention provides three specific implementation manners:
  • Embodiment 4 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 4:
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of the first precoding matrix W1 and the second precoding matrix W2 of the first subcarrier
  • the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is the Under the scenario of the Kronecker product of the third precoding matrix W3 of the second subcarrier and the fourth precoding matrix W4:
  • W (CA1) is determined. 1) Corresponding PMI (CA1 , 1) as one of the common PMIs, determining that the difference between the PMI (CA1 , 1) and the PMI (CA2 , 1) corresponding to the W (CA2, 1) can be used by ⁇ a OK.
  • the PMI (CA1, 2) corresponding to W (CA1, 2) is the first PMI
  • determining that the PMI (CA2, 2) corresponding to W (CA2, 2) is the second PMI
  • the public PMI is The first PMI is used to determine (instruct) W (CA1, 1) and the W (CA1 , 2) , respectively, the common PMI
  • the ⁇ a determines the W (CA2, 1)
  • the second PMI describes W (CA2 , 2) to confirm the first subcarrier precoding matrix W (CA1) , W (CA2) .
  • the method of determining the PMI (CA2, 1) as the common PMI, the corresponding use ⁇ a ' and the common PMI indicating the W (CA1) may be the same as the above method, and details are not described herein again.
  • Embodiment 5 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 5:
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of the first precoding matrix W5 and the second precoding matrix W6 of the first subcarrier; the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is the first Under the scenario of the product of the first precoding matrix W7 and the second precoding matrix W8 of the subcarriers:
  • W' (CA1) W 5 ⁇ W 6
  • W' (CA2) W 7 ⁇ W 8
  • Represents CA1 long wideband channel characteristic matrix W5 can use the PMI 5 indicates a matrix representing channel characteristics CA2 long wideband channel W7 can 5 and a compensation value PMI ⁇ b indicates, as one example, is determined W5 corresponding PMI (PMI 5) as The common PMI, the PMI (PMI 6 ) corresponding to W6 is the first PMI, and the PMI (PMI 8 ) corresponding to W8 is the second PMI.
  • the common PMI is used to determine (instruct) the W5, for determining the first PMI (indication) of the W6, the second PMI is used to indicate the W8, the common PMI and the ⁇ b for indicating the W7, W5 said W6 is used to determine the W' (CA1) , the W7, and the W8 are used to determine the W' (CA2) ;
  • the correspondence in the table 1-4 is determined according to the rank indication after the common PMI and the ⁇ b 'calculates; table, said correspondence table in common PMI i 1, the first table corresponding to the PMI i 2, the first subcarrier determining the precoding matrix W The obtained value corresponds to i 1 in the table, i 2 in the second PMI correspondence table, and the precoding matrix W 2 corresponding to the second subcarrier is determined. It should be understood that the method of determining the PMI 7 as the common PMI is the same as the above embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • Embodiment 6 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 6
  • the ⁇ c is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI; the ⁇ d is used for the at least one The common PMI and the at least one second PMI jointly determine a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the base station and the UE may specify that the compensation value is not compensated for a certain feedback, and the compensation mode may be adopted by signaling or other convention.
  • the foregoing various embodiments for determining the compensation value are given the basis or sequence of the determination.
  • the specific determination method is not limited in the present invention, and the determination manner of the compensation value may be different according to the number of allocated bits, for example, when public
  • the PMI is used to indicate that the error of the first subcarrier precoding matrix and the second subcarrier precoding matrix are not large (that is, can be within the tolerance range)
  • one bit can be allocated, 0 represents no compensation, and 1 represents compensation.
  • the compensation value may be predefined; in one embodiment, PMI X and PMI Y are used to indicate a first subcarrier precoding matrix, and PMI Z and PMI W are used to indicate a second subcarrier precoding matrix.
  • the value indicated by the common PMI and the compensation value is 9 if it is within a certain tolerance range. , can also be accepted.
  • the vertical direction precoding matrix or the long-term broadband characteristic precoding matrix of a certain subcarrier may be determined by using a single path characteristic of different subcarriers in the vertical direction or a long-term broadband characteristic of different subcarriers.
  • a common PMI is further determined by a compensation value ⁇ ; a vertical direction precoding matrix or a long-term broadband characteristic precoding matrix of another subcarrier is indicated according to the ⁇ and the common PMI. And indicating, according to the first PMI and the second PMI, a precoding matrix under the different subcarriers, thereby saving channel resources and improving indication precision.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, relating to a feedback method of a precoding matrix indicating PMI for a wireless communication system having multi-carrier capability, a base station in the wireless communication system The first subcarrier and the second subcarrier are used to communicate with the base station.
  • Step 401 The base station receives at least one public PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI.
  • Step 402 The base station determines, according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, where the at least one a common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate the second subcarrier The precoding matrix of the wave.
  • the steps of the receiving step in step 401 and the determining at least one of the common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI in step 401 will be specifically described in the form of an example.
  • the base station needs to determine that the four PMIs are respectively PMI1/2/3/4, and the four PMIs are used to indicate the precoding matrix of the CA1; for the second subcarrier CA2, the base station needs to determine 4
  • the PMIs are PMI5/6/7/8, respectively, which are used to indicate the precoding matrix of the CA2.
  • PMI1, PMI2 may jointly indicate a sub-precoding matrix W A1 under the CA1; PMI3, PMI4 may indicate another sub-precoding matrix W B1 under CA1, and then by W A1 , W B1 and The determined operational relationship determines the CA1 precoding matrix W A1B1 .
  • the specific determination manner may be different, and the present invention is not limited, and may be determined in the form of calculating parameters of the precoding matrix.
  • the UE and/or the base station may calculate W A1 according to two parameters of PMI1 and PMI2, or The UE and/or the base station may also store or predetermine a table, and may query the corresponding W A1 according to PMI1 or PMI2, or PMI1/2/3/4 may be 4 parameters, PMI5/6/7. /8 can be 4 parameters, and the precoding matrix is directly calculated. It should be understood that the need to feed back 4 PMIs under one carrier is only an example, and in actual situations, other situations may occur. Each embodiment of the present application does not specifically refer to four PMIs. At least one PMI in the CA1 is the same as or similar to at least one PMI in the CA2 according to a certain channel condition or channel model.
  • the at least one PMI of CA1 and the at least one PMI of the CA2 may be determined as the common PMI.
  • the approximation here is equivalent, for example, even if the two PMIs are different, the difference between the two PMIs is small, and the final base station according to the respective calculated CA1 precoding matrix and the channel model of the CA2 precoding matrix are Can be tolerated within the scope.
  • PMI1 and PMI5 correspond to each other.
  • PMI3 and PMI7 correspond to each other and can be determined as public PMI C2 , namely:
  • the base station may receive a common PMI: PMI C1 , PMI C2 ; and a first PMI: PMI2, PMI4; and a second PMI: PMI6, PMI8.
  • the method of determining the common PMI is usually determined by the channel characteristics.
  • PMI1 and PMI5 are used to indicate certain matrix parameters, which are related in some scenarios (such as high-rise scenes or wide-area scenes). High, whose values are equal or the difference is negligible; or PMI1 and PMI5, in some scenarios, indicate a matrix set of the same type of matrix in the table, and other PMI2/PMI6 further indicate one of the matrix sets.
  • PMI1 and PMI5 can be determined to be the common PMI 1 in many identical scenarios; similarly, PMI3 and PMI7 can also use the above indication.
  • the base station side may directly determine that the PMI C1 and the PMI C2 are common PMIs, and the PMI C1 represents PMI1/PMI5, and the PMI C2 represents PMI3/PMI7, and is sent to the UE.
  • the base station may preset a rule, or determine a common PMI, a first PMI, and a second PMI with the UE in a negotiated manner, or directly refer to the public PMI, the first PMI, or the other PMI in the signaling or other signaling of the feedback PMI.
  • a second PMI the base station determining the precoding matrix according to the indication. For example, in a high-rise scenario, the PMI 1 and the PMI 5 are determined to be a public PMI, and the preset rule is also in the UE with which it interacts. This indication process can also come from other UEs or other network side devices.
  • the base station determines, according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a precoding of the second subcarrier.
  • the specific process of the matrix may be that different RIs correspond to different PMI tables, and after the base station determines the value of the RI, the base station determines, from the plurality of PMI tables, a PMI table corresponding to the value of the RI,
  • the PMI table may include a correspondence between a PMI and a precoding matrix and/or a correspondence between a PMI and a precoding submatrix.
  • the precoding matrix of CA1 is determined according to the common PMI and the first PMI, or the precoding matrix corresponding to CA2 is determined by the common PMI and the second PMI.
  • the PMI table may be a specific table or a plurality of corresponding relationship sets stored in the UE and/or the base station.
  • the PMIs in some items between different subcarriers may be the same in different scenarios, and different subcarriers are integrated corresponding to the respective PMIs, so that the base station performs a certain precoding.
  • the common PMI is received once, and the common PMI is used to indicate the precoding matrix of different subcarriers, so that the base station passes the common PMI and the non-public PMI under different subcarriers (in this embodiment, the first PMI, The second PMI) determines the precoding matrix of each subcarrier, respectively.
  • the base station receives a PMI that can be commonly used by each subcarrier and a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used.
  • the total number of received PMIs is K, which is used to indicate Q precoding matrices under two subcarriers, and the number of PMIs fed back is less than the number of Qs, so as to save channel resources.
  • the public PMI, the first PMI and the second PMI of the present invention It may not be independent, and may be referred to as a common PMI, a first PMI, and a second PMI according to different fields of the same message.
  • the public PMI field originally fed back twice may be reduced by one to save. The effect of the number of bits.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a first precoding matrix W1 of the first subcarrier and a second precoding matrix of the first subcarrier.
  • PMI1 is one of the PMI of the W1 and the PMI of the W2;
  • PMI2 is the other of the PMI of the W1 and the PMI of the W2;
  • the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a Kronecker product of a third precoding matrix W3 of the second subcarrier and a fourth precoding matrix W4 of the second subcarrier;
  • the PMI1 is a PMI of the W3 and the One of the PMIs of W4;
  • PMI3 is the other of the PMI of the W3 and the PMI of the W4.
  • W1 is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier
  • W2 is a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier
  • W3 is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier
  • W4 is When the horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is described.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier;
  • the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
  • the common PMI is used to indicate the first subcarrier a vertical direction precoding matrix;
  • the common PMI is further configured to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
  • the first PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier;
  • the PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • Step 501 The base station receives at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix; and the at least one first PMI is used to indicate a subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix; the at least one second PMI is used to indicate a second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix.
  • Step 502 The base station determines, according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, where the at least one common PMI And the at least one first PMI is used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate the second subcarrier Precoding matrix.
  • the antenna distribution can be regarded as being arranged in a vertical direction and in a horizontal direction. Therefore, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier can be regarded as a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix.
  • the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier may be regarded as a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is the first precoding matrix W1 of the first subcarrier and a Kronecker product of the second precoding matrix W2, when the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a Kronecker product of the third precoding matrix W3 and the fourth precoding matrix W4 of the second subcarrier, That is to say:
  • W (CA1) is a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier
  • W (CA2) is a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier
  • W (CA1, 1) is a first subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix
  • W (CA1, 2) is the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix
  • W (CA2, 1) is the second subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix
  • W (CA2, 2) is the second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix. Since the vertical direction expansion is much smaller than the horizontal expansion in the general scenario, the vertical direction is similar to the single-path channel, and the vertical channel can be determined as a single-path channel model. Further, the UE can be approximated or equivalent to the UE needs.
  • Corresponding PMIs corresponding to the vertical direction precoding matrix of the different subcarriers are equal, corresponding to the PMI (CA1, 1) indicating the first subcarrier vertical precoding matrix W (CA1, 1) and used for indicating The PMI (CA2, 1) of the second subcarrier vertical precoding matrix W (CA2, 1) is equal, namely:
  • the base station may determine that the PMI C of the UE is the at least one public PMI.
  • the base station may determine that the PMI (CA1, 2) used to indicate the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix W (CA1, 2) is the at least one first PMI; and determine to indicate the second The PMI (CA2, 2) of the subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix W (CA2, 2) is the at least one second PMI.
  • the vertical precoding matrix and/or the horizontal precoding matrix of the first subcarrier indicated by the common PMI is:
  • N is a positive integer
  • k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1
  • m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI
  • T represents the transposition of the matrix.
  • the PMI when the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier can be decomposed into a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix, the PMI respectively indicates a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix, and utilizes The angle expansion of the beam in the vertical direction is relatively small.
  • the base station receives a PMI that the UE can use for each subcarrier and a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used.
  • the process of determining the precoding matrix of two subcarriers at a time is performed.
  • the total number of PMIs fed back is K, which is used to indicate Q precoding matrices under two subcarriers, and the number of PMIs fed back is less than the number of Qs, so as to save channel resources.
  • the PMI indicating the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix is the at least one common PMI
  • the PMI indicating the first subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix is the at least one first PMI
  • the PMI of the carrier vertical direction precoding matrix is the at least one second PMI.
  • the judgment about the channel model may be a condition determined by reaching a certain condition, which may be directly configured or calculated and determined according to the base station or the UE.
  • such a PMI may also be determined to be a common PMI when the difference between PMIs in certain items of different subcarriers is less than a certain threshold in some cases. It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the number of the stator carriers. As long as at least one PMI of each of the multiple subcarriers can be determined as the common PMI according to a preset rule or a certain condition, the channel resources can be saved by reducing the number of PMI feedbacks. the goal of.
  • the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is a vector, and/or:
  • the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is a vector.
  • the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is:
  • N is a positive integer
  • k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1
  • m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI
  • T represents the transposition of the matrix. It should be understood that the transposition here is merely for the convenience of representing the vector, and the vector may be an array during the calling of the implementation.
  • the above formula may be stored in the system in the form of a matrix.
  • W p is a vector intercepted in the Fourier matrix. It should be understood that when the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is not limited to the form shown by W p , it may be from the following Fourier matrix. Intercept the vector obtained from different locations:
  • a feedback method of another PMI is introduced.
  • the method can be, but is not limited to, an antenna scene for 2D MIMO.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a first precoding matrix W 5 and a second precoding matrix W 6 of the first subcarrier;
  • the common PMI is the PMI of the W 5 and the a PMI W 6 in; the first non PMI common to the other and said W PMI 5 W PMI 6 in; the precoding matrix to the second subcarrier of the first sub- a product of a first precoding matrix W 7 and a second precoding matrix W 8 of the carrier;
  • the common PMI being one of the PMI of the W 7 and the PMI of the W 8 ;
  • the first non-public PMI is the W PMI 7 W and the other PMI 8 in.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix (the W 5 ) of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix (the W 6 );
  • the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix (the W 7 ) of the second carrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix (the W 8 );
  • the common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first sub-carrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second sub-carrier;
  • the first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier
  • the second PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the first subcarrier can be decomposed into the W5 and W6 of the product of the second subcarrier can be decomposed into the product of W and the W 8 7, wherein said W 5 denotes a long-term/wideband characteristic of the first subcarrier precoding matrix; the W 6 represents a short-term/narrowband characteristic of the first sub-carrier; and W 7 represents a long-term of the second sub-carrier precoding matrix /Broadband characteristics; the W 8 represents the short-term/narrowband characteristics of the second sub-carrier. That is to say:
  • W' (CA1) W 5 ⁇ W 6
  • W' (CA2) W 7 ⁇ W 8
  • W' (CA1) is a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier
  • W' (CA2) is a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier
  • a W' (CA1) and a scheme are given relations between W 5 to be a PMI (PMI. 5) and the corresponding W 6 PMI (PMI. 6), the corresponding, W '(CA2) to the corresponding 7 PMI 7 W and W 8 corresponding to the PMI
  • the relationship of 8 can be the same. If there is a codebook set B is:
  • the codebook set B is in the form of a matrix, and the codebook set may also be a column in B, and form a set in the form of a vector.
  • the PMI 5 for instructing the base station to select at least one from the codebook set and constituting the W 5, specifically, k PMI 5, and a is an integer value in the range between 0-15, for Select (instruction) 4 columns from B to get X (k) :
  • the W 5 (k) matrix characterizes the long-term broadband characteristics of the channel.
  • PMI 6 another PMI (referred to as PMI 6 for convenience of presentation) is used to instruct the base station to select at least one element from the codebook set C 1 ( The codebook) and constitutes the W 6 .
  • Y ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 2 , ⁇ 3 , ⁇ 4 ⁇ . ⁇ can be a vector with only 1 positions per column.
  • the codebook set can be constructed as follows:
  • Y 1, Y 2 in the order of (Y 1, Y 2) may be any combination of ⁇ 1 to ⁇ 4, it may also be in the form:
  • W' (CA1) W 5 ⁇ W 6
  • the selection matrix W 6 selects a superposition of certain columns from W 5 to form a precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier.
  • the above W 5 (k) includes a matrix of 4 beams, indicating long-term broadband channel characteristics, which can be shared by the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier, and therefore, one W 5 can be shared for different subcarriers, and each sub- The carrier can separately feed back the PMI 6 corresponding to the matrix W 6 representing the short-term narrowband characteristics and the PMI 8 corresponding to the matrix W 8 representing the short-term narrowband characteristics.
  • the specific numerical values in the above examples are only one example given for the purpose of the description, and may vary from antenna port, rank indication, or other parameters in a particular application.
  • the codebook and the selection manner are all exemplary descriptions, and the present invention claims a codebook in other forms and a manner of selecting a codebook.
  • the precoding matrix can be specifically determined by the long-term broadband characteristics of the signal and short-term The case of the product represented by the narrowband characteristic.
  • Figure 6 shows the specific implementation steps when a precoding matrix can be shared due to the long-term broadband characteristics of its subcarriers.
  • the base station receives at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix; the at least one first PMI is used by And indicating a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix in the first subcarrier; the at least one second PMI is used to indicate that the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix is reflected in the second subcarrier.
  • Step 602 The base station determines, according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, a precoding matrix of a first subcarrier and a precoding matrix of a second subcarrier, where the at least one a common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate precoding of the second subcarrier matrix.
  • the present invention further provides a specific implementation method for specifically determining a PMI by using a lookup table, where the precoding matrix can be used by a first subcarrier precoding matrix and a second subcarrier precoding matrix.
  • the lookup table in the present invention may be to check a table stored in the UE or the base station, where the table includes a correspondence between the PMI and the matrix, and the table may be multiple in consideration of a specific application, so as to have Under different RI values or other parameters, the PMI and the specific precoding submatrix correspond to different tables.
  • the base station acquires the information required in the table; or an array or relationship for querying the precoding matrix corresponding to the corresponding PMI value.
  • the specific form of the table may be multiple, and may be a mapping relationship or a function relationship stored in the UE or the base station, which is not limited by the present invention.
  • the present embodiment is described in the form of a table.
  • the corresponding table is determined in the corresponding rank, for example, the value of the rank indication ranges from 1-4, then the corresponding table is determined in Table 1 to Table 4 (Table 1 corresponds to rank indication 1, Table 2 Corresponding rank indication 2, Table 3 corresponding rank indication 3, Table 4 corresponding rank indication 4):
  • Determining one of the tables 1-4 according to the RI after the base station receives the public PMI (i1), the first PMI (i2), and the second PMI (i2'), and then in the determined table, according to Determining, by a specific usage scenario, a long-term broadband characteristic precoding matrix corresponding to the value of the common PMI (i 1 ) of the CA1 and the CA2, and determining a short-term narrowband characteristic of the CA1 according to the first PMI and the second PMI A matrix and a short-term narrow-band characteristic matrix of the CA2.
  • CA1, CA2, and CA3 a common PMI can also be received.
  • the PMI corresponding to the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of CA1, CA2, and CA3 can be used as a public PMI, and the public PMI is fed back once.
  • the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the three carriers may be indicated, and the base station receives the public PMI fed back by the UE to achieve further resource saving.
  • the present embodiment is also applicable to the long-term broadband characteristic and the vertical direction and horizontal direction precoding matrix, and details are not described herein again.
  • multiple CAs can also have multiple public PMIs.
  • the long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier precoding matrix in the table may be shared with other subcarriers, and the PMI corresponding to different subcarriers may be used as a common PMI, and the base station determines different subcarriers.
  • the common PMI is received once in the case of two precoding matrices, and the base station receives a non-common PMI that is not commonly used by each subcarrier transmitted by the UE, and is used to indicate four sub precoding matrices (ie, the first subcarrier) under two subcarriers.
  • the long-term broadband characteristic matrix and the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the carrier and the second sub-carrier respectively, and the number of received PMIs is smaller than the number of all four sub-precoding matrices that can be determined by the k PMIs to save channel resources.
  • the long-term broadband characteristic matrix according to the first subcarrier precoding matrix in the table may be shared with other subcarriers, and in other scenarios, the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix may be shared with other subcarriers.
  • the embodiments of the present invention both determine a precoding matrix under two subcarriers, and the present invention claims that when there are more than two subcarriers, the respective PMIs of the two subcarriers may be associated with other sub-carriers.
  • the PMI shared by the carrier may be different.
  • the sub-carrier may also have a plurality of sub-carriers different from the PMI fed back by any one of the at least two sub-carriers, and the PMI corresponding to the several sub-carriers adopts separate feedback. form.
  • the base station will be based on All PMIs of the CA3 are individually fed back to determine the precoding matrix.
  • the base station may directly determine that the common PMI is PMI a ; correspondingly, when PMI a is used as the PMI b indicating the second subcarrier
  • the PMI a may be directly determined to be the common PMI; or when one PMI c is used as the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier.
  • the PMI c can be directly determined as the at least one common PMI.
  • the above process may be determined at the UE or the base station.
  • the base station may determine the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, and a compensation value ⁇ , wherein the at least one common PMI and the at least one a first PMI is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI, the at least one second PMI, and the ⁇ collectively indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, the base station receiving the The UE transmits the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, and a compensation value ⁇ .
  • the PMI of the second subcarrier may also be determined as the at least one common PMI, and a compensation value ⁇ ′ is received, which is determined according to the at least one common PMI, the ⁇ ′, and the at least one first PMI. a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; determining a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI and the second PMI.
  • the number of bits or resources occupied by ⁇ may be, but is not limited to, less than the number of bits or resources occupied by one PMI. In this case, the purpose of more accurately indicating the precoding matrix of the two subcarriers in the case of resource saving can be achieved.
  • the base station receives the first PMI compensation value ⁇ 1 and/or a second PMI compensation value ⁇ 2 , where the ⁇ 1 is used together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI. Determining a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the ⁇ 2 is configured to jointly determine a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier with the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI.
  • the above-mentioned base station determines or receives the first PMI compensation value ⁇ 1 and/or the second PMI compensation value ⁇ 2 into three cases:
  • the base station or UE determines the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 , and the base station receives the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 ;
  • the base station or the UE determines the ⁇ 1 , and the base station receives the ⁇ 1 ;
  • the base station or UE determines the ⁇ 2 , and the base station receives the ⁇ 2 .
  • the order of the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 and the PMI that the base station needs to receive is not limited, and may be received simultaneously or sequentially. According to the different scenarios of the public PMI, the present invention provides three specific implementation manners:
  • Embodiment 7 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 7:
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of the first precoding matrix W1 and the second precoding matrix W2 of the first subcarrier
  • the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is the Under the scenario of the Kronecker product of the third precoding matrix W3 of the second subcarrier and the fourth precoding matrix W4:
  • W (CA1) is determined. 1) Corresponding PMI (CA1 , 1) as one of the common PMIs, determining that the difference between the PMI (CA1 , 1) and the PMI (CA2 , 1) corresponding to the W (CA2, 1) can be used by ⁇ a OK.
  • the PMI (CA1, 2) corresponding to W (CA1, 2) is the first PMI
  • determining that the PMI (CA2, 2) corresponding to W (CA2, 2) is the second PMI
  • the public PMI is The first PMI is used to determine (instruct) W (CA1, 1) and the W (CA1 , 2) , respectively, the common PMI
  • the ⁇ a determines the W (CA2, 1)
  • the second PMI describes W (CA2 , 2) to confirm the first subcarrier precoding matrix W (CA1) , W (CA2) .
  • the method of determining the PMI (CA2, 1) as the common PMI, the corresponding use ⁇ a ' and the common PMI indicating the W (CA1) may be the same as the above method, and details are not described herein again.
  • Embodiment 8 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 8
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of the first precoding matrix W5 and the second precoding matrix W6 of the first subcarrier;
  • the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is the first Subcarrier number Under the scene of the product of a precoding matrix W7 and a second precoding matrix W8:
  • W' (CA1) W 5 ⁇ W 6
  • W' (CA2) W 7 ⁇ W 8
  • Represents CA1 long wideband channel characteristic matrix W5 can use the PMI 5 indicates a matrix representing channel characteristics CA2 long wideband channel W7 can 5 and a compensation value PMI ⁇ b indicates, as one example, is determined W5 corresponding PMI (PMI 5) as The common PMI, the PMI (PMI 6 ) corresponding to W6 is the first PMI, and the PMI (PMI 8 ) corresponding to W8 is the second PMI.
  • the common PMI is used to determine (instruct) the W5, for determining the first PMI (indication) of the W6, the second PMI is used to indicate the W8, the common PMI and the ⁇ b for indicating the W7, W5 said W6 is used to determine the W' (CA1) , the W7, and the W8 are used to determine the W' (CA2) ;
  • the correspondence in the table 1-4 is determined according to the rank indication after the common PMI and the ⁇ b 'calculates; table, said correspondence table in common PMI i 1, the first table corresponding to the PMI i 2, the first subcarrier determining the precoding matrix W The obtained value corresponds to i 1 in the table, i 2 in the second PMI correspondence table, and the precoding matrix W 2 corresponding to the second subcarrier is determined. It should be understood that the method of determining the PMI 7 as the common PMI is the same as the above embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • Embodiment 9 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 9:
  • the ⁇ c is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI; the ⁇ d is used for the at least one The common PMI and the at least one second PMI jointly determine a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the base station and the UE may specify that the compensation value is not compensated for a certain feedback, and the compensation mode may be adopted by signaling or other convention.
  • the foregoing various embodiments for determining the compensation value are given the basis or sequence of the determination.
  • the specific determination method is not limited in the present invention, and the determination manner of the compensation value may be different according to the number of allocated bits, for example, when public
  • the PMI is used to indicate that the error of the first subcarrier precoding matrix and the second subcarrier precoding matrix are not large (that is, can be within the tolerance range)
  • one bit can be allocated, 0 represents no compensation, and 1 represents compensation.
  • the compensation value may be predefined; in one embodiment, PMI X and PMI Y are used to indicate a first subcarrier precoding matrix, and PMI Z and PMI W are used to indicate a second subcarrier precoding matrix.
  • the above-described method of determining or receiving the compensation value is merely an example, and within a logical range, the determination or reception of the compensation value may be combined with any one of the embodiments for transmitting the compensation value, and other embodiments of the present invention.
  • the vertical direction precoding matrix or the long-term broadband characteristic precoding matrix of a certain subcarrier may be received under different channel models by using the single-path characteristic of the vertical direction of different subcarriers or the long-term broadband characteristics of different subcarriers.
  • the common PMI further receives a compensation value ⁇ ; and determines a vertical direction precoding matrix or a long-term broadband characteristic precoding matrix of another subcarrier according to the ⁇ and the common PMI. Determining a precoding matrix under the different subcarriers according to the first PMI and the second PMI, thereby saving channel resources and improving indication precision.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a user equipment UE is involved in a precoding matrix indicating feedback of a PMI for a multi-carrier capable wireless communication system, the UE communicating with a base station using a first subcarrier and a second subcarrier. Specifically include:
  • a determining unit 701 configured to determine at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate the first child a precoding matrix of carriers; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI And a precoding matrix for indicating the second subcarrier; wherein the common PMI, the first PMI, and the second PMI may be 2, 3, or more than 3, respectively.
  • the specific functions in step 101 can be implemented.
  • the present invention does not limit the specific manner in which the determining unit determines the PMI, and the determining unit determines that the process of the PMI may be determined according to the reference signal measurement, and may be precoding from different dimensions according to the measurement reference signal. Traverse in the submatrix to select the matrix with the best signal quality.
  • the measurement process here can be performed by a receiving unit 703 for receiving a reference signal, and a measuring unit for measuring the reference signal, and the measuring unit can also be integrated in the determining unit.
  • a specific illustrated example may be performed by referring to the step of determining at least one of the common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI in step 101.
  • the determining unit may determine that the specific order of the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI may be different, and may refer to the specific implementation manner 1 in the embodiment shown in FIG. Mode 2, Embodiment 3, It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the specific implementation steps given in Embodiments 1-3 above, and may be other specific implementation manners for determining the at least one common PMI. Referring to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, different RIs correspond to the determination manners of different PMI tables.
  • the present invention does not limit the determining process of each PMI, and may be, but is not limited to, the result of negotiation between the UE and the base station, or the two parties predetermine a certain rule, or directly determined by the UE, or through the receiving unit. Receive a notification from the base station or determine a specific determination method according to the application scenario.
  • the sending unit 702 is configured to send the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI to a base station in the wireless communication system.
  • the specific functions in step 102 can be implemented.
  • the UE device that is fed back by the PMI described in this embodiment may use the same PMI in some items between different sub-carriers in different scenarios, and integrate different sub-carriers to correspond to respective PMIs, so that the UE is in a certain pre-determination.
  • the common PMI is used to indicate the precoding matrix of different subcarriers, so that the base station passes the common PMI and the non-public PMI under different subcarriers (the first PMI in this embodiment).
  • a second PMI respectively determining a precoding matrix of each subcarrier.
  • the sending unit of the UE sends, to the base station, a PMI that can be commonly used by each subcarrier and a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used, where the feedback is performed in the process of determining two subcarrier precoding matrices at a time.
  • the total number of PMIs is K, indicating Q precoding matrices under two subcarriers, and feedback
  • the number K of PMIs is smaller than the number of Qs in order to save channel resources.
  • the common PMI, the first PMI and the second PMI of the embodiments of the present invention do not necessarily exist independently, and may be referred to as a common PMI, a first PMI, and a second PMI according to different fields of the same message.
  • the common PMI field originally fed back twice can be reduced by one to achieve the effect of saving the number of bits.
  • the determining unit may determine the public PMI and the non-public PMI according to specific scenario characteristics to save channel resources.
  • the UE device that indicates the feedback of the PMI in the precoding matrix shown in FIG. 7 will be specifically introduced in different scenarios:
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier;
  • the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
  • the common PMI is used to indicate the first subcarrier a vertical direction precoding matrix;
  • the common PMI is further configured to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
  • the first PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier;
  • the PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • a determining unit 801 configured to determine at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, wherein the at least one common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix; the at least one first PMI is used to And indicating a first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix; the at least one second PMI is used to indicate a second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix.
  • the sending unit 802 is configured to send, to the base station, the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the antenna distribution can be regarded as being arranged in a vertical direction and in a horizontal direction. Therefore, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier can be regarded as a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix.
  • the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier may be regarded as a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is the first precoding matrix W1 of the first subcarrier and The Kronecker product of the second precoding matrix W2, the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier When the Kroneck product of the third precoding matrix W3 and the fourth precoding matrix W4 of the second subcarrier is satisfied, it satisfies:
  • W (CA1) is a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier
  • W (CA2) is a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier
  • W (CA1, 1) is a first subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix
  • W (CA1, 2) is the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix
  • W (CA2, 1) is the second subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix
  • W (CA2, 2) is the second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix.
  • the angular expansion in the vertical direction is much smaller than the angular expansion in the horizontal direction, so the vertical direction approximates the single-path channel, and the determining unit may determine that the vertical direction channel is a single-path channel model, and further, may approximate or
  • the PMI corresponding to the vertical direction precoding matrix is equal to the different subcarriers that the UE needs to feed back.
  • the PMI (CA1, 1) indicating the vertical precoding matrix W (CA1, 1) of the first subcarrier is used . It is equal to the PMI (CA2, 1) used to indicate the second subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix W (CA2, 1) , namely:
  • the determining unit may determine that the PMI C is the at least one common PMI.
  • the determining unit determines a PMI (CA1, 2) for indicating the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix W (CA1, 2) as the at least one first PMI;
  • the PMI (CA2, 2) indicating the second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix W (CA2, 2) is the at least one second PMI.
  • the base station determines that PMI C and the PMI (CA1,2) the W (CA1); determining the W (CA2,2) based on the PMI C and PMI (CA2,2).
  • the determining process here may be determined by the base station negotiation, or may be an indication of receiving the base station or other device or notifying the base station after determining by itself.
  • the PMI indicates the vertical direction precoding matrix and
  • the horizontal direction precoding matrix utilizes a feature that the angle expansion of the beam in the vertical direction is relatively small, and the transmitting unit transmits, to the base station, a PMI that can be commonly used for each subcarrier and a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used, where is determined once.
  • the total number of PMIs fed back is K, which is used to indicate Q precoding matrices under two subcarriers, and the number of PMIs fed back is smaller than the number of Qs to save channel resources. purpose.
  • the determination The unit may determine that the PMI for indicating the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix is the at least one common PMI, and indicate that the PMI of the first subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix is the at least one first PMI, where The PMI indicating the second subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix is the at least one second PMI.
  • the judgment about the channel model may be a condition that the determining unit determines by reaching a certain condition, and may be directly configured or calculated and determined according to the base station or the UE.
  • the determining unit may also determine such a PMI as a common PMI when the difference between the PMIs in certain items of different subcarriers is less than a certain threshold in some cases. It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the number of the stator carriers. As long as at least one PMI of each of the multiple subcarriers can be determined as the common PMI according to a preset rule or a certain condition, the channel resources can be saved by reducing the number of PMI feedbacks. the goal of.
  • the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is a vector, and/or:
  • the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is a vector.
  • the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is:
  • N is a positive integer
  • k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1
  • m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI
  • T represents the transposition of the matrix. It should be understood that the transposition here is merely for the convenience of representing the vector, and the vector may be an array during the calling of the implementation.
  • the above formula may be stored in the system in the form of a matrix.
  • W p is a vector intercepted in the Fourier matrix. It should be understood that when the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is not limited to the form shown by W p , it may be from the following Fourier matrix. Intercept the vector obtained from different locations:
  • a feedback device for another PMI is described.
  • the apparatus may be, but is not limited to, an antenna scenario for 2D MIMO: a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a first precoding matrix W 5 and a second precoding matrix W 6 of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is the W PMI 5 and the W PMI 6 of one; of the first non-common PMI to the other and said W PMI 5 W PMI 6 in; the a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a product of a first precoding matrix W 7 and a second precoding matrix W 8 of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is a PMI of the W 7 and the W 8 one of the PMI; the first non-common PMI is the other of the W PMI 7 and the W PMI 8 in.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix (the W 5 ) of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix (the W 6 );
  • the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix (the W 7 ) of the second carrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix (the W 8 );
  • the common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first sub-carrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second sub-carrier;
  • the first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier
  • the second PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the first subcarrier can be decomposed into the W5 and W6 of the product of the second subcarrier can be decomposed into the product of W and the W 8 7, wherein said W 5 denotes a long-term/wideband characteristic of the first subcarrier precoding matrix; the W 6 represents a short-term/narrowband characteristic of the first sub-carrier; and W 7 represents a long-term of the second sub-carrier precoding matrix /Broadband characteristics; the W 8 represents the short-term/narrowband characteristics of the second sub-carrier. That is to say:
  • W' (CA1) W 5 ⁇ W 6
  • W' (CA2) W 7 ⁇ W 8
  • W' (CA1) is a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier
  • W' (CA2) is a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier
  • a W' (CA1) and a scheme are given relations between W 5 to be a PMI (PMI. 5) and the corresponding W 6 PMI (PMI. 6), the corresponding, W '(CA2) to the corresponding 7 PMI 7 W and W 8 corresponding to the PMI
  • the relationship of 8 can be the same. If there is a codebook set B is:
  • the codebook set B is in the form of a matrix, and the codebook set may also be a column in B, and form a set in the form of a vector.
  • the PMI 5 for instructing the base station to select at least one from the codebook set and constituting the W 5, specifically, k PMI 5, and a is an integer value in the range between 0-15, for Select (instruction) 4 columns from B to get X (k) :
  • the W 5 (k) matrix characterizes the long-term broadband characteristics of the channel.
  • PMI 6 another PMI (referred to as PMI 6 for convenience of presentation) is used to instruct the base station to select at least one element from the codebook set C 1 ( The codebook) and constitutes the W 6 .
  • Y ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 2 , ⁇ 3 , ⁇ 4 ⁇ . ⁇ can be a vector with only 1 positions per column.
  • the codebook set can be constructed as follows:
  • Y 1, Y 2 in the order of (Y 1, Y 2) may be any combination of ⁇ 1 to ⁇ 4, it may also be in the form:
  • W' (CA1) W 5 ⁇ W 6
  • the selection matrix W 6 selects a superposition of certain columns from W 5 to form a precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier.
  • the above W 5 (k) includes a matrix of 4 beams, indicating long-term broadband channel characteristics, which can be shared by the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier, and therefore, one W 5 can be shared for different subcarriers, and each sub- The carrier can separately feed back the PMI 6 corresponding to the matrix W 6 representing the short-term narrowband characteristics and the PMI 8 corresponding to the matrix W 8 representing the short-term narrowband characteristics.
  • the specific numerical values in the above examples are only one example given for the purpose of the description, and may vary from antenna port, rank indication, or other parameters in a particular application.
  • the codebook and the selection manner are all exemplary descriptions, and the present invention claims a codebook in other forms and a manner of selecting a codebook.
  • the precoding matrix can be specifically determined by the long-term broadband characteristics of the signal and short-term The case of the product represented by the narrowband characteristic.
  • Figure 3 shows the specific implementation steps when a precoding matrix can be shared due to the long-term broadband characteristics of its subcarriers.
  • a determining unit 901 configured to determine at least one public PMI, at least one first PMI, at least one a second PMI, wherein the at least one common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix; the at least one first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix in the first sub-carrier; and the at least one second PMI is used A short-term narrowband characteristic matrix is embodied in the second subcarrier.
  • the sending unit 902 is configured to send, to the base station, the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the present invention is not limited to the mutual integration between the various embodiments, and the specific determining unit determines the order and specific determination manner of the PMI, and the embodiments in FIGS. 8 and 9 can all be implemented as shown in FIG. Executed 1-3, and will not be described here.
  • the present invention further provides a specific implementation manner in which the determining unit specifically determines a PMI by using a lookup table, where the precoding matrix can be used by the first subcarrier precoding matrix and the second sub A scenario in which a carrier precoding matrix is formed in the form of a product.
  • the lookup table in the present invention may be to check a table stored in the UE or the base station, where the table includes a correspondence between the PMI and the matrix, and the table may be multiple in consideration of a specific application, so as to have Under different RI values or other parameters, the PMI and the specific precoding submatrix correspond to different tables.
  • the determining unit acquires information required in the table; or an array or a relationship, and is used to query a PMI value corresponding to the corresponding precoding matrix.
  • the specific form of the table may be multiple, and may be a mapping relationship or a function relationship stored in the UE or the base station, which is not limited by the present invention.
  • the present embodiment is described in the form of a table.
  • the determining unit determines a long-term broadband matrix corresponding to the first sub-carrier and the second sub-carrier, and determines a corresponding table in the corresponding rank, for example, the value of the rank indication ranges from 1 to 4, then the determining unit is in Table 1. It is determined in Table 4 that the corresponding table is required (Table 1 corresponding rank indication 1, Table 2 corresponding rank indication 2, Table 3 corresponding rank indication 3, Table 4 corresponding rank indication 4):
  • the value of the second PMI (i 2 ') corresponding to the CA2 is transmitted to the base station for the values of i1, i2, i2'.
  • the determining unit determines, in the determined table, a specific manner of determining the value of the common PMI (i 1 ) of the CA1 and the CA2, which may be determined according to channel characteristics, in Table 1 - Table 4, PMI (i 1 ), PMI(i 2 ) is used to determine The value of m/n, since the characteristics determined by PMI(i 1 ) correspond to the short-term narrow-band characteristics in the physical sense, the values may be the same in different CAs. Therefore, in this embodiment, the PMI of CA1 (i 1 ) and P2(i 1 ) of CA2 can be used as a public PMI.
  • the determining unit may separately confirm the PMI value of the long-term broadband characteristic matrix corresponding to the CA1 and the PMI value of the long-term broadband characteristic matrix corresponding to the CA2, respectively, except that the PMI corresponding to the short-term narrow-band characteristic matrix is used as the common PMI. And select one of them as the public PMI.
  • a common PMI can be determined.
  • the PMI corresponding to the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of CA1, CA2, and CA3 can be used as a common PMI, and the UE only feedbacks.
  • the short-term narrow-band characteristic matrix of the three carriers can be indicated to achieve further resource saving.
  • the present embodiment is also applicable to the long-term broadband characteristic and the vertical direction and horizontal direction precoding matrix, and details are not described herein again.
  • multiple CAs can also have multiple public PMIs.
  • the determining unit may be shared with other subcarriers according to the long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier precoding matrix in the table, and the PMI corresponding to different subcarriers may be determined as the common PMI in the determining unit.
  • the common PMI is sent by the transmitting unit once, and the transmitting unit sends a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used by each subcarrier to the base station, to indicate two subcarriers.
  • the following four sub-precoding matrices ie, the long-term broadband characteristic matrix and the short-term narrow-band characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier, respectively
  • the number of PMIs fed back is smaller than all four subpredetermined by the k PMIs.
  • the number of coding matrices is used to save channel resources. It should be understood that the long-term broadband characteristic matrix according to the first subcarrier precoding matrix in the table may be shared with other subcarriers, and in other scenarios, the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix may be shared with other subcarriers. Corresponding to the determination manner in this embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the embodiments of the present invention are all that the determining unit determines the PMI under two subcarriers, and the present invention claims that when the number of subcarriers is more than two, the respective PMIs of the two subcarriers may be a PMI that is shared with other subcarriers, and a plurality of subcarriers may be different from a PMI that is fed back by any one of the at least two subcarriers, and the sending unit sends a PMI corresponding to the several subcarriers.
  • the form of separate feedback is not limited to the number of subcarriers is more than two, the respective PMIs of the two subcarriers may be a PMI that is shared with other subcarriers, and a plurality of subcarriers may be different from a PMI that is fed back by any one of the at least two subcarriers, and the sending unit sends a PMI corresponding to the several subcarriers.
  • the form of separate feedback is not limited to the number of subcarriers, and
  • CA1 and CA2 there are 3 subcarriers CA1, CA2, CA3, wherein although CA1 and CA2 have one or more common PMIs, the UE cannot place any of CA3
  • the PMI and any one of CA2 and CA1 are determined to be a common PMI, then the UE will separately feed back all PMIs of the CA3.
  • the PMI b when the channel characteristic of the system is within a certain tolerance range or a certain condition is met, the determining unit may directly determine that the PMI a is the public PMI; correspondingly, when the PMI a is used as the indication When the PMI b of the two subcarriers is within a certain tolerance range or a certain condition is met, the determining unit may directly determine that the PMI a is the public PMI; or when using a PMI c When the common PMI of the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier is used as the PMI a and the PMI b , when the channel characteristics of the system can satisfy a certain condition, the determining unit may directly determine The PMI c acts as the at least one public PMI.
  • the determining unit may determine the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, and a compensation value ⁇ , wherein the at least one common PMI and the at least a first PMI is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI, the at least one second PMI, and the ⁇ collectively indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, and are sent by the The unit transmits the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, and a compensation value ⁇ to the base station.
  • the determining unit may also determine a PMI of the second subcarrier as the at least one common PMI, and the sending unit is further configured to send a compensation value ⁇ ′ according to the at least one common PMI.
  • the at least one first PMI determines a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; and determines a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI and the second PMI.
  • the number of bits or resources occupied by ⁇ is smaller than the number of bits or resources occupied by one PMI. In this case, the purpose of more accurately indicating the precoding matrix of the two subcarriers in the case of resource saving can be achieved.
  • the determining unit determines and sends a first PMI compensation value ⁇ 1 and/or a second PMI compensation value ⁇ 2 , and the ⁇ 1 is used for the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI Determining a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier jointly; the ⁇ 2 is used to determine a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI.
  • the above determining unit determines and transmits the first PMI compensation value ⁇ 1 and/or the second PMI compensation value ⁇ 2 can be classified into three cases:
  • the determining unit is configured to determine the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2
  • the sending unit is configured to send the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 to the base station;
  • the determining unit is configured to determine the ⁇ 1
  • the sending unit is configured to send the ⁇ 1 to the base station
  • the determining unit is configured to determine the ⁇ 2
  • the sending unit is configured to send the ⁇ 2 to the base station.
  • the order of the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 and the PMI that the UE needs to feed back is not limited, and may be sent simultaneously or sequentially. According to the different scenarios of the public PMI, the present invention provides three specific implementation manners:
  • Embodiment 10 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 10:
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of the first precoding matrix W1 and the second precoding matrix W2 of the first subcarrier
  • the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is the Under the scenario of the Kronecker product of the third precoding matrix W3 of the second subcarrier and the fourth precoding matrix W4:
  • the determining unit may determine that the vertical direction channel is approximately a single-path channel model.
  • the determining unit determines a PMI (CA1, 1) corresponding to W (CA1, 1) as one of the common PMIs, and the determining unit determines that the PMI (CA1, 1) and the W (CA2, 1) correspond to
  • the difference in PMI (CA2,1) can be determined by ⁇ a .
  • the determining unit determines that the PMI (CA1, 2) corresponding to W (CA1, 2) is the first PMI, and the determining unit determines that the PMI (CA2, 2) corresponding to W (CA2, 2) is the second PMI, where the common PMI, the first PMI are respectively used to determine (instruct) W (CA1, 1) and the W (CA1 , 2) , the common PMI, the ⁇ a determines the W (CA2, 1) , the second PMI describes W (CA2 , 2) to confirm the first subcarrier precoding matrix W (CA1) , W (CA2) .
  • the determining unit determines the PMI (CA2, 1) as the common PMI, and the corresponding method of using the ⁇ a ' and the common PMI to indicate the W (CA1) may be the same as the above method, and details are not described herein again.
  • Embodiment 11 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 11:
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of the first precoding matrix W5 and the second precoding matrix W6 of the first subcarrier; the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is the first Under the scenario of the product of the first precoding matrix W7 and the second precoding matrix W8 of the subcarriers:
  • W' (CA1) W 5 ⁇ W 6
  • W' (CA2) W 7 ⁇ W 8
  • Embodiment 12 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 12
  • the ⁇ c is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI; the ⁇ d is used for the at least one The common PMI and the at least one second PMI jointly determine a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • compensation value compensation it may be provided that the compensation value is not compensated for at a certain feedback.
  • Signaling may be sent by a transmitting unit, or a receiving unit for receiving signaling, or other mode that does not employ compensation.
  • the foregoing embodiments for determining the compensation value by the determining unit provide the basis or the sequence determined by the determining unit, and the specific determining method is not limited by the present invention, and the determining manner of the compensation value may be determined according to the The number of bits is different, for example, when the common PMI is used to indicate that the errors of the first subcarrier precoding matrix and the second subcarrier precoding matrix are not large (ie, can be within tolerance), one bit can be allocated. 0 represents no compensation, 1 represents compensation, and specific compensation values may be predefined; in one embodiment, PMI X and PMI Y are used to indicate a first subcarrier precoding matrix, and PMI Z and PMI W are used to indicate a second subcarrier. Precoding matrix.
  • the determining unit determines the compensation value
  • the method for the sending unit to send the compensation value is only an example. In the logical range, the determination of the compensation value may be performed with any one of the implementation methods for transmitting the compensation value, and Other embodiments of the invention are combined.
  • the single-path characteristic in the vertical direction of different subcarriers, or the long-term broadband characteristics of different subcarriers are similar, and the determining unit may determine a vertical direction precoding matrix or a long-term broadband characteristic of a certain subcarrier under different channel models.
  • the coding matrix is the common PMI, and the determining unit further determines a compensation value ⁇ ; and indicates a vertical direction precoding matrix or a long-term broadband characteristic precoding matrix of another subcarrier according to the ⁇ and the common PMI.
  • the sending unit indicates a precoding matrix under the different subcarriers, thereby saving channel resources and improving indication precision.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a base station is involved in a precoding matrix indicating feedback of a PMI for a multi-carrier capable wireless communication system, the base station communicating with the UE using a first subcarrier and a second subcarrier. Specifically include:
  • the receiving unit 1001 is configured to receive at least one public PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI;
  • a determining unit 1002 configured to determine, according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; wherein the at least one a common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate precoding of the second subcarrier matrix.
  • the steps of determining, by the determining unit, at least one of the common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI will be specifically described in the form of an example.
  • the determining unit needs to determine that the four PMIs are respectively PMI1/2/3/4, and the four PMIs are used to indicate the precoding matrix of the CA1; for the second subcarrier CA2, The determining unit needs to determine that the four PMIs are respectively PMI5/6/7/8, and the four PMIs are used to indicate the precoding matrix of the CA2.
  • PMI1 and PMI2 may jointly indicate one sub-precoding matrix W A1 under the CA1; PMI3 and PMI4 may indicate another sub-precoding matrix W B1 under CA1, and the determining unit is further determined by the W A1 , W B1 and the determined operational relationship determine the CA1 precoding matrix W A1B1 .
  • PMI5, PMI6 may jointly indicate a sub-precoding matrix W A2 under the CA2; PMI7, PMI8 may indicate another sub-precoding matrix W B2 under CA2, and then determined by the W A2 , W B2 and the determined operational relationship CA1 precoding matrix W A2B2 .
  • the specific determination manner may be different, and the present invention is not limited, and may be determined in the form of calculating parameters of the precoding matrix.
  • the UE and/or the determining unit may calculate W A1 according to two parameters of PMI1 and PMI2.
  • the UE and/or the determining unit may store or predetermine a table, and the determining unit may query the corresponding W A1 according to PMI1, PMI2, or PMI1/2/3/4 may be 4 parameters.
  • the PMI 5/6/7/8 may be 4 parameters, and the determining unit directly calculates the precoding matrix. It should be understood that the need to feed back 4 PMIs under one carrier is only an example, and in actual situations, other situations may occur.
  • Each embodiment of the present application does not specifically refer to four PMIs.
  • At least one PMI in the CA1 is the same as or similar to at least one PMI in the CA2 according to a certain channel condition or channel model. Then, the at least one PMI of CA1 and the at least one PMI of the CA2 may be determined as the common PMI. Wherein, the approximation here is equivalent, for example, even if the two PMIs are different, the difference between the two PMIs is small, and the final base station according to the respective calculated CA1 precoding matrix and the channel model of the CA2 precoding matrix are Can be tolerated within the scope.
  • PMI1 and PMI5 correspond to each other. When certain conditions are met, it can be determined as public PMI C1 ; PMI3 and PMI7 correspond to each other and can be determined as public PMI C2 , namely:
  • the receiving unit may receive a common PMI: PMI C1 , PMI C2 ; and a first PMI: PMI2, PMI4; and a second PMI: PMI6, PMI8.
  • the method of determining the common PMI is usually determined by the channel characteristics.
  • PMI1 and PMI5 are used to indicate certain matrix parameters, which are related in some scenarios (such as high-rise scenes or wide-area scenes). High, whose values are equal or the difference is negligible; or PMI1 and PMI5, in some scenarios, indicate a matrix set of the same type of matrix in the table, and other PMI2/PMI6 further indicate one of the matrix sets.
  • PMI1 and PMI5 can be determined to be the common PMI 1 in many identical scenarios; similarly, PMI3 and PMI7 can also use the above indication.
  • the base station side may directly determine that the PMI C1 and the PMI C2 are common PMIs, and the PMI C1 represents PMI1/PMI5, and the PMI C2 represents PMI3/PMI7, and is sent to the UE.
  • the determining unit may preset a rule, or determine a public PMI, a first PMI, a second PMI by means of a sending unit or a receiving unit to negotiate with a UE or other network device, or may be that the receiving unit directly receives a feedback PMI.
  • the signaling or other signaling refers to the common PMI, the first PMI, and the second PMI, and the determining unit determines the precoding matrix according to the indication.
  • the PMI 1 and the PMI 5 are determined to be a public PMI, and the preset rule is also in the UE with which it interacts. This indication process can also come from other UEs or other network side devices.
  • the present invention is not limited to step 402, and the determining unit determines a precoding matrix and a second subcarrier of the first subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI.
  • the specific process of the precoding matrix may be that different RIs correspond to different PMI tables, and after the determining unit determines the value of the RI, the determining unit determines the RI from the plurality of PMI tables.
  • the value corresponds to the PMI table, and the PMI table may include a correspondence between the PMI and the precoding matrix and/or a correspondence between the PMI and the precoding submatrix.
  • the determining unit determines a precoding matrix of CA1 according to the common PMI and the first PMI, or determines a precoding matrix corresponding to CA2 by the common PMI and the second PMI.
  • the PMI table may be a specific table or a plurality of corresponding relationship sets stored in the memory.
  • the PMI in some items between different subcarriers may be the same in different scenarios, and different subcarriers are integrated corresponding to the respective PMIs, so that the receiving unit is in one
  • the common PMI is received only once in the process of determining the precoding matrix, and the common PMI is used to indicate the precoding matrix of different subcarriers, so that the determining unit passes the common PMI and the non-public PMI under different subcarriers (this embodiment)
  • the first PMI and the second PMI) respectively determine a precoding matrix of each subcarrier.
  • the receiving unit receives a PMI that can be commonly used by each subcarrier and a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used, where the receiving unit is in the process of determining the two subcarrier precoding matrices at one time.
  • the total number of received PMIs is K, which is used to indicate Q precoding matrices under two subcarriers, and the number of PMIs fed back is less than the number of Qs, so as to save channel resources.
  • the first PMI and the second PMI do not necessarily exist independently, and may be referred to as a common PMI, a first PMI, a second PMI, according to an embodiment of the present invention. You can reduce the number of common PMI fields that were originally fed back twice to save the number of bits.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a first precoding matrix W1 of the first subcarrier and a second precoding matrix of the first subcarrier.
  • PMI1 is one of the PMI of the W1 and the PMI of the W2;
  • PMI2 is the other of the PMI of the W1 and the PMI of the W2;
  • the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a Kronecker product of a third precoding matrix W3 of the second subcarrier and a fourth precoding matrix W4 of the second subcarrier;
  • the PMI1 is a PMI of the W3 and the One of the PMIs of W4;
  • PMI3 is the other of the PMI of the W3 and the PMI of the W4.
  • W1 is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier
  • W2 is a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier
  • W3 is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier
  • W4 is When the horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is described.
  • a base station is involved in a precoding matrix indicating feedback of a PMI for a multi-carrier capable wireless communication system, the base station communicating with a UE using a first subcarrier and a second subcarrier.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier;
  • the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
  • the common PMI a vertical direction precoding matrix for indicating the first subcarrier;
  • the common PMI is further used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
  • the first PMI is used to indicate the first subcarrier a horizontal direction precoding matrix;
  • the second PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the receiving unit 1101 is configured to receive at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix; the at least one first PMI is used to And indicating a first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix; the at least one second PMI is used to indicate a second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix.
  • a determining unit 1102 configured to determine, according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; wherein the at least one a common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate precoding of the second subcarrier matrix.
  • the antenna distribution can be regarded as being arranged in a vertical direction and in a horizontal direction. Therefore, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier can be regarded as a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix.
  • the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier may be regarded as a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is the first precoding matrix W1 of the first subcarrier and a Kronecker product of the second precoding matrix W2, when the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a Kronecker product of the third precoding matrix W3 and the fourth precoding matrix W4 of the second subcarrier, That is to say:
  • W (CA1) is a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier
  • W (CA2) is a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier
  • W (CA1, 1) is a first subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix
  • W (CA1, 2) is the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix
  • W (CA2, 1) is the second subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix
  • W (CA2, 2) is the second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix.
  • the angular expansion in the vertical direction is much smaller than the angular expansion in the horizontal direction, so the vertical direction approximates the single-path channel, and the determining unit may determine that the vertical direction channel is a single-path channel model, and further, may approximate or
  • the PMI corresponding to the vertical direction precoding matrix is equal to the different subcarriers that the UE needs to feed back.
  • the PMI (CA1, 1) indicating the vertical precoding matrix W (CA1, 1) of the first subcarrier is used . It is equal to the PMI (CA2, 1) used to indicate the second subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix W (CA2, 1) , namely:
  • the determining unit may determine that the PMI C of the UE is the at least one public PMI.
  • the determining unit may determine that the PMI (CA1, 2) used to indicate the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix W (CA1, 2) is the at least one first PMI;
  • the PMI (CA2, 2) of the second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix W (CA2, 2) is the at least one second PMI.
  • the receiving unit receives the PMI C , PMI (CA1 , 2) , and PMI (CA2, 2) sent by the UE, according to the PMI C And PMI (CA1, 2) determines the W (CA1) ; the W (CA2, 2) is determined according to the PMI C and PMI (CA2, 2) .
  • the base station determines that PMI C and the PMI (CA1,2) the W (CA1); determining the W (CA2,2) based on the PMI C and PMI (CA2,2). The determination here may also be determined by the receiving UE or other device, or both.
  • the PMI when the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier can be decomposed into a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix, the PMI can respectively indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix and horizontal direction precoding. a matrix that utilizes a relatively small angular spread of a beam in a vertical direction thereof, the receiving unit receiving a PMI that the UE transmits a common sub-carrier and a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used, wherein the determining unit determines at one time In the process of two subcarrier precoding matrices, the total number of PMIs fed back is K, which is used to indicate Q precoding matrices under two subcarriers, and the number of PMIs fed back is smaller than the number of Qs to save channel resources.
  • the PMI indicating the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix is the at least one common PMI
  • the PMI indicating the first subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix is the at least one first PMI
  • the PMI of the carrier vertical direction precoding matrix is the at least one second PMI.
  • the judgment about the channel model may be a condition determined by reaching a certain condition, It may be directly configured or calculated and determined according to the determining unit or UE.
  • such a PMI may also be determined to be a common PMI when the difference between PMIs in certain items of different subcarriers is less than a certain threshold in some cases. It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the number of the stator carriers. As long as at least one PMI of each of the multiple subcarriers can be determined as the common PMI according to a preset rule or a certain condition, the channel resources can be saved by reducing the number of PMI feedbacks. the goal of.
  • the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is a vector, and/or:
  • the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is a vector.
  • the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is:
  • N is a positive integer
  • k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1
  • m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI
  • T represents the transposition of the matrix. It should be understood that the transposition here is merely for the convenience of representing the vector, and the vector may be an array during the calling of the implementation.
  • the above formula may be stored in the system in the form of a matrix.
  • W p is a vector intercepted in the Fourier matrix. It should be understood that when the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is not limited to the form shown by W p , it may be from the following Fourier matrix. Intercept the vector obtained from different locations:
  • a feedback device for another PMI is described.
  • the method can be, but is not limited to, an antenna scene for 2D MIMO.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a first precoding matrix W 5 and a second precoding matrix W 6 of the first subcarrier;
  • the common PMI is the PMI of the W 5 and the a PMI W 6 in; the first non PMI common to the other and said W PMI 5 W PMI 6 in; the precoding matrix to the second subcarrier of the first sub- a product of a first precoding matrix W 7 and a second precoding matrix W 8 of the carrier;
  • the common PMI being one of the PMI of the W 7 and the PMI of the W 8 ;
  • the first non-public PMI is the W PMI 7 W and the other PMI 8 in.
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix (the W 5 ) of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix (the W 6 );
  • the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix (the W 7 ) of the second carrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix (the W 8 );
  • the common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first sub-carrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second sub-carrier;
  • the first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier
  • the second PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the first subcarrier can be decomposed into the W5 and W6 of the product of the second subcarrier can be decomposed into the product of W and the W 8 7, wherein said W 5 denotes a long-term/wideband characteristic of the first subcarrier precoding matrix; the W 6 represents a short-term/narrowband characteristic of the first sub-carrier; and W 7 represents a long-term of the second sub-carrier precoding matrix /Broadband characteristics; the W 8 represents the short-term/narrowband characteristics of the second sub-carrier. That is to say:
  • W' (CA1) W 5 ⁇ W 6
  • W' (CA2) W 7 ⁇ W 8
  • W' (CA1) is a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier
  • W' (CA2) is a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier
  • a W' (CA1) and a scheme are given relations between W 5 to be a PMI (PMI. 5) and the corresponding W 6 PMI (PMI. 6), the corresponding, W '(CA2) to the corresponding 7 PMI 7 W and W 8 corresponding to the PMI
  • the relationship of 8 can be the same. If there is a codebook set B is:
  • the codebook set B is in the form of a matrix, and the codebook set may also be a column in B, and form a set in the form of a vector.
  • the PMI 5 for instructing the base station to select at least one from the codebook set and constituting the W 5, specifically, k PMI 5, and a is an integer value in the range between 0-15, for Select (instruction) 4 columns from B to get X (k) :
  • the W 5 (k) matrix characterizes the long-term broadband characteristics of the channel.
  • PMI 6 another PMI (referred to as PMI 6 for convenience of presentation) is used to instruct the base station to select at least one element from the codebook set C 1 ( The codebook) and constitutes the W 6 .
  • Y ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 2 , ⁇ 3 , ⁇ 4 ⁇ . ⁇ can be a vector with only 1 positions per column.
  • the codebook set can be constructed as follows:
  • Y 1, Y 2 in the order of (Y 1, Y 2) may be any combination of ⁇ 1 to ⁇ 4, it may also be in the form:
  • W' (CA1) W 5 ⁇ W 6
  • the selection matrix W 6 selects a superposition of certain columns from W 5 to form a precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier.
  • the above W 5 (k) includes a matrix of 4 beams, indicating long-term broadband channel characteristics, which can be shared by the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier, and therefore, one W 5 can be shared for different subcarriers, and each sub- The carrier can separately feed back the PMI 6 corresponding to the matrix W 6 representing the short-term narrowband characteristics and the PMI 8 corresponding to the matrix W 8 representing the short-term narrowband characteristics.
  • the specific numerical values in the above examples are only one example given for the purpose of the description, and may vary from antenna port, rank indication, or other parameters in a particular application.
  • the codebook and the selection manner are all exemplary descriptions, and the present invention claims a codebook in other forms and a manner of selecting a codebook.
  • the precoding matrix can be specifically determined by the long-term broadband characteristics of the signal and short-term The case of the product represented by the narrowband characteristic.
  • Fig. 12 shows an implementation step of a base station apparatus when a precoding matrix can be shared due to the long-term broadband characteristics of its subcarriers.
  • the receiving unit 1201 is configured to receive at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI is used to indicate that a long-term broadband characteristic matrix is embodied; the at least one first PMI is used to Indicates that a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix is embodied in the first subcarrier; and the at least one second PMI is used to indicate that the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix is embodied in the second subcarrier.
  • a determining unit 1201 configured to determine, according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; wherein the at least one a common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate precoding of the second subcarrier matrix.
  • the present invention further provides a specific implementation method for specifically determining a PMI by using a lookup table, where the precoding matrix can be used by a first subcarrier precoding matrix and a second subcarrier precoding matrix.
  • the look-up table in the present invention the determining unit may check a table stored in a UE or a base station, where the table includes a correspondence between a PMI and a matrix, and To a specific application, the table may be multiple, so that the PMI and the specific precoding submatrix correspond to different tables under different RI values or other parameters.
  • the determining unit may determine or obtain information required in the table by using the receiving unit; or an array or a relationship for querying a precoding matrix corresponding to the corresponding PMI value.
  • the specific form of the table may be multiple, and may be a mapping relationship or a function relationship stored in the UE or the base station memory, which is not limited by the present invention. For convenience of description, the present embodiment is described in the form of a table.
  • the determining unit determines, according to the PMI, a long-term broadband matrix corresponding to the first sub-carrier and the second sub-carrier, and determines a corresponding table in the corresponding rank, for example, the value of the rank indication ranges from 1 to 4, then, in Table 1 to Table 4 determines the corresponding table to be required (Table 1 corresponds to rank indication 1, Table 2 corresponds to rank indication 2, Table 3 corresponds to rank indication 3, and Table 4 corresponds to rank indication 4):
  • the determining unit is further determined in the determining
  • the long-term broadband characteristic precoding matrix corresponding to the value of the common PMI (i 1 ) of the CA1 and the CA2 is determined according to a specific usage scenario, and is determined according to the first PMI and the second PMI.
  • the receiving unit can also receive a common PMI.
  • the PMI corresponding to the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of CA1, CA2, and CA3 can be used as a common PMI.
  • the public PMI can be used to indicate the short-term narrow-band characteristic matrix of the three carriers, and the base station receives the public PMI fed back by the UE to achieve further resource saving.
  • the present embodiment is also applicable to the long-term broadband characteristic and the vertical direction and horizontal direction precoding matrix, and details are not described herein again.
  • multiple CAs can also have multiple public PMIs.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 may be shared with other subcarriers according to the long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier precoding matrix in the table.
  • the PMI corresponding to different subcarriers may serve as a common PMI, and the determining unit determines different subcarriers.
  • the common PMI is received once in the case of two precoding matrices, and the receiving unit receives a non-common PMI that is not commonly used by each subcarrier transmitted by the UE, and is used to indicate four sub precoding matrices under two subcarriers (ie, a long-term broadband characteristic matrix and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of a subcarrier and a second subcarrier, respectively, and the number of received PMIs is smaller than the number of all four subprecoding matrices that the k PMI can determine to save the channel The purpose of the resource.
  • the determining unit described herein According to the long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier precoding matrix in the table, the matrix may be shared with other subcarriers. In other scenarios, the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix may be shared with other subcarriers, which is the same as in the embodiment.
  • the determination method is corresponding and will not be described here.
  • the embodiments of the present invention both determine a precoding matrix under two subcarriers, and the present invention claims that when there are more than two subcarriers, the respective PMIs of the two subcarriers may be associated with other sub-carriers.
  • the PMI shared by the carrier may be different from the PMI that is fed back by any one of the at least two subcarriers, and the PMI corresponding to the plurality of subcarriers adopts a form of separate feedback.
  • the determination The unit will determine the precoding matrix from all PMIs that individually feed back the CA3.
  • the base station may directly determine that the common PMI is PMI a ; correspondingly, when PMI a is used as the PMI b indicating the second subcarrier
  • the PMI a may be directly determined to be the common PMI; or when one PMI c is used as the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier.
  • the PMI c can be directly determined as the at least one common PMI.
  • the above process may be determined at the determining unit of the UE or the base station.
  • the receiving unit may receive the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, and a compensation value ⁇ , wherein the at least one common PMI and the at least a first PMI is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI, the at least one second PMI, and the ⁇ collectively indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, and the receiving unit receives The UE sends the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, and a compensation value ⁇ .
  • the determining unit may also determine, by the receiving unit, the PMI of the second subcarrier as the at least one common PMI, and receive a compensation value ⁇ ′, the determining unit according to the at least one public a PMI, the ⁇ ′, the at least one first PMI determining a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; determining a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI and the second PMI .
  • the number of bits or resources occupied by ⁇ may be, but is not limited to, less than the number of bits or resources occupied by one PMI. In this case, the purpose of more accurately indicating the precoding matrix of the two subcarriers in the case of resource saving can be achieved.
  • the receiving unit receives the first PMI compensation value ⁇ 1 and/or a second PMI compensation value ⁇ 2 , and the ⁇ 1 is used for the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI Determining a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier jointly; the ⁇ 2 is used to determine a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI.
  • the determining unit determining and the receiving unit receiving the first PMI compensation value ⁇ 1 and/or the second PMI compensation value ⁇ 2 are classified into three cases:
  • the determining unit or UE determines the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 , and the receiving unit receives the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 ;
  • the determining unit or UE determines the ⁇ 1 , and the receiving unit receives the ⁇ 1 ;
  • the determining unit or UE determines the ⁇ 2 , and the receiving unit receives the ⁇ 2 .
  • the order in which the receiving unit receives the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 and the PMI that the receiving unit needs to receive is not limited, and may be received simultaneously or sequentially.
  • the determining unit determines the ⁇ 1 and/or ⁇ 2 the ⁇ 1 and/or ⁇ 2 may be transmitted to the UE by one transmitting unit, or the ⁇ 1 and/or may be received by a receiving unit. ⁇ 2 .
  • the present invention provides three specific implementation manners:
  • Embodiment 13 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 13:
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of the first precoding matrix W1 and the second precoding matrix W2 of the first subcarrier
  • the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is the Under the scenario of the Kronecker product of the third precoding matrix W3 of the second subcarrier and the fourth precoding matrix W4:
  • the determining unit may determine that the vertical direction channel is approximately a single-path channel model.
  • a PMI (CA1, 1) corresponding to W (CA1, 1) as one of the common PMIs
  • the determining unit determining the PMI (CA1, 1) and the PMI (CA2, corresponding to the W (CA2, 1) ,
  • the difference of 1) can be determined by ⁇ a .
  • the PMI (CA1, 2) corresponding to W (CA1, 2) is the first PMI
  • determining that the PMI (CA2, 2) corresponding to W (CA2, 2) is the second PMI
  • the public PMI is The first PMI is used to determine (instruct) W (CA1, 1) and the W (CA1 , 2) , respectively, the common PMI
  • the ⁇ a determines the W (CA2, 1)
  • the second PMI describes W (CA2 , 2) such that the determining unit confirms the first subcarrier precoding matrix W (CA1) , W (CA2) .
  • the method of determining the PMI (CA2, 1) as the common PMI, the corresponding use ⁇ a ' and the common PMI indicating the W (CA1) may be the same as the above method, and details are not described herein again.
  • Embodiment 14 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 14:
  • the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of the first precoding matrix W5 and the second precoding matrix W6 of the first subcarrier; the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is the first Under the scenario of the product of the first precoding matrix W7 and the second precoding matrix W8 of the subcarriers:
  • W' (CA1) W 5 ⁇ W 6
  • W' (CA2) W 7 ⁇ W 8
  • Represents CA1 long wideband channel characteristic matrix W5 can use the PMI 5 indicates a matrix representing channel characteristics CA2 long wideband channel W7 can 5 and a compensation value PMI ⁇ b indicates, as one example, is determined W5 corresponding PMI (PMI 5) as The common PMI, the PMI (PMI 6 ) corresponding to W6 is the first PMI, and the PMI (PMI 8 ) corresponding to W8 is the second PMI.
  • the common PMI is used to determine (instruct) the W5, for determining the first PMI (indication) of the W6, the second PMI is used to indicate the W8, the common PMI and the ⁇ b for indicating the W7, W5 said , W6 is used to determine the W′ (CA1) , the W7, and the W8 are used to determine the W′ (CA2) ; in another embodiment, the determining unit determines the table 1 according to the rank indication.
  • the value obtained by the operation of ⁇ b ' corresponds to i 1 in the table, and the second PMI corresponds to i 2 in the table, and the determining unit determines that the second subcarrier corresponds to Precoding matrix W 2 .
  • Embodiment 15 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 15:
  • two compensation values, ⁇ c and ⁇ d can also be given simultaneously by the determining unit or the UE.
  • the ⁇ c is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI;
  • the ⁇ d is used for the at least one The common PMI, the at least one second PMI jointly determines a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  • the base station and the UE may specify that the compensation value is not compensated for a certain feedback, and the compensation mode may be adopted by signaling or other convention.
  • the foregoing various embodiments for determining the compensation value are given the basis or sequence of the determination.
  • the specific determination method is not limited in the present invention, and the determination manner of the compensation value may be different according to the number of allocated bits, for example, when public
  • the PMI is used to indicate that the error of the first subcarrier precoding matrix and the second subcarrier precoding matrix are not large (that is, can be within the tolerance range)
  • one bit can be allocated, 0 represents no compensation, and 1 represents compensation.
  • the compensation value may be predefined; in one embodiment, PMI X and PMI Y are used to indicate a first subcarrier precoding matrix, and PMI Z and PMI W are used to indicate a second subcarrier precoding matrix.
  • the method for determining or receiving the compensation value by the determining unit is merely an example, and within the scope of the logic, the determination or reception of the compensation value may be combined with any one of the embodiments for transmitting the compensation value, and other embodiments of the present invention. Combine.
  • the base station apparatus utilizes a single-path characteristic of a vertical direction of different subcarriers or a long period of different subcarriers
  • the broadband characteristics are similar, and the receiving unit may receive a vertical direction precoding matrix or a long-term broadband characteristic precoding matrix of a certain subcarrier as the common PMI under different channel models, and then receive a compensation value ⁇ ; the determining unit A vertical direction precoding matrix or a long term broadband characteristic precoding matrix of another subcarrier is determined according to the delta and the common PMI. Determining a precoding matrix under the different subcarriers according to the first PMI and the second PMI, thereby saving channel resources and improving indication precision.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a user equipment UE is involved in a precoding matrix indicating feedback of a PMI for a multi-carrier capable wireless communication system, the UE communicating with a base station using a first subcarrier and a second subcarrier. Specifically include:
  • the processor 1301 is configured to determine at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate the first subcarrier a precoding matrix; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; wherein the common PMI, the first PMI, the second PMI It can be 2, 3 or more than 3 respectively.
  • the specific functions in step 101 can be implemented.
  • the determining unit in FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 9 can also be implemented in the form of the processor.
  • the transmitter 1302 is configured to send the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI to a base station in the wireless communication system.
  • the specific function in step 102 can be implemented.
  • the transmitting unit in FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 9 can also be implemented in the form of the transmitter.
  • the two sides may determine the common PMI according to a rule.
  • the at least one first PMI and the at least one second PMI are required to receive an indication sent by the base station or negotiate with the base station, and the UE further includes a receiver 1303, configured to receive the first message sent by the base station, where the processing is performed. And determining, according to the first message, the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI.
  • the transmitter 1302 is further configured to send the second message.
  • the receiving unit in FIGS. 7, 8, and 9 can also be implemented in the form of the receiver.
  • the UE includes a memory 1304 for storing messages or signaling, codebooks or determining rules
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a base station indicating feedback of PMI for a wireless communication system having multi-carrier capability, the base station communicating with the UE using the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier. Specifically include:
  • the receiver 1401 is configured to receive at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI.
  • the receiving unit in FIG. 10, FIG. 11, and FIG. 12 may also be implemented in the form of the processor.
  • the processor 1402 is configured to determine, according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, where the at least one a common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate precoding of the second subcarrier matrix.
  • the determining unit in FIG. 10, FIG. 11, and FIG. 12 may be a processing unit, or may be implemented in the form of the processor.
  • the base station when the processor 1401 determines the specific manner of determining the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, the public may be determined according to a rule on both sides.
  • the base station further includes a transmitter 1403, configured to determine, according to the first message, the processor After the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, send a first message to the UE to instruct the UE to determine the at least one public PMI, the at least one first PMI according to the first message. And at least one second PMI.
  • the receiver receives a second message sent by another network side device, and the processor determines the at least one public PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second according to the second message. PMI.
  • the transmitter 1403 is further configured to send a second message.
  • the receiving unit in Figures 10, 11 and 12 can also be implemented in the form of a receiver.
  • the base station includes a memory 1404 for storing messages or signaling, codebooks or determining rules
  • the transmitter 1302 involved in FIG. 13 may be an antenna, or a wireless transmitter, and the receiver 1303 may be an antenna, or a wireless receiver, and the transmitter and the receiver may be the same antenna or a wireless transceiver.
  • the transmitter 1403 involved in FIG. 14 may be an antenna, or a wireless transmitter.
  • the receiver 1401 may be an antenna, or a wireless receiver, and the transmitter and the receiver may be the same antenna or a wireless transceiver.
  • the processor of FIG. 13 and/or FIG. 14 may be a general-purpose processor, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP Processor, NP), a microprocessor, etc., or may be an application-specific integrated circuit. (application-specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present invention. It can also be a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware components. It is also possible for multiple processors to perform different functions.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • the memory involved in FIG. 13 and/or FIG. 14 stores a program for executing the technical solution of the present invention, and may also store an operating system and other applications.
  • the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • the memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), and storable information. And other types of dynamic storage devices, disk storage, and so on. It can also be a different memory storage.
  • Computer readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one location to another.
  • a storage medium may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer.
  • computer readable media may comprise RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, disk storage media or other magnetic storage device, or can be used for carrying or storing in the form of an instruction or data structure.
  • connection may suitably be a computer readable medium.
  • the software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave
  • coaxial cable , fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, wireless, and microwave are included in the fixing of the associated media.
  • a disk and a disc include a compact disc (CD), a laser disc, a compact disc, a digital versatile disc (DVD), a floppy disk, and a Blu-ray disc, wherein the disc is usually magnetically copied, and the disc is The laser is used to optically replicate the data. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of the computer readable media.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

By means of a PMI feedback method described in this embodiment, corresponding respective PMIs of different subcarriers can be integrated on the basis of the same PMI in some items of different subcarriers in different scenarios, so that a UE feeds back only once in a process of determining precoding matrices a common PMI that is used for indicating precoding matrices of different subcarriers, and a base station determines the precoding matrices of the subcarriers through the common PMI and non-common PMIs (a first PMI and a second PMI in this embodiment) in the different subcarriers; the UE sends to the base station the PMI that can be commonly used by the subcarriers and the non-common PMIs that cannot be commonly used by the subcarriers, wherein in a process of determining precoding matrices of two subcarriers, the total number of fed back PMIs is K, which is used for indicating Q precoding matrices in the two subcarriers, and the number K of the fed back PMIs is less than the number Q, thereby achieving the purpose of saving channel resources.

Description

一种预编码矩阵指示PMI的反馈方法和装置Feedback method and device for precoding matrix indicating PMI 背景技术Background technique
长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)技术是由第三代合作伙伴计划(The 3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)组织制定的通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunications System,UMTS)技术标准的长期演进,LTE系统引入了多输入多输出(Multi-Input & Multi-Output,MIMO)等关键传输技术,显著增加了频谱效率和数据传输速率。Long Term Evolution (LTE) technology is a long-term evolution of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) technology standard developed by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP), LTE system. The introduction of key transmission technologies such as Multi-Input & Multi-Output (MIMO) has significantly increased spectral efficiency and data transmission rate.
通过发射预编码技术和接收合并技术,基于MIMO的无线通信系统可以得到分集和阵列增益。基于MIMO的无线通信系统需要对信号进行预编码处理,基于预编码的信号传输函数可以表示为:By transmitting precoding techniques and receiving combining techniques, MIMO-based wireless communication systems can achieve diversity and array gain. A MIMO-based wireless communication system requires precoding processing of signals, and a signal transmission function based on precoding can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000001
其中,y是接收信号矢量,H是信道矩阵,
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000002
是预编码矩阵,s是发射信号矢量,n是测量噪声,发射信号矢量s在发射端经过预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000003
进行预编码,得到预编码后的矩阵
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000004
H是信道特性矩阵,反应的是当前信道的特性,
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000005
右乘经过信道矩阵H,得到了
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000006
可以表示在没有噪声的情况下,信道号经过空口后的信号,再经过测量噪声n的叠加,就可以确定在接收端接收到的接收信号矢量y。
Where y is the received signal vector and H is the channel matrix.
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000002
Is a precoding matrix, s is the transmitted signal vector, n is the measurement noise, and the transmitted signal vector s is precoded at the transmitting end.
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000003
Perform precoding to obtain a precoded matrix
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000004
H is a channel characteristic matrix that reflects the characteristics of the current channel.
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000005
Right multiplied by the channel matrix H, got
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000006
It can be said that in the absence of noise, the signal after the channel number passes through the air interface, and then the superposition of the measurement noise n, the received signal vector y received at the receiving end can be determined.
实现最优预编码通常需要发射机预先获得信道状态信息(Channel State Information,CSI)。发射机和接收机可以分别是基站设备或终端设备。在下行数据传输过程中,发射机可以是基站设备,接收机可以是终端设备。常用的方法是终端设备对瞬时CSI进行量化并报告给基站。Implementing optimal precoding usually requires the transmitter to obtain channel state information (CSI) in advance. The transmitter and receiver may be base station devices or terminal devices, respectively. In the downlink data transmission process, the transmitter may be a base station device, and the receiver may be a terminal device. A common method is that the terminal device quantizes the instantaneous CSI and reports it to the base station.
终端设备报告的CSI信息包括秩指示(Rank Indicator,RI)、预编码矩阵指示(Precoding Matrix Indicator,PMI)和信道质量指示(Channel Quality Indicator,CQI)信息等,其中,RI可以用于指示数据传输所使用的传输层数和预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000007
PMI可以用于指示数据传输所使用的预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000008
The CSI information reported by the terminal device includes a Rank Indicator (RI), a Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI), and a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) information, where the RI can be used to indicate data transmission. Number of transmission layers and precoding matrix used
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000007
PMI can be used to indicate the precoding matrix used for data transmission
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000008
在多载波系统下,信号可以在不同频段的载波上传输,由于不同的载波对应 不同的预编码矩阵,终端需要报告不同载波下的PMI信息。在某些情况下,每个载波可以包含多个PMI,所述多个PMI共同指示利用该载波传输信号过程中所使用的预编码矩阵。例如,信号在载波1和载波2上传输,载波1对应的预编码矩阵为W1,载波2对应的预编码矩阵为W2;其中,PMI1和PMI2共同指示所述W1,PMI3和PMI4共同指示所述W2。在这种情况下,就需要UE报告PMI1、PMI2、PMI3和PMI4,然而,在无线传输过程中,资源非常有限,这样的传输方法使得PMI的反馈数量大,浪费了空中接口的资源。In a multi-carrier system, signals can be transmitted on carriers in different frequency bands, due to different carrier correspondences. Different precoding matrices, the terminal needs to report PMI information under different carriers. In some cases, each carrier may include multiple PMIs that collectively indicate a precoding matrix used in the transmission of signals using the carrier. For example, the signal is transmitted on carrier 1 and carrier 2, the precoding matrix corresponding to carrier 1 is W1, and the precoding matrix corresponding to carrier 2 is W2; wherein PMI1 and PMI2 jointly indicate the W1, and PMI3 and PMI4 jointly indicate the W2. In this case, the UE is required to report PMI1, PMI2, PMI3, and PMI4. However, in the wireless transmission process, resources are very limited. Such a transmission method makes the PMI feedback amount large, and wastes the resources of the air interface.
并且,在一些场景中,上述空口资源浪费的问题更为严重。Moreover, in some scenarios, the problem of wasted air resource is more serious.
比如,在3D MIMO(3 Dimension MIMO)的某些场景中,在一个载波下,需要反馈2个预编码矩阵的PMI,分别指示垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵。垂直方向水平方向由垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积(Kronecker Product)表示预编码矩阵。预编码矩阵V1可如下表示:For example, in some scenarios of 3D MIMO (3 Dimension MIMO), under one carrier, PMIs of two precoding matrices need to be fed back, respectively indicating a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix. The horizontal direction is represented by a Kronecker Product of the vertical direction precoding matrix and the horizontal direction precoding matrix to represent the precoding matrix. The precoding matrix V 1 can be expressed as follows:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000009
其中,
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000010
表示Kronecker Product。矩阵V1的大小由垂直方向预编码矩阵A的行列数和水平方向预编码矩阵B的行列数确定。这里的A也可以是水平方向预编码矩阵,相应的,B是垂直方向预编码矩阵。
among them,
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000010
Represents Kronecker Product. The size of the matrix V 1 is determined by the number of rows and columns of the precoding matrix A in the vertical direction and the number of rows and columns of the precoding matrix B in the horizontal direction. Here, A may also be a horizontal direction precoding matrix, and correspondingly, B is a vertical direction precoding matrix.
此外,在其它一些场景下,各个载波的码本中的预编码矩阵V2可以表示成双码本结构,长期宽带特性矩阵W1体现信道的长期/宽带的特性;短期窄带特性W2体现信道的短期/子带的特性。在PMI的反馈中,W1和W2分别由不同的PMI指示。预编码矩阵V2可以如下表示:In addition, in some other scenarios, the precoding matrix V 2 in the codebook of each carrier may be represented as a dual codebook structure, and the long-term broadband characteristic matrix W 1 represents the long-term/wideband characteristics of the channel; the short-term narrowband characteristic W 2 represents the channel. Short-term/sub-band characteristics. In the feedback of the PMI, W 1 and W 2 are respectively indicated by different PMIs. The precoding matrix V 2 can be expressed as follows:
V2=W1×W2 V 2 = W 1 × W 2
现有技术中,基站根据UE反馈的A,B对应的PMI(或W1,W2对应的PMI)确定预编码矩阵V1(或预编码矩阵V2)。如前所述,不同的载波对应不同的预编码矩阵。对于每个载波而言,反馈的PMI的个数都是以上各个预编码矩阵的个数,例如,为了确定载波1的预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000011
需要反馈A的PMI和B的PMI, 为了确定载波2的预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000012
需要反馈C的PMI和D的PMI,这样大大增加了反馈的PMI的个数,浪费了空中接口的资源。
In the prior art, the base station determining a precoding matrix V 1 (or a precoding matrix V 2) in accordance with the feedback UE A, B corresponding to the PMI (or W 1, W 2 corresponding PMI). As mentioned before, different carriers correspond to different precoding matrices. For each carrier, the number of PMIs fed back is the number of each precoding matrix above, for example, to determine the precoding matrix of carrier 1.
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000011
Need to feed back the PMI of A and the PMI of B, in order to determine the precoding matrix of carrier 2.
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000012
Need to feedback C's PMI and D's PMI, which greatly increases the number of feedback PMI, wasting the resources of the air interface.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明提供了一种数据传输方法,以在实现PMI反馈的同时,避免浪费空中接口资源。The present invention provides a data transmission method to avoid wasting air interface resources while implementing PMI feedback.
第一方面,本发明实施例提供了一种预编码矩阵指示PMI的反馈方法,用于具有多载波能力的无线通信系统,所述无线通信系统中的用户设备UE使用第一子载波和第二子载波与网络侧设备通信,所述方法包括:所述UE确定至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵;所述UE向所述无线通信系统中的基站发送所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a precoding matrix indicating PMI feedback method, which is used in a wireless communication system with multi-carrier capability, where a user equipment UE in a wireless communication system uses a first subcarrier and a second The subcarriers are in communication with the network side device, the method comprising: the UE determining at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, wherein the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI a precoding matrix for indicating the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; the UE is to the wireless communication A base station in the system transmits the at least one public PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI.
在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵;所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵。In a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier a Kronecker product; the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; The common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; the first PMI is used to indicate the first a horizontal direction precoding matrix of one subcarrier; the second PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
结合第一方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,In combination with the first possible implementation of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner,
所述公共PMI所指示的第一子载波的垂直向预编码矩阵为:The vertical precoding matrix of the first subcarrier indicated by the common PMI is:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000013
其中,N为正整数,k为大于等于0且小于等于N-1的整数;m为所述公共PMI对应的预编码矩阵W的长度,T表示矩阵的转置。Where N is a positive integer, k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1; m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI, and T represents the transposition of the matrix.
在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所 述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵的积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二载波的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵的积;所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示所述第二子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵;所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵。In a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix; a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second carrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix; The PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first sub-carrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second sub-carrier; the first PMI is used to indicate the first sub-carrier a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix; the second PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier.
结合第一方面,或者第一方面第一至第三种任意一种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,进一步包括:所述UE确定并发送第一PMI补偿值δ,所述δ用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI共同指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵。With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first to third possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the method further includes: determining, by the UE, the first PMI compensation value δ, where The δ is used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI.
结合第一方面第四种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,其特征在于:所述UE确定第一PMI补偿值δ,包括:根据所述第二子载波预编码矩阵和所述第一子载波预编码矩阵确定所述第一PMI补偿值δ。With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a fifth possible implementation, the determining, by the UE, the first PMI compensation value δ includes: according to the second subcarrier precoding matrix and The first subcarrier precoding matrix determines the first PMI compensation value δ.
结合第一方面第四种可能的实现方式以及第五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,所述UE发送第一PMI补偿值δ具体包括:通过物理上行链路控制信道PUCCH或物理上行共享信道PUSCH发送所述第一PMI补偿值δ。With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, and any one possible implementation manner of the fifth possible implementation manner, in a sixth possible implementation manner, the UE sends the first PMI compensation value δ The method includes: transmitting, by using a physical uplink control channel PUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, the first PMI compensation value δ.
第二方面,本发明实施例提供了一种预编码矩阵指示PMI的反馈方法,用于具有多载波能力的无线通信系统,所述无线通信系统中的基站使用第一子载波和第二子载波与用户设备UE通信,所述方法包括:所述基站接收至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵;所述基站根据所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵,以及根据至少一个公共PMI和所述第二PMI确定第二子载波的预编码矩阵。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a precoding matrix indicating PMI feedback method, which is used in a wireless communication system with multi-carrier capability, where a base station in a radio communication system uses a first subcarrier and a second subcarrier. Communicating with the user equipment UE, the method comprising: the base station receiving at least one public PMI, at least one first PMI and at least one second PMI, wherein the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used And a precoding matrix indicating the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; and the base station is configured according to the at least one common PMI And determining, by the at least one first PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, and determining a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI and the second PMI.
在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述公共PMI 用于指示所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵;所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵。In a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier a Kronecker product; the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; The public PMI a vertical direction precoding matrix for indicating the first subcarrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; the first PMI is used to indicate the first subcarrier a horizontal direction precoding matrix; the second PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
结合第二方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,包括:所述公共PMI所指示的第一子载波的垂直向预编码矩阵为:With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the method includes: a vertical precoding matrix of the first subcarrier indicated by the common PMI is:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000014
其中,N为正整数,k为大于等于0且小于等于N-1的整数;m为所述公共PMI对应的预编码矩阵W的长度,T表示矩阵的转置。Where N is a positive integer, k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1; m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI, and T represents the transposition of the matrix.
在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵的积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二载波的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵的积;所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示所述第二子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵;所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵。In a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix; the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second carrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix; the common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier; and the common PMI is further used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier; the first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier; and the second PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic of the second subcarrier matrix.
结合第二方面,或者第二方面第一至第三种任意一种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,进一步包括:所述基站接收UE发送的第一PMI补偿值δ,所述基站根据所述δ和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI共同确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵。With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the first to the third possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the method further includes: receiving, by the base station, the first PMI compensation value δ sent by the UE, Determining, by the base station, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier according to the δ and the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI.
结合第二方面第四种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,所述基站接收第一PMI补偿值δ具体包括:所述基站通过物理上行链路控制信道PUCCH或物理上行共享信道PUSCH接收所述第一PMI补偿值δ。With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner, the receiving, by the base station, the first PMI compensation value δ includes: the base station by using a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) or physical uplink sharing The channel PUSCH receives the first PMI compensation value δ.
第三方面,本发明实施例提供了一种预编码矩阵指示PMI反馈装置,用于具有多载波能力的无线通信系统,所述无线通信系统中的用户设备UE使用第一子载波和第二子载波与网络侧设备通信,所述UE包括:确定单元,用于确定至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵; 发送单元,用于向所述无线通信系统中的基站发送所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a precoding matrix indicating PMI feedback apparatus, which is used in a wireless communication system with multi-carrier capability, where a user equipment UE in the wireless communication system uses a first subcarrier and a second sub The carrier is in communication with the network side device, the UE includes: a determining unit, configured to determine at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, wherein the at least one common PMI and the at least one first a PMI is used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; And a sending unit, configured to send the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI to a base station in the wireless communication system.
在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,包括:所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;In a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction of the first subcarrier a Kronecker product of the coding matrix; the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier product;
所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵;所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵。The common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; the first PMI is used to indicate the first a horizontal direction precoding matrix of one subcarrier; the second PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
结合第三方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,包括:In combination with the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the method includes:
所述公共PMI所指示的第一子载波的垂直向预编码矩阵为:The vertical precoding matrix of the first subcarrier indicated by the common PMI is:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000015
其中,N为正整数,k为大于等于0且小于等于N-1的整数;m为所述公共PMI对应的预编码矩阵W的长度,T表示矩阵的转置。Where N is a positive integer, k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1; m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI, and T represents the transposition of the matrix.
在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,包括:所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵的积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二载波的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵的积;所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示所述第二子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵;所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵。In a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix; The precoding matrix of the subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second carrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix; the common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier; and the common PMI is further used And indicating a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier; the first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier; and the second PMI is used to indicate a short-term of the second subcarrier Narrowband characteristic matrix.
结合第三方面,或者第三方面第一至第三种任意一种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,其特征在于:所述确定单元还用于确定第一PMI补偿值δ,所述δ用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI共同确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述发送单元还用于发送所述第一PMI补偿值δ。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to third possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the determining unit is further configured to determine the first PMI compensation value. δ, the δ is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI; the sending unit is further configured to send the first PMI compensation value δ.
结合第三方面第四种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,所述确定单元还用于确定所述第一子载波预编码矩阵和所述第二子载波预编码矩阵;所 述确定单元是根据所述第一子载波预编码矩阵确定所述至少一个公共PMI的;所述确定单元确定第一PMI补偿值δ,包括:根据所述第二子载波预编码矩阵和所述第一子载波预编码矩阵确定所述第一PMI补偿值δ。With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a fifth possible implementation, the determining unit is further configured to determine the first subcarrier precoding matrix and the second subcarrier precoding matrix; Place Determining, by the determining unit, the at least one common PMI according to the first subcarrier precoding matrix; the determining unit determining the first PMI compensation value δ, comprising: according to the second subcarrier precoding matrix and the The first subcarrier precoding matrix determines the first PMI compensation value δ.
结合第三方面第四种可能的实现方式以及第五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,所述发送单元发送第一PMI补偿值δ具体包括:通过物理上行链路控制信道PUCCH或物理上行共享信道PUSCH发送所述第一PMI补偿值δ。With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, and any one possible implementation manner of the fifth possible implementation manner, in a sixth possible implementation manner, the sending unit sends the first PMI compensation value δ Specifically, the first PMI compensation value δ is sent by using a physical uplink control channel PUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
第四方面,本发明实施例提供了一种预编码矩阵指示PMI的反馈装置,用于具有多载波能力的无线通信系统,所述无线通信系统中的基站使用第一子载波和第二子载波与用户设备UE通信,所述基站包括:接收单元,用于接收至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵;确定单元,用于根据所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵,以及根据至少一个公共PMI和所述第二PMI确定第二子载波的预编码矩阵。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a precoding matrix indicating PMI feedback apparatus, which is used in a wireless communication system with multi-carrier capability, where a base station in the wireless communication system uses a first subcarrier and a second subcarrier. Communicating with the user equipment UE, the base station comprising: a receiving unit, configured to receive at least one public PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, wherein the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI a precoding matrix for indicating the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; and a determining unit, configured to Determining, by the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, and determining a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI and the second PMI.
在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,包括:所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵;所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵。In a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction of the first subcarrier a Kronecker product of the coding matrix; the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier The common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; the first PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the second PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
结合第四方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,包括:所述公共PMI所指示的第一子载波的垂直向预编码矩阵为:With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the method includes: a vertical precoding matrix of the first subcarrier indicated by the common PMI is:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000016
其中,N为正整数,k为大于等于0且小于等于N-1的整数;m为所述公共 PMI对应的预编码矩阵W的长度,T表示矩阵的转置。Where N is a positive integer, k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1; m is the public The length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the PMI, and T represents the transposition of the matrix.
在第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,包括:所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵的积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二载波的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵的积;所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示所述第二子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵;所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵。In a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix; The precoding matrix of the subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second carrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix; the common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier; and the common PMI is further used And indicating a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier; the first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier; and the second PMI is used to indicate a short-term of the second subcarrier Narrowband characteristic matrix.
结合第四方面,或者第四方面第一至第三种任意一种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,其特征在于:所述接收单元还用于接收UE发送的第一PMI补偿值δ,所述δ用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI共同确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵。With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the first to the third possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the receiving unit is further configured to receive, by the UE, the first a PMI compensation value δ, which is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI.
结合第四方面第四种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,所述接收单元接收第一PMI补偿值δ具体包括:所述接收单元通过物理上行链路控制信道PUCCH或物理上行共享信道PUSCH接收所述第一PMI补偿值δ。With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation, the receiving, by the receiving unit, the first PMI compensation value δ specifically includes: the receiving unit by using a physical uplink control channel, PUCCH, or physical The uplink shared channel PUSCH receives the first PMI compensation value δ.
通过上述方案,本发明利用某些情况下,多个载波在某个方向或某些特性的PMI值相同或相近的特点,将不同载波间相同或相近的多个PMI合并为一个公共PMI进行反馈,减少了需要反馈的PMI数量,从而提升了空口的资源利用率。Through the above solution, the present invention utilizes the characteristics that multiple carriers have the same or similar PMI values in a certain direction or certain characteristics in some cases, and combine multiple PMIs of the same or similar between different carriers into one common PMI for feedback. , reducing the number of PMIs that need feedback, thereby improving the resource utilization of air interfaces.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为本发明实施例提供的一种UE侧PMI的反馈方法流程图;FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a UE side PMI feedback method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2为本发明实施例提供的又一种UE侧PMI的反馈方法流程图;FIG. 2 is a flowchart of still another feedback method of a UE-side PMI according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3为本发明实施例提供的又一种UE侧PMI的反馈方法流程图;FIG. 3 is a flowchart of still another UE side PMI feedback method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4为本发明实施例提供的一种基站侧PMI的反馈方法流程图;FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a method for feeding back a base station side PMI according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5为本发明实施例提供的又一种基站侧PMI的反馈方法流程图;FIG. 5 is a flowchart of still another method for feeding back a base station side PMI according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图6为本发明实施例提供的又一种基站侧的PMI的反馈方法流程图;FIG. 6 is a flowchart of still another method for feeding back a PMI on a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本发明实施例提供的又一种UE侧PMI的反馈装置流程图;FIG. 7 is a flowchart of still another feedback device of a UE-side PMI according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本发明实施例提供的又一种UE侧PMI的反馈装置流程图;FIG. 8 is a flowchart of still another feedback device of a UE-side PMI according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本发明实施例提供的又一种UE侧PMI的反馈装置流程图; FIG. 9 is a flowchart of still another feedback device of a UE-side PMI according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10为本发明实施例提供的又一种基站侧PMI的反馈装置结构示意图;10 is a schematic structural diagram of a feedback apparatus for a base station side PMI according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11为本发明实施例提供的又一种基站侧PMI的反馈装置结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a feedback apparatus for a base station side PMI according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12为本发明实施例提供的又一种基站侧PMI的反馈装置结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a feedback apparatus for a base station side PMI according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图13为本发明实施例提供的一种UE侧PMI的反馈装置结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a feedback device of a UE-side PMI according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图14为本发明实施例提供的一种基站侧PMI的反馈装置结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a feedback apparatus for a base station side PMI according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明的一部分实施例,而不是全部实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动的前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都应属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are a part of the embodiments of the present invention, but not all embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts shall fall within the scope of the present invention.
应理解,本发明涉及的基站可以但不限于是节点B(NodeB)基站(Base station,BS),接入点(Access Point),发射点(Transmission Point,TP),演进节点B(Evolved Node B,eNB)或者中继(Relay)等;本发明涉及的用户设备UE可以但不限于是包括移动台(Mobile Station,MS)、中继(Relay)、移动电话(Mobile Telephone)、手机(handset)及便携设备(portable equipment)、移动或非移动终端等。It should be understood that the base station involved in the present invention may be, but not limited to, a Node B (Base station, BS), an Access Point, a Transmission Point (TP), and an Evolved Node B. eNB), relay, etc.; the user equipment UE involved in the present invention may be, but not limited to, a mobile station (MS), a relay, a mobile telephone, a handset. And portable equipment, mobile or non-mobile terminals.
图1是根据本发明实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图,涉及一种预编码矩阵指示PMI的反馈方法,该方法用于具有多载波能力的无线通信系统,所述无线通信系统中的用户设备UE使用第一子载波和第二子载波与基站通信。1 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, relating to a feedback method of a precoding matrix indicating PMI for a wireless communication system having multi-carrier capability, a user in the wireless communication system The device UE communicates with the base station using the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier.
具体包括:Specifically include:
步骤101,所述UE确定至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵;其中,所述公共PMI、所述第一PMI、所述第二PMI分别可以为2个、3个或者多于3个。Step 101: The UE determines at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate the first subcarrier. a precoding matrix; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; wherein the common PMI, the first PMI, the second PMI It can be 2, 3 or more than 3 respectively.
应理解,本发明不限定UE确定所述PMI的具体方式,所述UE确定PMI的过程可以是根据参考信号测量确定的,可以是根据测量参考信号,分别从不同维度 的预编码子矩阵中遍历,选出信号质量最优的矩阵。It should be understood that the present invention does not limit the specific manner in which the UE determines the PMI, and the process of determining the PMI by the UE may be determined according to the reference signal measurement, and may be according to the measurement reference signal, respectively, from different dimensions. The retries are performed in the precoding sub-matrix, and the matrix with the best signal quality is selected.
步骤102,所述UE向所述无线通信系统中的基站发送所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI。Step 102: The UE sends the at least one public PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI to a base station in the wireless communication system.
下面,将以示例的形式对步骤101中的确定至少一个所述公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI的步骤进行具体的说明。例如,对于第一子载波CA1,UE需要反馈4个PMI分别为PMI1/2/3/4,这4个PMI用于指示该CA1的预编码矩阵;对于第二子载波CA2,UE需要反馈4个PMI分别为PMI5/6/7/8,这4个PMI用于指示该CA2的预编码矩阵。一个实施例中,PMI1、PMI2可以共同指示所述CA1下的一个子预编码矩阵WA1;PMI3、PMI4可以指示CA1下的另一个子预编码矩阵WB1,再由该WA1、WB1和确定的运算关系确定CA1预编码矩阵WA1B1。PMI5、PMI6可以共同指示所述CA2下的一个子预编码矩阵WA2;PMI7、PMI8可以指示CA2下的另一个子预编码矩阵WB2,再由该WA2、WB2和确定的运算关系确定CA1预编码矩阵WA2B2。具体的确定方式可以不同,本发明不做限定,可以是以计算预编码矩阵的参数的形式确定,例如所述UE和/或所述基站可以根据PMI1、PMI2两个参数计算出WA1,或者也可以是所述UE和/或所述基站存储或预先确定一个表格,可以根据PMI1、PMI2查询对应的WA1,或者,PMI1/2/3/4可以是4个参数,PMI5/6/7/8可以是4个参数,分别直接计算出预编码矩阵。应理解,上述一个载波下需要反馈4个PMI只是一个实例,在实际情况下,可能出现其它情况。本申请的各个实施例均不特指4个PMI。根据某种信道条件或信道模型,所述CA1中的至少一个PMI与所述CA2中的至少一个PMI相同或近似。那么就可以将CA1的所述至少一个PMI和所述CA2中的所述至少一个PMI确定为所述公共PMI。其中,近似在这里指可以等同,比如,即使两个PMI不同,但是两个PMI的差值很小,最终根据各自的计算得到的CA1的预编码矩阵和CA2的预编码矩阵的信道模型在可以容忍的范围内。例如PMI1和PMI5对应,在满足某些条件的情况下,可以确定为公共PMIC1;PMI3和PMI7对应,可以确定为公共PMIC2,即:Hereinafter, the steps of determining at least one of the common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI in step 101 will be specifically described in the form of an example. For example, for the first subcarrier CA1, the UE needs to feed back 4 PMIs, which are respectively PMI 1/2/3/4, which are used to indicate the precoding matrix of the CA1; for the second subcarrier CA2, the UE needs feedback 4 The PMIs are PMI5/6/7/8, respectively, which are used to indicate the precoding matrix of the CA2. In an embodiment, PMI1, PMI2 may jointly indicate a sub-precoding matrix W A1 under the CA1; PMI3, PMI4 may indicate another sub-precoding matrix W B1 under CA1, and then by W A1 , W B1 and The determined operational relationship determines the CA1 precoding matrix W A1B1 . PMI5, PMI6 may jointly indicate a sub-precoding matrix W A2 under the CA2; PMI7, PMI8 may indicate another sub-precoding matrix W B2 under CA2, and then determined by the W A2 , W B2 and the determined operational relationship CA1 precoding matrix W A2B2 . The specific determination manner may be different, and the present invention is not limited, and may be determined in the form of calculating parameters of the precoding matrix. For example, the UE and/or the base station may calculate W A1 according to two parameters of PMI1 and PMI2, or The UE and/or the base station may also store or predetermine a table, and may query the corresponding W A1 according to PMI1 or PMI2, or PMI1/2/3/4 may be 4 parameters, PMI5/6/7. /8 can be 4 parameters, and the precoding matrix is directly calculated. It should be understood that the need to feed back 4 PMIs under one carrier is only an example, and in actual situations, other situations may occur. Each embodiment of the present application does not specifically refer to four PMIs. At least one PMI in the CA1 is the same as or similar to at least one PMI in the CA2 according to a certain channel condition or channel model. Then, the at least one PMI of CA1 and the at least one PMI of the CA2 may be determined as the common PMI. Wherein, the approximation here can be equivalent, for example, even if the two PMIs are different, the difference between the two PMIs is small, and finally the channel model of the CA1 precoding matrix and the CA2 precoding matrix can be obtained according to the respective calculations. Tolerance within the scope. For example, PMI1 and PMI5 correspond to each other. When certain conditions are met, it can be determined as public PMI C1 ; PMI3 and PMI7 correspond to each other and can be determined as public PMI C2 , namely:
PMI1=PMI5=PMIC1 PMI 1 = PMI 5 = PMI C1
PMI3=PMI7=PMIC2 PMI 3 = PMI 7 = PMI C2
那么,参考步骤102,所述UE可以反馈公共PMI:PMIC1、PMIC2;和第一PMI:PMI2、PMI4;第二PMI:PMI6、PMI8。确定公共PMI的方法通常是由信道特性决定的,例 如PMI1和PMI5用于指示的是某些特定的矩阵参数,这些参数在某些场景(例如高楼场景,或宽阔地带的场景)下相关性较高,其数值相等或差值可以忽略不计;或PMI1和PMI5在某些场景下,指示的表中的同某一类矩阵组成的矩阵集合,其它PMI2/PMI6进一步指示这一矩阵集合中的某个矩阵(该矩阵是矩阵集合中的元素),那么,PMI1和PMI5在很多相同的场景下,就可以确定为公共PMI1;同理,PMI3、PMI7也可以采用上述的反馈方式。或者基站侧可以直接预先确定所述PMIC1、PMIC2是公共PMI,且PMIC1代表PMI1/PMI5、PMIC2代表PMI3/PMI7,并发送给UE。Then, referring to step 102, the UE may feed back a common PMI: PMI C1 , PMI C2 ; and a first PMI: PMI2, PMI4; and a second PMI: PMI6, PMI8. The method of determining the common PMI is usually determined by the channel characteristics. For example, PMI1 and PMI5 are used to indicate certain matrix parameters, which are related in some scenarios (such as high-rise scenes or wide-area scenes). High, whose values are equal or the difference is negligible; or PMI1 and PMI5, in some scenarios, indicate a matrix set of the same type of matrix in the table, and other PMI2/PMI6 further indicate one of the matrix sets. The matrix (the matrix is an element in the matrix set), then, PMI1 and PMI5 can be determined as the common PMI 1 in many identical scenarios; similarly, PMI3 and PMI7 can also adopt the above feedback method. Alternatively, the base station side may directly determine that the PMI C1 and the PMI C2 are common PMIs, and the PMI C1 represents PMI1/PMI5, and the PMI C2 represents PMI3/PMI7, and is sent to the UE.
所述UE可以预置规则,或通过协商的方式与UE确定公共PMI、第一PMI、第二PMI,也可以直接在反馈PMI的信令或其它信令中指示公共PMI、第一PMI、第二PMI,UE根据所述指示或预置规则,确定公共PMI、第一PMI、第二PMI。例如确定高楼场景下,所述PMI1与PMI5,确定为公共PMI,这一预置规则同样在与之交互的UE中。这一指示过程,也可以来自其它UE或者其它网络侧设备。The UE may preset a rule, or determine a common PMI, a first PMI, and a second PMI with the UE in a negotiated manner, or directly indicate a public PMI, a first PMI, or a first in a signaling or other signaling of the feedback PMI. The second PMI, the UE determines the public PMI, the first PMI, and the second PMI according to the indication or the preset rule. For example, in a high-rise scenario, the PMI 1 and the PMI 5 are determined to be a public PMI, and the preset rule is also in the UE with which it interacts. This indication process can also come from other UEs or other network side devices.
应理解,步骤101中,所述UE确定所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI的具体顺序可以不同,本发明给出了不同的实施方式:It should be understood that, in step 101, the UE determines that the specific order of the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI may be different, and the present invention provides different implementation manners:
实施方式1,先确定不同载波的PMI,再确定公共PMI和非公共PMI:Embodiment 1, first determining the PMI of different carriers, and then determining the public PMI and the non-public PMI:
所述UE可以分别确定所述第一子载波CA1的预编码矩阵对应的多个PMI,和第二子载波CA2的预编码矩阵对应的多个PMI,在CA1对应的多个PMI和CA2对应的多个PMI中确定可以作为公共PMI的所述至少一个公共PMI,其余没有被确定作为公共PMI的、且CA1对应的PMI作为所述至少一个第一PMI;其余没有被确定作为公共PMI的、且CA2对应的PMI作为所述第二PMI。The UE may respectively determine a plurality of PMIs corresponding to the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier CA1, and multiple PMIs corresponding to the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier CA2, and corresponding to multiple PMIs and CA2 corresponding to the CA1. Determining, in the plurality of PMIs, the at least one common PMI that may be the public PMI, and the remaining PMIs that are not determined as the public PMI and corresponding to the CA1 as the at least one first PMI; the rest are not determined as the public PMI, and The PMI corresponding to CA2 is used as the second PMI.
实施方式2,根据场景或其它预置规则直接确定出公共PMI:Embodiment 2, directly determining a public PMI according to a scenario or other preset rules:
所述UE可以确定所述第一子载波CA1的预编码矩阵对应的多个PMI,根据信道情况、使用场景或预先设置的规则,确定其中至少一个为公共PMI,CA1中其它没有被确定作为公共PMI的PMI为所述至少一个第一PMI;再确定第二子载波CA2预编码矩阵对应的所述至少一个第二PMI。例如,CA1的预编码矩阵由垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵构成,CA2的预编码矩阵也由垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵构成,需要反馈CA1、CA2的垂直方向预编码矩阵的PMI和水平方向预编码矩阵的PMI,在某种场景,例如可以是高楼场景时, CA1的垂直方向预编码矩阵和CA2的垂直方向预编码矩阵可以确定为所述公共PMI。在UE的确定过程中,可以确定CA1垂直方向预编码矩阵的PMI为公共PMI,再确定CA1水平方向预编码矩阵为所述至少一个第一PMI,确定CA2水平方向预编码矩阵为所述至少一个第二PMI。The UE may determine multiple PMIs corresponding to the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier CA1, and determine that at least one of them is a public PMI according to a channel situation, a usage scenario, or a preset rule, and other ones in the CA1 are not determined as public. The PMI of the PMI is the at least one first PMI; and the at least one second PMI corresponding to the second subcarrier CA2 precoding matrix is further determined. For example, the precoding matrix of CA1 is composed of a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix. The precoding matrix of CA2 is also composed of a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix, and needs to feed back the vertical direction of CA1 and CA2. The PMI of the coding matrix and the PMI of the horizontal direction precoding matrix, in certain scenarios, such as high-rise scenes, The vertical direction precoding matrix of CA1 and the vertical direction precoding matrix of CA2 may be determined as the common PMI. In the determining process of the UE, the PMI of the CA1 vertical direction precoding matrix may be determined to be a common PMI, and then the CA1 horizontal direction precoding matrix is determined to be the at least one first PMI, and the CA2 horizontal direction precoding matrix is determined to be the at least one Second PMI.
实施方式3,先确定出第一PMI和公共PMI,再确定第二PMI:Embodiment 3, first determining the first PMI and the public PMI, and then determining the second PMI:
所述UE可以直接根据预设规则或使用场景确定第一子载波CA1预编码矩阵和第二子载波CA2预编码矩阵对应中的所述至少一个公共PMI,再确定所述至少一个第一PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI。例如;CA1的预编码矩阵由垂直方向和水平方向的预编码矩阵构成,CA2预编码矩阵也由垂直方向和水平方向的预编码矩阵构成,需要反馈CA1、CA2的垂直方向预编码矩阵的PMI和水平方向预编码矩阵的PMI,在某种场景时,CA1和CA2的垂直方向的预编码矩阵对应的PMI相似度高,可以确定为所述公共PMI。在UE的确定过程中,直接确定公共PMI,这个值可以是针对某种情况预置的,或者是根据CA1和CA2共同确定的。再确定CA1水平方向预编码矩阵为所述至少一个第一PMI,确定CA2水平方向预编码矩阵为所述至少一个第二PMI。The UE may directly determine the at least one common PMI in the first subcarrier CA1 precoding matrix and the second subcarrier CA2 precoding matrix corresponding according to a preset rule or a usage scenario, and then determine the at least one first PMI and The at least one second PMI. For example, the precoding matrix of CA1 is composed of a precoding matrix in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction, and the CA2 precoding matrix is also composed of a precoding matrix in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction, and the PMI of the vertical precoding matrix of CA1 and CA2 needs to be fed back. The PMI of the horizontal direction precoding matrix. In a certain scenario, the PMI similarity of the precoding matrix in the vertical direction of CA1 and CA2 is high, and can be determined as the common PMI. In the determination process of the UE, the public PMI is directly determined, and this value may be preset for a certain situation or jointly determined according to CA1 and CA2. And determining that the CA1 horizontal direction precoding matrix is the at least one first PMI, and determining that the CA2 horizontal direction precoding matrix is the at least one second PMI.
应理解,本发明不限于上述实施方式1-3中给出的具体实施步骤,也可以是其它确定所述至少一个公共PMI的具体实施方式。It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the specific implementation steps given in the above embodiments 1-3, and may be other specific embodiments for determining the at least one common PMI.
应理解,本发明并不限定具体的所述确定每个预编码矩阵对应的PMI的方法,可以是分别从不同维度的预编码子矩阵中遍历,选出信号质量最优的矩阵。例如,UE基于CA1和CA2测量出CA1最优的预编码矩阵W1,W2和CA2最优的预编码矩阵W3和W4,这里,W1,W2可以分别从不同的码本即预编码矩阵集合中确定,W3,W4可以分别从不同的码本即预编码矩阵集合中确定。It should be understood that the present invention does not limit the specific method for determining the PMI corresponding to each precoding matrix, and may traverse from the precoding sub-matrices of different dimensions to select a matrix with the best signal quality. For example, the UE measures the CA1 optimal precoding matrices W1, W2 and CA2 optimal precoding matrices W3 and W4 based on CA1 and CA2, where W1, W2 can be determined from different codebooks, ie, precoding matrix sets, respectively. , W3, W4 can be determined from different codebooks, that is, precoding matrix sets.
一个实施例中,不同RI一一对应不同的PMI表,在UE确定RI的值后,所述UE从所述多个PMI表中确定与所述RI的值对应的PMI表,所述PMI表可以包括PMI与预编码矩阵的对应关系和/或PMI与预编码子矩阵的对应关系。所述PMI表还可以进一步包括所述UE根据参考信号测量得到的结果和预编码矩阵的关系,和/或所述UE根据参考信号测量得到的结果和预编码子矩阵的关系。再根据该PMI表中的至少一个矩阵,确定一个CA对应的PMI值。这里的PMI值的确定过程,可以遍历测量所述确定出的PMI表中的所有矩阵对应的信号质量,确定出最 优的矩阵,然后确定该最优矩阵对应的PMI值,该PMI值即为该CA对应的PMI值。另一个实施例中,可以直接通过确定预编码矩阵来确定PMI。其中PMI表可以是一个具体的表格,或是一个存储在UE中的多个对应关系集合。In an embodiment, different RIs correspond to different PMI tables, and after the UE determines the value of the RI, the UE determines, from the plurality of PMI tables, a PMI table corresponding to the value of the RI, where the PMI table The correspondence between the PMI and the precoding matrix and/or the correspondence between the PMI and the precoding submatrix may be included. The PMI table may further include a relationship between the result measured by the UE according to the reference signal and a precoding matrix, and/or a relationship between the result measured by the UE according to the reference signal and the precoding sub-matrix. Then, according to at least one matrix in the PMI table, a PMI value corresponding to one CA is determined. Here, the process of determining the PMI value may traverse the signal quality corresponding to all the matrices in the determined PMI table to determine the most The optimal matrix is then determined by the PMI value corresponding to the optimal matrix, and the PMI value is the PMI value corresponding to the CA. In another embodiment, the PMI can be determined directly by determining a precoding matrix. The PMI table may be a specific table or a plurality of corresponding relationship sets stored in the UE.
应理解,本发明不限定每个PMI的确定流程,可以但不限于是UE和基站协商的结果,或是双方预先确定好一种规则,或是UE直接确定的,或是基站通知UE,或按照应用场景确定一具体的确定方式。It should be understood that the present invention does not limit the determining process of each PMI, and may be, but is not limited to, the result of negotiation between the UE and the base station, or the two parties predetermine a certain rule, or the UE directly determines, or the base station notifies the UE, or A specific determination method is determined according to the application scenario.
通过本实施例描述的PMI反馈方式,可以利用在不同的场景下,不同子载波间的某些项中的PMI相同,整合不同子载波对应各自的PMI,使得UE在一个确定预编码矩阵的过程中只反馈一次公共的PMI,公共的PMI用于指示不同子载波的预编码矩阵,使得基站通过公共PMI和各个不同子载波下的非公共PMI(本实施例中是第一PMI、第二PMI)分别确定各个子载波的预编码矩阵。本实施例中,UE向所述基站发送各个子载波可以公共使用的PMI和不能公共使用的非公共PMI,其中,在一次确定两个子载波预编码矩阵的过程中,反馈的PMI的总数为K,用以指示两个子载波下的Q个预编码矩阵,且反馈的PMI个数K小于Q的数量,以达到节省信道资源的目的。应理解,本发明所述公共PMI,第一PMI和第二PMI不一定独立存在,可以是以同一消息的不同个字段称为公共PMI,第一PMI,第二PMI,根据本发明的实施例,可以将原本反馈两次的公共PMI字段减少一个,以达到节省比特数的效果。With the PMI feedback mode described in this embodiment, the PMI in some items between different subcarriers may be the same in different scenarios, and the different PMSCs are integrated corresponding to the respective PMIs, so that the UE is in a process of determining the precoding matrix. Only the common PMI is fed back once, and the common PMI is used to indicate the precoding matrix of different subcarriers, so that the base station passes the common PMI and the non-public PMI under different subcarriers (in this embodiment, the first PMI and the second PMI) The precoding matrix of each subcarrier is determined separately. In this embodiment, the UE sends, to the base station, a PMI that can be commonly used by each subcarrier and a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used. In the process of determining two subcarrier precoding matrices at a time, the total number of PMIs fed back is K. It is used to indicate Q precoding matrices under two subcarriers, and the number of PMIs fed back is less than the number of Qs, so as to save channel resources. It should be understood that, in the public PMI of the present invention, the first PMI and the second PMI do not necessarily exist independently, and may be referred to as a common PMI, a first PMI, a second PMI, according to an embodiment of the present invention. You can reduce the number of common PMI fields that were originally fed back twice to save the number of bits.
应理解,对于不同的场景,都可以根据具体的场景特性确定上述公共PMI和非公共PMI,以达到节省信道资源的目的。下面将就不同场景下,图1示出的预编码矩阵指示PMI的反馈方法进行具体的介绍:It should be understood that, for different scenarios, the foregoing common PMI and non-public PMI may be determined according to specific scenario characteristics to save channel resources. In the following, the feedback method of the PMI indicated by the precoding matrix shown in FIG. 1 will be specifically introduced in different scenarios:
一个实施例中,针对3D MIMO场景或者类似场景,所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W1和所述第一子载波的第二预编码矩阵W2的克罗内克积;PMI1为所述W1的PMI和所述W2的PMI中的一个;PMI2为所述W1的PMI和所述W2的PMI中的另一个;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的第三预编码矩阵W3和所述第二子载波的第四预编码矩阵W4的克罗内克积;所述PMI1为所述W3的PMI和所述W4的PMI中的一个;PMI3为所述W3的PMI和所述W4的PMI中的另一个。当W1为所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵、W2为所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵;当W3为所述第 二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵、W4为所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵时。In an embodiment, for a 3D MIMO scenario or the like, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a first precoding matrix W1 of the first subcarrier and a second precoding matrix of the first subcarrier. a Kronecker product of W2; PMI1 is one of the PMI of the W1 and the PMI of the W2; PMI2 is the other of the PMI of the W1 and the PMI of the W2; the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a Kronecker product of a third precoding matrix W3 of the second subcarrier and a fourth precoding matrix W4 of the second subcarrier; the PMI1 is a PMI of the W3 and the One of the PMIs of W4; PMI3 is the other of the PMI of the W3 and the PMI of the W4. When W1 is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, W2 is a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; when W3 is the The vertical direction precoding matrix of the two subcarriers, and W4 is the horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
图2示出了本发明一种具体的实施方式。所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵;所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵。Figure 2 illustrates a specific embodiment of the invention. The precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; the common PMI is used to indicate the first subcarrier a vertical direction precoding matrix; the common PMI is further configured to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; the first PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; The PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
具体包括:Specifically include:
步骤201,用户设备UE确定至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI、至少一个第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI用于指示垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示第一子载波水平方向预编码矩阵;所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示第二子载波水平方向预编码矩阵。Step 201: The user equipment UE determines at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix; the at least one first PMI is used to And indicating a first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix; the at least one second PMI is used to indicate a second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix.
步骤202,所述UE向基站发送所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。Step 202: The UE sends the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI to a base station, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
对于3D MIMO或类似场景,天线分布可以看作呈垂直方向排列和水平方向排列,所以,所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵可以看作垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵,所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵可以看作垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵,例如:所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W1和第二预编码矩阵W2的克罗内克积,第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的第三预编码矩阵W3和第四预编码矩阵W4的克罗内克积时,即满足:For 3D MIMO or the like, the antenna distribution can be regarded as being arranged in a vertical direction and in a horizontal direction. Therefore, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier can be regarded as a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix. The precoding matrix of the second subcarrier may be regarded as a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix. For example, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is the first precoding matrix W1 of the first subcarrier and a Kronecker product of the second precoding matrix W2, when the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a Kronecker product of the third precoding matrix W3 and the fourth precoding matrix W4 of the second subcarrier, That is to say:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000017
其中,W(CA1)为所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵,W(CA2)为所述第二子载波的预 编码矩阵,W(CA1,1)为第一子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵,W(CA1,2)为第一子载波水平方向预编码矩阵;W(CA2,1)为第二子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵,W(CA2,2)为第二子载波水平方向预编码矩阵。由于一般场景下,垂直方向的角度扩展远远小于水平方向的角度扩展,所以垂直方向近似于单径信道,可以确定垂直方向信道为一单径信道模型,进一步地,可以近似或等同为UE需要反馈的不同子载波下垂直方向预编码矩阵对应的PMI相等,对应本实施例,用于指示第一子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵W(CA1,1)的PMI(CA1,1)和用于指示第二子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵W(CA2,1)的PMI(CA2,1)相等,即:Wherein W (CA1) is a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, W (CA2) is a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, and W (CA1, 1) is a first subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix. , W (CA1, 2) is the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix; W (CA2, 1) is the second subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix, and W (CA2, 2) is the second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix. Since the vertical direction expansion is much smaller than the horizontal expansion in the general scenario, the vertical direction is similar to the single-path channel, and the vertical channel can be determined as a single-path channel model. Further, the UE can be approximated or equivalent to the UE needs. Corresponding PMIs corresponding to the vertical direction precoding matrix of the different subcarriers are equal, corresponding to the PMI (CA1, 1) indicating the first subcarrier vertical precoding matrix W (CA1, 1) and used for indicating The PMI (CA2, 1) of the second subcarrier vertical precoding matrix W (CA2, 1) is equal, namely:
PMI(CA1,1)=PMI(CA2,1)=PMIC PMI (CA1,1) =PMI (CA2,1) =PMI C
在这样的情况下,可以确定PMIC为所述至少一个公共PMI。对应的,确定用于指示所述第一子载波水平方向预编码矩阵W(CA1,2)的PMI(CA1,2)为所述至少一个第一PMI;确定用于指示所述第二子载波水平方向预编码矩阵W(CA2,2)的PMI(CA2,2)为所述至少一个第二PMI。基于上述条件,即在垂直方向近似于单径信道,可以保证在发送PMIC、PMI(CA1,2)、PMI(CA2,2)的情况下,根据所述PMIC和PMI(CA1,2)指示所述W(CA1);根据所述所述PMIC和PMI(CA2,2)指示所述W(CA2,2)。使得基站根据所述PMIC和PMI(CA1,2)确定所述W(CA1);根据所述PMIC和PMI(CA2,2)确定所述W(CA2,2)。这里的确定过程可以是基站协商确定的,也可以是接收基站或其它设备的指示或者是自身确定后通知基站的。In such a case, it may be determined that the PMI C is the at least one common PMI. Correspondingly, determining that the PMI (CA1, 2) used to indicate the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix W (CA1, 2) is the at least one first PMI; determining to indicate the second subcarrier The PMI (CA2, 2) of the horizontal direction precoding matrix W (CA2, 2) is the at least one second PMI. Based on the above conditions, i.e. similar to a single-path channel in the vertical direction can be guaranteed at a transmission PMI C, PMI (CA1,2), where PMI (CA2,2) according to the PMI C and PMI (CA1,2) Indicating the W (CA1) ; indicating the W (CA2, 2) according to the PMI C and PMI (CA2, 2) . The base station determines that PMI C and the PMI (CA1,2) the W (CA1); determining the W (CA2,2) based on the PMI C and PMI (CA2,2). The determining process here may be determined by the base station negotiation, or may be an indication of receiving the base station or other device or notifying the base station after determining by itself.
一个实施例中,所述所述公共PMI所指示的第一子载波的垂直向预编码矩阵和/或水平向预编码矩阵为:In an embodiment, the vertical precoding matrix and/or the horizontal precoding matrix of the first subcarrier indicated by the common PMI is:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000018
其中,N为正整数,k为大于等于0且小于等于N-1的整数;m为所述公共PMI对应的预编码矩阵W的长度,T表示矩阵的转置。Where N is a positive integer, k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1; m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI, and T represents the transposition of the matrix.
根据上述实施例的描述,在第一子载波的预编码矩阵可以分解为垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵的情况时,PMI分别指示垂直方向预编码矩阵和 水平方向预编码矩阵,利用其垂直方向波束的角度扩展比较小的特点,UE向所述基站发送各个子载波可以公共使用的PMI和不能公共使用的非公共PMI,其中,在一次确定两个子载波预编码矩阵的过程中,反馈的PMI的总数为K,用以指示两个子载波下的Q个预编码矩阵,且反馈的PMI个数K小于Q的数量,以达到节省信道资源的目的。应理解,若天线的位置、信道特性或其它条件发生变化导致其水平方向波束的角度扩展远远小于垂直方向的角度扩展时,可以确定水平方向信道为一个近似单径信道的模型,可以确定用于指示第一子载波水平方向预编码矩阵的PMI为所述至少一个公共PMI,用于指示第一子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵的PMI为所述至少一个第一PMI,用于指示第二子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵的PMI为所述至少一个第二PMI。具体的步骤、流程和上述实施例相同,在此不再赘述。According to the description of the above embodiment, when the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier can be decomposed into a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix, the PMI indicates the vertical direction precoding matrix and The horizontal direction precoding matrix is characterized in that the angle expansion of the beam in the vertical direction is relatively small, and the UE transmits to the base station a PMI that can be commonly used for each subcarrier and a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used, wherein two subcarriers are determined at one time. In the process of precoding the matrix, the total number of PMIs fed back is K, which is used to indicate Q precoding matrices under two subcarriers, and the number of PMIs fed back is smaller than the number of Qs, so as to save channel resources. It should be understood that if the position, channel characteristics or other conditions of the antenna change such that the angular spread of the horizontal beam is much smaller than the angular spread of the vertical direction, it can be determined that the horizontal channel is a model of an approximate single-path channel, which can be determined. The PMI indicating the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix is the at least one common PMI, and the PMI indicating the first subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix is the at least one first PMI, and is used to indicate the second sub The PMI of the carrier vertical direction precoding matrix is the at least one second PMI. The specific steps and procedures are the same as those in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
应理解,关于信道模型的判断,可以是一个通过达到某一条件确定的条件,可以是直接配置或根据基站或UE计算、确定的。It should be understood that the judgment about the channel model may be a condition determined by reaching a certain condition, which may be directly configured or calculated and determined according to the base station or the UE.
一个实施例中,当某些情况下,不同子载波的某些项中的PMI间的差值小于某一阈值,也可以将这样的PMI确定为公共PMI。应理解,本发明不限定子载波的数量,只要多个子载波各自的至少一个PMI可以根据预设规则或一定条件被确定为所述公共PMI,就可以通过减少PMI反馈的数量,达到节省信道资源的目的。In one embodiment, such a PMI may also be determined to be a common PMI when the difference between PMIs in certain items of different subcarriers is less than a certain threshold in some cases. It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the number of the stator carriers. As long as at least one PMI of each of the multiple subcarriers can be determined as the common PMI according to a preset rule or a certain condition, the channel resources can be saved by reducing the number of PMI feedbacks. the goal of.
一个实施例中,所述W1和所述W2中,对应所述公共PMI的第一子载波的预编码矩阵为一向量,和/或:In an embodiment, in the W1 and the W2, the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is a vector, and/or:
所述W3和所述W4中,对应所述公共PMI的第一子载波的预编码矩阵为一向量。In the W3 and the W4, the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is a vector.
例如对应所述公共PMI的第一子载波的预编码矩阵为:For example, the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000019
其中,N为正整数,k为大于等于0且小于等于N-1的整数;m为所述公共PMI对应的预编码矩阵W的长度,T表示矩阵的转置。应理解,这里转置仅仅为了表示向量的方便起见,向量在实现的调用过程中可以是一个数组。可选的,上述公式可以以矩阵的形式存储在系统中。可见,Wp是傅里叶矩阵中截取的一个向量,应理解,当所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵不限于是所述Wp示出的形式,可 以是从如下傅里叶矩阵中截取不同的位置得到的向量:Where N is a positive integer, k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1; m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI, and T represents the transposition of the matrix. It should be understood that the transposition here is merely for the convenience of representing the vector, and the vector may be an array during the calling of the implementation. Alternatively, the above formula may be stored in the system in the form of a matrix. It can be seen that W p is a vector intercepted in the Fourier matrix. It should be understood that when the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is not limited to the form shown by W p , it may be from the following Fourier matrix. Intercept the vector obtained from different locations:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000020
另一个实施例中,介绍了一另一种PMI的反馈方法。该方法可以但是不限于用于2D MIMO的天线场景。所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W5和第二预编码矩阵W6的积;所述公共PMI为所述W5的PMI和所述W6的PMI中的一个;所述第一非公共PMI为所述W5的PMI和所述W6的PMI中的另一个;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W7和第二预编码矩阵W8的积;所述公共PMI为所述W7的PMI和所述W8的PMI中的一个;所述第一非公共PMI为所述W7的PMI和所述W8的PMI中的另一个。例如,所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵(所述W5)和短期窄带特性矩阵(所述W6)的积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二载波的长期宽带特性矩阵(所述W7)和短期窄带特性矩阵(所述W8)的积;In another embodiment, a feedback method of another PMI is introduced. The method can be, but is not limited to, an antenna scene for 2D MIMO. The precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a first precoding matrix W 5 and a second precoding matrix W 6 of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is the PMI of the W 5 and the a PMI W 6 in; the first non PMI common to the other and said W PMI 5 W PMI 6 in; the precoding matrix to the second subcarrier of the first sub- a product of a first precoding matrix W 7 and a second precoding matrix W 8 of the carrier; the common PMI being one of the PMI of the W 7 and the PMI of the W 8 ; the first non-public PMI is the W PMI 7 W and the other PMI 8 in. For example, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix (the W 5 ) of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix (the W 6 ); the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix (the W 7 ) of the second carrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix (the W 8 );
所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示所述第二子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;The common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first sub-carrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second sub-carrier;
所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵;The first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier;
所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵。The second PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier.
下面,给出一个具体的实施例,本实施例具体给出了一种码本的组成方法和确定方法。对于某些场景,所述第一子载波可以分解为所述W5与所述W6的积,所述第二子载波可以分解为所述W7与所述W8的积,其中,所述W5表示所述第一子载波预编码矩阵的长期/宽带特性;所述W6表示所述第一子载波的短期/窄带特性;所述W7表示所述第二子载波预编码矩阵的长期/宽带特性;所述W8表示所述第二子载波的短期/窄带特性。即满足: In the following, a specific embodiment is given. In this embodiment, a composition method and a determination method of a codebook are specifically given. For some scenarios, the first subcarrier can be decomposed into the W5 and W6 of the product of the second subcarrier can be decomposed into the product of W and the W 8 7, wherein said W 5 denotes a long-term/wideband characteristic of the first subcarrier precoding matrix; the W 6 represents a short-term/narrowband characteristic of the first sub-carrier; and W 7 represents a long-term of the second sub-carrier precoding matrix /Broadband characteristics; the W 8 represents the short-term/narrowband characteristics of the second sub-carrier. That is to say:
W'(CA1)=W5×W6 W' (CA1) = W 5 × W 6
W'(CA2)=W7×W8 W' (CA2) = W 7 × W 8
其中,W'(CA1)为所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;W'(CA2)为所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵;下面,首先给出一种W'(CA1)与所述W5应的PMI(PMI5)和所述W6对应的PMI(PMI6)的关系,相应的,W'(CA2)与所述W7对应的PMI7和所述W8对应的PMI8的关系可以相同。若有码本集合B为:Wherein W' (CA1) is a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; W' (CA2) is a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; below, first, a W' (CA1) and a scheme are given relations between W 5 to be a PMI (PMI. 5) and the corresponding W 6 PMI (PMI. 6), the corresponding, W '(CA2) to the corresponding 7 PMI 7 W and W 8 corresponding to the PMI The relationship of 8 can be the same. If there is a codebook set B is:
B=[b0,b1,...b31]B=[b 0 ,b 1 ,...b 31 ]
其中,b0、b1…b31为列向量,且B中的第1+m行1+n列元素[B]1+m,1+n为:Where b 0 , b 1 ... b 31 are column vectors, and the 1+m row 1+n column element B in B is 1+m, 1+n is:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000021
应理解,本示例中,为方便描述其中的每一个元素,所述码本集合B是一个矩阵形式,码本集合也可以是以B中的列,以向量的形式构成一个集合。It should be understood that, in this example, for convenience of describing each element therein, the codebook set B is in the form of a matrix, and the codebook set may also be a column in B, and form a set in the form of a vector.
所述PMI5用于指示基站从该码本集合中选择至少一列并构成所述W5,具体的,k=PMI5,且是一个取值范围是0-15之间的整数值,用于从B中选出(指示)4列得到X(k)The PMI 5 for instructing the base station to select at least one from the codebook set and constituting the W 5, specifically, k = PMI 5, and a is an integer value in the range between 0-15, for Select (instruction) 4 columns from B to get X (k) :
X(k)=[b2kmod32 b(2k+1)mod32 b(2k+2)mod32 b(2k+3)mod32]X (k) = [b 2kmod32 b (2k+1) mod32 b (2k+2) mod32 b (2k+3) mod32 ]
其中mod是取模符号。Where mod is the modulo symbol.
进一步地得到所述W5=W5 (k)Further obtaining the W 5 = W 5 (k) :
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000022
根据所述W5 (k)构造码本集合C1Constructing a codebook set C 1 according to the W 5 (k) :
C1={W1 (0),W1 (1),W1 (2),...,W1 (15)}C 1 ={W 1 (0) , W 1 (1) , W 1 (2) ,...,W 1 (15) }
W5 (k)矩阵表征了信道的长期宽带特性,另一方面,另一个PMI(为方便表述起见,该PMI称为PMI6)用于指示基站从码本集合C1中选择至少一个元素(码本)并构成所述W6。对于不同的RI,构造不同的码本集合C2。例如,RI=1时,码本集合可以构造成如下形式: The W 5 (k) matrix characterizes the long-term broadband characteristics of the channel. On the other hand, another PMI (referred to as PMI 6 for convenience of presentation) is used to instruct the base station to select at least one element from the codebook set C 1 ( The codebook) and constitutes the W 6 . For different RI, different configurations codebook set C 2. For example, when RI=1, the codebook set can be constructed in the following form:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000023
其中,Y∈{α1234}。α可以是一个每列仅有某些位置为1的向量。Among them, Y∈{α 1 , α 2 , α 3 , α 4 }. α can be a vector with only 1 positions per column.
RI=2时,码本集合可以构造成如下形式:When RI=2, the codebook set can be constructed as follows:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000024
其中,Y1,Y2的排列顺序(Y1,Y2)可以是α1至α4的任意组合,也可以是如下形式:Wherein, Y 1, Y 2 in the order of (Y 1, Y 2) may be any combination of α 1 to α 4, it may also be in the form:
(Y1,Y2)∈{(α11),(α22),(α33),(α44),(α12),(α23),(α14),(α24)}(Y 1 , Y 2 ) ∈ {(α 1 , α 1 ), (α 2 , α 2 ), (α 3 , α 3 ), (α 4 , α 4 ), (α 1 , α 2 ), ( α 2 , α 3 ), (α 1 , α 4 ), (α 2 , α 4 )}
当所述RI=1时,根据PMI6,从C2,1中确定一个元素作为W6;当所述RI=2时,根据PMI6,从C2,2中确定一个元素作为W6When the RI = 1, according to the PMI 6, W 6 is determined as an element from C 2,1; when the RI = 2, in accordance with PMI 6, an element is determined from C 2, 2 as W 6.
对应的,公式:Corresponding, the formula:
W'(CA1)=W5×W6 W' (CA1) = W 5 × W 6
可以表示选择矩阵W6从W5中选择某些列的叠加,构成第一子载波对应的预编码矩阵。上述W5 (k)包含了4个波束的矩阵,表示长期宽带信道特性,可以被第一子载波和第二子载波共用,因此,可以对于不同的子载波可以共用一个W5,而每个子载波可以单独反馈体现短期窄带特性的矩阵W6对应的PMI6和体现短期窄带特性的矩阵W8对应的PMI8。应理解,上述示例中的各个具体数值只是为了方面表述起见给出的一个示例,在具体应用过程中,可以由天线端口、秩指示或其它参数的不同有所变化。且所述码本、所述选择方式均是示例性描述,且本发明要求保护在其它形式下的码本和选择码本的方式。It can be said that the selection matrix W 6 selects a superposition of certain columns from W 5 to form a precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier. The above W 5 (k) includes a matrix of 4 beams, indicating long-term broadband channel characteristics, which can be shared by the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier, and therefore, one W 5 can be shared for different subcarriers, and each sub- The carrier can separately feed back the PMI 6 corresponding to the matrix W 6 representing the short-term narrowband characteristics and the PMI 8 corresponding to the matrix W 8 representing the short-term narrowband characteristics. It should be understood that the specific numerical values in the above examples are only one example given for the purpose of the description, and may vary from antenna port, rank indication, or other parameters in a particular application. And the codebook and the selection manner are all exemplary descriptions, and the present invention claims a codebook in other forms and a manner of selecting a codebook.
上述W'(CA1)=W5×W6和W'(CA2)=W7×W8形式下,具体可以应用于2D MIMO场景中,预编码矩阵可以具体由信号的的长期宽带特性和短期窄带特性表示的乘积的情况。图3示出了由于其子载波长期宽带特性可以共用一个预编码矩阵时的具体实施步骤。The above W' (CA1) = W 5 × W 6 and W' (CA2) = W 7 × W 8 form, specifically applicable to 2D MIMO scenarios, the precoding matrix can be specifically determined by the long-term broadband characteristics of the signal and short-term The case of the product represented by the narrowband characteristic. Figure 3 shows the specific implementation steps when a precoding matrix can be shared due to the long-term broadband characteristics of its subcarriers.
具体的,步骤301,用户设备UE确定至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI、 至少一个第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI用于指示体现长期宽带特性矩阵;所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示第一子载波中体现短期窄带特性矩阵;所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示第二子载波中体现短期窄带特性矩阵。Specifically, in step 301, the user equipment UE determines at least one public PMI, at least one first PMI, At least one second PMI, wherein the at least one common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix; the at least one first PMI is used to indicate that a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix is embodied in the first sub-carrier; the at least one second The PMI is used to indicate that the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix is reflected in the second subcarrier.
步骤302,所述UE向基站发送所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。Step 302: The UE sends the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI to a base station, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
应理解,本发明不限定对于各个实施例间的相互整合,在具体的确定PMI的顺序和具体确定方式,图2、3中的实施例均可以如图1示出的实施方式1-3执行,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the mutual integration between the various embodiments. In the specific determination of the order and specific manner of determining the PMI, the embodiments in FIGS. 2 and 3 may all be performed in the embodiment 1-3 shown in FIG. 1. , will not repeat them here.
为方便理解,本发明再给出一种具体的、通过查表具体确定PMI的实施方式,该实施方式可以用于预编码矩阵是由第一子载波预编码矩阵和第二子载波预编码矩阵以乘积的形式构成的场景。应理解,本发明中的查表,可以是查一张存储在UE或基站的表格,所述表格包括PMI与矩阵的对应关系,考虑到具体的应用,所述表格可以为多个,以便有不同的RI的值或其它参数下,PMI和具体预编码子矩阵对应不同的表格。UE获取表中需要的信息;或是一个数组或关系,用于查询对应的预编码矩阵所对应的PMI值。应理解,表格具体的形式可以由多种,可以是存储在UE或基站中的映射关系或函数关系,本发明不做限定。为方便描述,本实施例以表格形式叙述。UE确定第一子载波和第二子载波对应的长期宽带矩阵,在对应的秩中确定对应的表,例如秩指示的值范围为1-4,那么,在表1到表4中确定需要对应的表(表1对应秩指示1、表2对应秩指示2、表3对应秩指示3、表4对应秩指示4):For convenience of understanding, the present invention further provides a specific implementation method for specifically determining a PMI by using a lookup table, where the precoding matrix can be used by a first subcarrier precoding matrix and a second subcarrier precoding matrix. A scene constructed in the form of a product. It should be understood that the lookup table in the present invention may be to check a table stored in the UE or the base station, where the table includes a correspondence between the PMI and the matrix, and the table may be multiple in consideration of a specific application, so as to have Under different RI values or other parameters, the PMI and the specific precoding submatrix correspond to different tables. The UE acquires the information required in the table; or an array or a relationship, and is used to query the PMI value corresponding to the corresponding precoding matrix. It should be understood that the specific form of the table may be multiple, and may be a mapping relationship or a function relationship stored in the UE or the base station, which is not limited by the present invention. For convenience of description, the present embodiment is described in the form of a table. Determining, by the UE, a long-term broadband matrix corresponding to the first sub-carrier and the second sub-carrier, and determining a corresponding table in the corresponding rank, for example, the value of the rank indication is in the range of 1-4, and then determining that the corresponding needs are in Tables 1 to 4 Table (Table 1 corresponds to rank indication 1, Table 2 corresponds to rank indication 2, Table 3 corresponds to rank indication 3, and Table 4 corresponds to rank indication 4):
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000025
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000025
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000026
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000027
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000029
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000030
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000030
表4Table 4
根据所述RI确定表1-4中的一个,再在所述确定的表中,根据具体的使用场景确定所述CA1和所述CA2的长期宽带特性矩阵,进一步根据所述长期宽带特性矩阵确定所述公共PMI(i1)的值,根据所述CA1的短期窄带特性矩阵和所述CA2的短期窄带特性矩阵对应的PMI,分别确定CA1对应的所述第一PMI(i2)的值和所述CA2对应的所述第二PMI(i2’)的值,向所述基站发送述i1、i2、i2’的值。 Determining one of the tables 1-4 according to the RI, and determining, in the determined table, the long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the CA1 and the CA2 according to a specific use scenario, further determining according to the long-term broadband characteristic matrix The value of the common PMI(i 1 ) is determined according to the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the CA1 and the PMI corresponding to the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the CA2, respectively, and the value of the first PMI(i 2 ) corresponding to CA1 is determined. The value of the second PMI (i 2 ') corresponding to the CA2 transmits a value of the terms i1, i2, i2' to the base station.
在所述确定的表中,确定所述CA1和所述CA2的所述公共PMI(i1)的值的具体方式,可以根据信道特性确定,在表1-表4中,PMI(i1),PMI(i2)用于确定
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000031
中的m/n的值,由于PMI(i1)确定的特性对应物理意义上的短期窄带特性,在不同的CA中,取值可以相同,所以,在本实施例中,CA1的PMI(i1)和CA2的PMI(i1)可以作为公共PMI。
In the determined table, a specific manner of determining the values of the common PMI (i 1 ) of the CA1 and the CA2 may be determined according to channel characteristics, and in Tables 1 to 4, PMI(i 1 ) , PMI(i 2 ) is used to determine
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000031
The value of m/n, since the characteristics determined by PMI(i 1 ) correspond to the short-term narrow-band characteristics in the physical sense, the values may be the same in different CAs. Therefore, in this embodiment, the PMI of CA1 (i 1 ) and P2(i 1 ) of CA2 can be used as a public PMI.
除了采用短期窄带特性矩阵对应的PMI作为所述公共PMI外,也可以分别确认出所述CA1对应的长期宽带特性矩阵的PMI值和所述CA2对应的长期宽带特性矩阵的PMI值,再从中选出一个,作为所述公共PMI。应理解,若有多个CA,例如CA1,CA2,CA3的情况,同样可以确定一个公共的PMI,如CA1,CA2,CA3的短期窄带特性矩阵对应的PMI可以作为公共PMI,所述UE仅反馈1次公共PMI,就可以指示三个载波中短期窄带特性矩阵,以达到进一步节省资源的目的。当然,本实施例对于长期宽带特性和垂直方向和水平方向预编码矩阵也同样适用,在此不再赘述。当然,多个CA也可以有多个公共PMI。In addition to using the PMI corresponding to the short-term narrow-band characteristic matrix as the common PMI, the PMI value of the long-term broadband characteristic matrix corresponding to the CA1 and the PMI value of the long-term broadband characteristic matrix corresponding to the CA2 may be respectively confirmed, and then selected from the PMI value. One out as the public PMI. It should be understood that if there are multiple CAs, such as CA1, CA2, and CA3, a common PMI can be determined. For example, the PMI corresponding to the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of CA1, CA2, and CA3 can be used as a common PMI, and the UE only feedbacks. With 1 public PMI, the short-term narrow-band characteristic matrix of the three carriers can be indicated to achieve further resource saving. Of course, the present embodiment is also applicable to the long-term broadband characteristic and the vertical direction and horizontal direction precoding matrix, and details are not described herein again. Of course, multiple CAs can also have multiple public PMIs.
图3示出的实施例,根据表中第一子载波预编码矩阵的长期宽带特性矩阵可以与其它子载波共用,不同子载波对应的PMI可以作为公共PMI在确定不同子载波的两个预编码矩阵的情况下发送一次该公共PMI,向所述基站发送各个子载波不能公共使用的非公共PMI,用以指示2个子载波下的4个子预编码矩阵(即第一子载波和第二子载波分别的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵),且反馈的PMI个数k小于这k个PMI能确定的所有4个子预编码矩阵的个数,以达到节省信道资源的目的。应理解,这里所述根据表中第一子载波预编码矩阵的长期宽带特性矩阵可以与其它子载波共用,在其它场景下,也可能出现短期窄带特性矩阵可以与其它子载波公用的情况,这与本实施例中的确定方式是对应的,在此不再赘述。The embodiment shown in FIG. 3 may be shared with other subcarriers according to the long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier precoding matrix in the table, and the PMI corresponding to different subcarriers may be used as a common PMI to determine two precodings of different subcarriers. Sending the common PMI once in the case of a matrix, and transmitting, to the base station, a non-common PMI that cannot be commonly used by each subcarrier, to indicate four sub precoding matrices under two subcarriers (ie, the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier) The long-term broadband characteristic matrix and the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix respectively, and the number of PMIs fed back is smaller than the number of all four sub-precoding matrices that can be determined by the k PMIs, so as to save channel resources. It should be understood that the long-term broadband characteristic matrix according to the first subcarrier precoding matrix in the table may be shared with other subcarriers, and in other scenarios, the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix may be shared with other subcarriers. Corresponding to the determination manner in this embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
应理解,本发明的实施例均确定两个子载波下的PMI,且本发明要求保护当子载波的数量多于两个的场景时,两个子载波的各自的PMI中有可以与其它子载波共用的PMI,同时,子载波中也可以有若干子载波与所述至少两个子载波的任何一个所反馈的PMI都不同,所述若干个子载波对应的PMI采用单独反馈的形式。例如,存在3个子载波CA1,CA2,CA3,其中,虽然CA1和CA2存在一个或多个公共PMI,但所述UE不能将CA3任何一个PMI和CA2及CA1中任何一个PMI确 定为公共PMI,那么,所述UE将单独反馈所述CA3的所有PMI。It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention all determine the PMI under two subcarriers, and the present invention claims that when the number of subcarriers is more than two, the respective PMIs of the two subcarriers may be shared with other subcarriers. The PMI may be different from the PMI that is fed back by any one of the at least two subcarriers, and the PMI corresponding to the several subcarriers takes the form of separate feedback. For example, there are 3 subcarriers CA1, CA2, CA3, wherein although there are one or more common PMIs in CA1 and CA2, the UE cannot determine any PMI of CA3 and any PMI of CA2 and CA1. Given a public PMI, then the UE will separately feed back all PMIs of the CA3.
下面,将就本发明具体确定公共PMI的方法介绍又一个实施例。根据上述图1-3示出的实施例中,当确定第一子载波的某个PMIa与第二子载波的某个PMIb不同,但将PMIa用作第二子载波的PMIb时,系统的信道特性在某个容忍范围内或满足某个条件时,可以直接确定所述PMIa为所述公共PMI;对应的,当将PMIa用作指示第二子载波的PMIb时,系统的信道特性在某个容忍范围内或满足某个条件时,也可以直接确定所述PMIa为所述公共PMI;或当使用一个PMIc用作第一子载波和第二子载波的公共PMI时,即可以用作所述PMIa和所述PMIb时,可以使系统的信道特性满足某个条件时,也可以直接确定所述PMIc作为所述至少一个公共PMI。可选的,UE可以确定所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI、一个补偿值δ,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于确定第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI和所述δ共同指示第二子载波的预编码矩阵,并向所述基站发送所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI、一个补偿值δ。应理解,也可以确定所述第二子载波的PMI作为所述至少一个公共PMI,发送一个补偿值δ’,根据所述至少一个公共PMI、所述δ’、所述至少一个第一PMI确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;根据所述至少一个公共PMI和所述第二PMI确定所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。通常,δ占用的比特数或资源数小于一个PMI所占用的比特数或资源数。在这种情况下,可以达到在节省资源的情况下,更精确地指示两个子载波的预编码矩阵的目的。In the following, a further embodiment will be described in terms of a method of specifically determining a public PMI for the present invention. According to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1-3 above, when it is determined that a certain PMI a of the first subcarrier is different from a certain PMI b of the second subcarrier, but PMI a is used as the PMI b of the second subcarrier When the channel characteristic of the system is within a certain tolerance range or a certain condition is met, the PMI a may be directly determined to be the common PMI; correspondingly, when the PMI a is used as the PMI b indicating the second subcarrier, When the channel characteristic of the system is within a certain tolerance range or a certain condition is met, the PMI a may also be directly determined to be the common PMI; or when a PMI c is used as the common of the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier. In the PMI, when the PMI a and the PMI b can be used, when the channel characteristics of the system can satisfy a certain condition, the PMI c can be directly determined as the at least one common PMI. Optionally, the UE may determine the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, and a compensation value δ, wherein the at least one common PMI and the at least one first The PMI is configured to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI, the at least one second PMI, and the δ collectively indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, and send the to the base station At least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, and one compensation value δ. It should be understood that the PMI of the second subcarrier may also be determined as the at least one common PMI, and a compensation value δ′ is sent, according to the at least one common PMI, the δ′, and the at least one first PMI. a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; determining a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI and the second PMI. Generally, the number of bits or resources occupied by δ is smaller than the number of bits or resources occupied by one PMI. In this case, the purpose of more accurately indicating the precoding matrix of the two subcarriers in the case of resource saving can be achieved.
可选的,所述UE确定并发送第一PMI补偿值δ1和/或第二PMI补偿值δ2,所述δ1用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI共同确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述δ2用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI共确定所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。Optionally, the UE determines and sends a first PMI compensation value δ 1 and/or a second PMI compensation value δ 2 , where the δ 1 is used together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI. Determining a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the δ 2 is configured to jointly determine a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier with the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI.
上述所述UE确定并发送第一PMI补偿值δ1和/或第二PMI补偿值δ2分为三种情况:The above-mentioned UE determines and transmits the first PMI compensation value δ 1 and/or the second PMI compensation value δ 2 into three cases:
情况1:Situation 1:
所述UE确定所述δ1和δ2,并向所述基站发送所述δ1和δ2The UE determines the δ 1 and δ 2 and transmits the δ 1 and δ 2 to the base station;
情况2: Case 2:
所述UE确定所述δ1,并向所述基站发送所述δ1The UE determines the δ 1 and sends the δ 1 to the base station;
情况3:Case 3:
所述UE确定所述δ2,并向所述基站发送所述δ2The UE determines the δ 2 and transmits the δ 2 to the base station.
应理解,所述δ1和δ2与UE需要反馈的PMI的顺序不受到限定,可以是同时发送,也可以先后发送。根据所述公共PMI对应不同场景,本发明给出了三种具体的实施方式:It should be understood that the order of the δ 1 and δ 2 and the PMI that the UE needs to feed back is not limited, and may be sent simultaneously or sequentially. According to the different scenarios of the public PMI, the present invention provides three specific implementation manners:
实施方式4:Embodiment 4:
当所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W1和第二预编码矩阵W2的克罗内克积,第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的第三预编码矩阵W3和第四预编码矩阵W4的克罗内克积的场景下:When the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of the first precoding matrix W1 and the second precoding matrix W2 of the first subcarrier, the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is the Under the scenario of the Kronecker product of the third precoding matrix W3 of the second subcarrier and the fourth precoding matrix W4:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000032
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000032
由于垂直方向的角度扩展远远小于水平方向的角度扩展,所以垂直方向近似于单径信道,可以确定垂直方向信道为近似一单径信道模型,作为一个示例,实施方式4中,确定W(CA1,1)对应的PMI(CA1,1)作为一个所述公共PMI,确定所述PMI(CA1,1)和所述W(CA2,1)对应的PMI(CA2,1)的差值可以用δa确定。确定W(CA1,2)对应的PMI(CA1,2)为所述第一PMI、确定W(CA2,2)对应的PMI(CA2,2)为所述第二PMI,这里,所述公共PMI、所述第一PMI分别用于确定(指示)W(CA1,1)和所述W(CA1,2),所述公共PMI、所述δa确定所述W(CA2,1),所述第二PMI所述W(CA2,2),以便确认所述第一子载波预编码矩阵W(CA1)、W(CA2)。应理解,确定PMI(CA2,1)作为所述公共PMI,对应的使用δa’和所述公共PMI指示所述W(CA1)的方法可以和上述方法相同,不再赘述。Since the angular expansion in the vertical direction is much smaller than the angular expansion in the horizontal direction, the vertical direction approximates the single-path channel, and the vertical direction channel can be determined to be approximately a single-path channel model. As an example, in Embodiment 4, W (CA1) is determined. 1) Corresponding PMI (CA1 , 1) as one of the common PMIs, determining that the difference between the PMI (CA1 , 1) and the PMI (CA2 , 1) corresponding to the W (CA2, 1) can be used by δ a OK. Determining that the PMI (CA1, 2) corresponding to W (CA1, 2) is the first PMI, and determining that the PMI (CA2, 2) corresponding to W (CA2, 2) is the second PMI, where the public PMI is The first PMI is used to determine (instruct) W (CA1, 1) and the W (CA1 , 2) , respectively, the common PMI, the δ a determines the W (CA2, 1) , The second PMI describes W (CA2 , 2) to confirm the first subcarrier precoding matrix W (CA1) , W (CA2) . It should be understood that the method of determining the PMI (CA2, 1) as the common PMI, the corresponding use δ a ' and the common PMI indicating the W (CA1) may be the same as the above method, and details are not described herein again.
实施方式5:Embodiment 5:
当所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W5和第二预编码矩阵W6的积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W7和第二预编码矩阵W8的积的场景下:When the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of the first precoding matrix W5 and the second precoding matrix W6 of the first subcarrier; the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is the first Under the scenario of the product of the first precoding matrix W7 and the second precoding matrix W8 of the subcarriers:
W'(CA1)=W5×W6 W' (CA1) = W 5 × W 6
W'(CA2)=W7×W8 W' (CA2) = W 7 × W 8
表示CA1长期宽带信道特性的矩阵W5可以用PMI5指示,表示CA2长期宽带信道特性的矩阵W7可以用PMI5和一个补偿值δb指示,作为一个示例,确定W5对应的PMI(PMI5)作为所述公共PMI,W6对应的PMI(PMI6)为所述第一PMI,W8对应的PMI(PMI8)为所述第二PMI,一个实施例中,所述公共PMI用于确定(指示)所述W5,所述第一PMI用于确定(指示)所述W6,所述第二PMI用于指示所述W8,所述公共PMI和所述δb用于指示所述W7,所述W5、W6用于确定所述W'(CA1)、所述W7、所述W8用于确定所述W'(CA2);另一个实施例中,根据秩指示确定所述表1-4中的对应表,所述公共PMI对应表中的i1,所述第一PMI对应表中的i2,确定第一子载波对应的预编码矩阵W;所述公共PMI和所述δb’进行运算后得到的值对应表中的i1,所述第二PMI对应表中的i2,确定第二子载波对应的预编码矩阵W2。应理解,确定PMI7作为所述公共PMI的方法和上述实施例相同,不再赘述。Represents CA1 long wideband channel characteristic matrix W5 can use the PMI 5 indicates a matrix representing channel characteristics CA2 long wideband channel W7 can 5 and a compensation value PMI δ b indicates, as one example, is determined W5 corresponding PMI (PMI 5) as The common PMI, the PMI (PMI 6 ) corresponding to W6 is the first PMI, and the PMI (PMI 8 ) corresponding to W8 is the second PMI. In one embodiment, the common PMI is used to determine (instruct) the W5, for determining the first PMI (indication) of the W6, the second PMI is used to indicate the W8, the common PMI and the δ b for indicating the W7, W5 said W6 is used to determine the W' (CA1) , the W7, and the W8 are used to determine the W'(CA2); in another embodiment, the correspondence in the table 1-4 is determined according to the rank indication after the common PMI and the δ b 'calculates; table, said correspondence table in common PMI i 1, the first table corresponding to the PMI i 2, the first subcarrier determining the precoding matrix W The obtained value corresponds to i 1 in the table, i 2 in the second PMI correspondence table, and the precoding matrix W 2 corresponding to the second subcarrier is determined. It should be understood that the method of determining the PMI 7 as the common PMI is the same as the above embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
实施方式6:Embodiment 6:
根据上面的实施例,也可以同时给出两个补偿值,δc和δd。在这个情况下,所述δc用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI共同确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述δd用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI共确定所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。According to the above embodiment, it is also possible to simultaneously give two compensation values, δ c and δ d . In this case, the δ c is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI; the δ d is used for the at least one The common PMI and the at least one second PMI jointly determine a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
应理解,当涉及补偿值补偿的情况时,基站和UE可以规定在某一次反馈不补偿所述补偿值,可以通过信令或者其它约定不采用补偿的模式。It should be understood that when the compensation value compensation is involved, the base station and the UE may specify that the compensation value is not compensated for a certain feedback, and the compensation mode may be adopted by signaling or other convention.
应理解,上述关于确定补偿值的各个实施例给出了确定的依据或顺序,具体的确定方法本发明不做限定,补偿值的确定方式可以根据分配的比特数不同而不同,例如,当公共PMI用于分别指示第一子载波预编码矩阵和第二子载波预编码矩阵的误差不大(即可以在容忍范围内)时,可以分配1个bit,0代表不补偿,1代表补偿,具体的补偿数值可以预定义;一个实施方式中,PMIX和PMIY用于指示第一子载波预编码矩阵,PMIZ和PMIW用于指示第二子载波预编码矩阵。当确定公共PMI可以是同时指示PMIX和PMIZ的值,即用公共PMI和PMIY(这里PMIY相当于所述第一PMI)指示第一子载波的预编码矩阵;用公共PMI和PMIZ(这里PMIW相当于所述第二PMI)指示第二子载波的预编码矩阵;当确定PMIX=7的时候,可 以和所述第一PMI(在本实施例可以是PMIY)共同指示第一子载波预编码矩阵,若PMIW对应的特性和PMIX的差别不大或相同,即可以确定PMIW=7,这时,只要UE确定δ=0并发送δ就可以通知无需补偿;但是,若系统确定以PMIW=10和所述第二PMI(在本实施例可以是PMIW)共同指示第二子载波预编码矩阵才能精确时,那么,使用公共PMI=7和所述第二PMI共同指示第二子载波预编码矩阵就会带来比较大的误差。但是若系统预置的补偿值δ=1代表补偿3时,那么1比特就可以准确地指示基站侧需要以公共PMI=7再补偿3,再和第二PMI共同确定第二子载波预编码矩阵。应理解,对于本例,在某些场景下,若系统预置的的补偿值δ=1代表补偿2时,根据公共PMI和补偿值共同指示的值为9,若在某些容忍的范围内,同样可以被接受。It should be understood that the foregoing various embodiments for determining the compensation value are given the basis or sequence of the determination. The specific determination method is not limited in the present invention, and the determination manner of the compensation value may be different according to the number of allocated bits, for example, when public When the PMI is used to indicate that the error of the first subcarrier precoding matrix and the second subcarrier precoding matrix are not large (that is, can be within the tolerance range), one bit can be allocated, 0 represents no compensation, and 1 represents compensation. The compensation value may be predefined; in one embodiment, PMI X and PMI Y are used to indicate a first subcarrier precoding matrix, and PMI Z and PMI W are used to indicate a second subcarrier precoding matrix. When determining that the common PMI may be indicating the values of PMI X and PMI Z at the same time, that is, using the common PMI and PMI Y (where PMI Y is equivalent to the first PMI) indicating the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; using the common PMI and PMI Z (where PMI W is equivalent to the second PMI) indicating a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; when determining PMI X = 7, it may be common with the first PMI (which may be PMI Y in this embodiment) Indicates the first subcarrier precoding matrix. If the difference between the PMI W and the PMI X is not the same or the same, the PMI W = 7 can be determined. In this case, as long as the UE determines δ=0 and sends δ, it can notify that no compensation is needed. However, if the system determines that the second subcarrier precoding matrix can be specified with PMI W = 10 and the second PMI (which may be PMI W in this embodiment), then the public PMI = 7 and the described The second PMI collectively indicates that the second subcarrier precoding matrix introduces a relatively large error. However, if the system preset compensation value δ=1 represents compensation 3, then 1 bit can accurately indicate that the base station side needs to recompensate 3 with a common PMI=7, and then determine the second subcarrier precoding matrix together with the second PMI. . It should be understood that, in this case, in some scenarios, if the compensation value δ=1 preset by the system represents compensation 2, the value indicated by the common PMI and the compensation value is 9 if it is within a certain tolerance range. , can also be accepted.
应理解,上述确定并发送补偿值的方法仅仅是一个实例,在符合逻辑的范围内,补偿值的确定可以和任何一个发送补偿值的实施方式、以及本发明的其它实施例结合。It should be understood that the above-described method of determining and transmitting the compensation value is merely an example, and within a logical range, the determination of the compensation value can be combined with any one of the embodiments for transmitting the compensation value, and other embodiments of the present invention.
利用不同子载波的垂直方向的单径特性,或不同子载波的长期宽带特性相似,可以在不同的信道模型下,确定某个子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵或长期宽带特性预编码矩阵为所述公共PMI,再确定一个补偿值δ;根据所述δ和所述公共PMI指示另一个子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵或长期宽带特性预编码矩阵。在根据所述第一PMI和所述第二PMI,指示所述不同子载波下的预编码矩阵,从而节省了信道资源,又提高了指示精度。The vertical direction precoding matrix or the long-term broadband characteristic precoding matrix of a certain subcarrier may be determined by using a single path characteristic of different subcarriers in the vertical direction or a long-term broadband characteristic of different subcarriers. A common PMI is further determined by a compensation value δ; a vertical direction precoding matrix or a long-term broadband characteristic precoding matrix of another subcarrier is indicated according to the δ and the common PMI. And indicating, according to the first PMI and the second PMI, a precoding matrix under the different subcarriers, thereby saving channel resources and improving indication precision.
图4是根据本发明实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图,涉及一种预编码矩阵指示PMI的反馈方法,该方法用于具有多载波能力的无线通信系统,所述无线通信系统中的基站使用第一子载波和第二子载波与基站通信。4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, relating to a feedback method of a precoding matrix indicating PMI for a wireless communication system having multi-carrier capability, a base station in the wireless communication system The first subcarrier and the second subcarrier are used to communicate with the base station.
具体包括:Specifically include:
步骤401,所述基站接收至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI;Step 401: The base station receives at least one public PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI.
步骤402,所述基站根据所述至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI确定第一子载波的预编码矩阵和第二子载波的预编码矩阵;其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载 波的预编码矩阵。Step 402: The base station determines, according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, where the at least one a common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate the second subcarrier The precoding matrix of the wave.
下面,将以示例的形式对步骤401中的接收步骤和402中的确定至少一个所述公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI的步骤进行具体的说明。例如,对于第一子载波CA1,基站需要确定4个PMI分别为PMI1/2/3/4,这4个PMI用于指示该CA1的预编码矩阵;对于第二子载波CA2,基站需要确定4个PMI分别为PMI5/6/7/8,这4个PMI用于指示该CA2的预编码矩阵。一个实施例中,PMI1、PMI2可以共同指示所述CA1下的一个子预编码矩阵WA1;PMI3、PMI4可以指示CA1下的另一个子预编码矩阵WB1,再由该WA1、WB1和确定的运算关系确定CA1预编码矩阵WA1B1。PMI5、PMI6可以共同指示所述CA2下的一个子预编码矩阵WA2;PMI7、PMI8可以指示CA2下的另一个子预编码矩阵WB2,再由该WA2、WB2和确定的运算关系确定CA1预编码矩阵WA2B2。具体的确定方式可以不同,本发明不做限定,可以是以计算预编码矩阵的参数的形式确定,例如所述UE和/或所述基站可以根据PMI1、PMI2两个参数计算出WA1,或者也可以是所述UE和/或所述基站存储或预先确定一个表格,可以根据PMI1、PMI2查询对应的WA1,或者,PMI1/2/3/4可以是4个参数,PMI5/6/7/8可以是4个参数,分别直接计算出预编码矩阵。应理解,上述一个载波下需要反馈4个PMI只是一个实例,在实际情况下,可能出现其它情况。本申请的各个实施例均不特指4个PMI。根据某种信道条件或信道模型,所述CA1中的至少一个PMI与所述CA2中的至少一个PMI相同或近似。那么就可以将CA1的所述至少一个PMI和所述CA2中的所述至少一个PMI确定为所述公共PMI。其中,近似在这里指可以等同,比如,即使两个PMI不同,但是两个PMI的差值很小,最终基站根据各自的计算得到的CA1的预编码矩阵和CA2的预编码矩阵的信道模型在可以容忍的范围内。例如PMI1和PMI5对应,在满足某些条件的情况下,可以确定为公共PMIC1;PMI3和PMI7对应,可以确定为公共PMIC2,即:Hereinafter, the steps of the receiving step in step 401 and the determining at least one of the common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI in step 401 will be specifically described in the form of an example. For example, for the first subcarrier CA1, the base station needs to determine that the four PMIs are respectively PMI1/2/3/4, and the four PMIs are used to indicate the precoding matrix of the CA1; for the second subcarrier CA2, the base station needs to determine 4 The PMIs are PMI5/6/7/8, respectively, which are used to indicate the precoding matrix of the CA2. In an embodiment, PMI1, PMI2 may jointly indicate a sub-precoding matrix W A1 under the CA1; PMI3, PMI4 may indicate another sub-precoding matrix W B1 under CA1, and then by W A1 , W B1 and The determined operational relationship determines the CA1 precoding matrix W A1B1 . PMI5, PMI6 may jointly indicate a sub-precoding matrix W A2 under the CA2; PMI7, PMI8 may indicate another sub-precoding matrix W B2 under CA2, and then determined by the W A2 , W B2 and the determined operational relationship CA1 precoding matrix W A2B2 . The specific determination manner may be different, and the present invention is not limited, and may be determined in the form of calculating parameters of the precoding matrix. For example, the UE and/or the base station may calculate W A1 according to two parameters of PMI1 and PMI2, or The UE and/or the base station may also store or predetermine a table, and may query the corresponding W A1 according to PMI1 or PMI2, or PMI1/2/3/4 may be 4 parameters, PMI5/6/7. /8 can be 4 parameters, and the precoding matrix is directly calculated. It should be understood that the need to feed back 4 PMIs under one carrier is only an example, and in actual situations, other situations may occur. Each embodiment of the present application does not specifically refer to four PMIs. At least one PMI in the CA1 is the same as or similar to at least one PMI in the CA2 according to a certain channel condition or channel model. Then, the at least one PMI of CA1 and the at least one PMI of the CA2 may be determined as the common PMI. Wherein, the approximation here is equivalent, for example, even if the two PMIs are different, the difference between the two PMIs is small, and the final base station according to the respective calculated CA1 precoding matrix and the channel model of the CA2 precoding matrix are Can be tolerated within the scope. For example, PMI1 and PMI5 correspond to each other. When certain conditions are met, it can be determined as public PMI C1 ; PMI3 and PMI7 correspond to each other and can be determined as public PMI C2 , namely:
PMI1=PMI5=PMIC1 PMI 1 = PMI 5 = PMI C1
PMI3=PMI7=PMIC2 PMI 3 = PMI 7 = PMI C2
那么,参考步骤401,所述基站可以接收公共PMI:PMIC1、PMIC2;和第一PMI:PMI2、PMI4;第二PMI:PMI6、PMI8。确定公共PMI的方法通常是由信道特性决定的,例如PMI1和PMI5用于指示的是某些特定的矩阵参数,这些参数在某些 场景(例如高楼场景,或宽阔地带的场景)下相关性较高,其数值相等或差值可以忽略不计;或PMI1和PMI5在某些场景下,指示的表中的同某一类矩阵组成的矩阵集合,其它PMI2/PMI6进一步指示这一矩阵集合中的某个矩阵(该矩阵是矩阵集合中的元素),那么,PMI1和PMI5在很多相同的场景下,就可以被确定为公共PMI1;同理,PMI3、PMI7也可以采用上述的指示方式。或者基站侧可以直接预先确定所述PMIC1、PMIC2是公共PMI,且PMIC1代表PMI1/PMI5、PMIC2代表PMI3/PMI7,并发送给UE。Then, referring to step 401, the base station may receive a common PMI: PMI C1 , PMI C2 ; and a first PMI: PMI2, PMI4; and a second PMI: PMI6, PMI8. The method of determining the common PMI is usually determined by the channel characteristics. For example, PMI1 and PMI5 are used to indicate certain matrix parameters, which are related in some scenarios (such as high-rise scenes or wide-area scenes). High, whose values are equal or the difference is negligible; or PMI1 and PMI5, in some scenarios, indicate a matrix set of the same type of matrix in the table, and other PMI2/PMI6 further indicate one of the matrix sets. The matrix (which is an element in the matrix set), then PMI1 and PMI5 can be determined to be the common PMI 1 in many identical scenarios; similarly, PMI3 and PMI7 can also use the above indication. Alternatively, the base station side may directly determine that the PMI C1 and the PMI C2 are common PMIs, and the PMI C1 represents PMI1/PMI5, and the PMI C2 represents PMI3/PMI7, and is sent to the UE.
所述基站可以预置规则,或通过协商的方式与UE确定公共PMI、第一PMI、第二PMI,也可以直接在反馈PMI的信令或其它信令中指所述公共PMI、第一PMI、第二PMI,基站根据所述指示,确定所述预编码矩阵。例如确定高楼场景下,所述PMI1与PMI5,确定为公共PMI,这一预置规则同样在与之交互的UE中。这一指示过程,也可以来自其它UE或者其它网络侧设备。The base station may preset a rule, or determine a common PMI, a first PMI, and a second PMI with the UE in a negotiated manner, or directly refer to the public PMI, the first PMI, or the other PMI in the signaling or other signaling of the feedback PMI. a second PMI, the base station determining the precoding matrix according to the indication. For example, in a high-rise scenario, the PMI 1 and the PMI 5 are determined to be a public PMI, and the preset rule is also in the UE with which it interacts. This indication process can also come from other UEs or other network side devices.
应理解,本发明不限定步骤402中,所述基站根据所述至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI确定第一子载波的预编码矩阵和第二子载波的预编码矩阵的具体过程,可以是不同RI一一对应不同的PMI表,在所述基站确定RI的值后,所述基站从所述多个PMI表中确定与所述RI的值对应的PMI表,所述PMI表可以包括PMI与预编码矩阵的对应关系和/或PMI与预编码子矩阵的对应关系。根据公共PMI和第一PMI确定CA1的预编码矩阵,或公共PMI和第二PMI确定CA2对应的预编码矩阵。其中PMI表可以是一个具体的表格,或是一个存储在UE和/或基站中的多个对应关系集合。It should be understood that, in the present invention, in step 402, the base station determines, according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a precoding of the second subcarrier. The specific process of the matrix may be that different RIs correspond to different PMI tables, and after the base station determines the value of the RI, the base station determines, from the plurality of PMI tables, a PMI table corresponding to the value of the RI, The PMI table may include a correspondence between a PMI and a precoding matrix and/or a correspondence between a PMI and a precoding submatrix. The precoding matrix of CA1 is determined according to the common PMI and the first PMI, or the precoding matrix corresponding to CA2 is determined by the common PMI and the second PMI. The PMI table may be a specific table or a plurality of corresponding relationship sets stored in the UE and/or the base station.
通过本实施例描述的PMI接收和确定的方式,可以利用在不同的场景下,不同子载波间的某些项中的PMI相同,整合不同子载波对应各自的PMI,使得基站在一个确定预编码矩阵的过程中只接收一次公共的PMI,公共的PMI用于指示不同子载波的预编码矩阵,使得基站通过公共PMI和各个不同子载波下的非公共PMI(本实施例中是第一PMI、第二PMI)分别确定各个子载波的预编码矩阵。本实施例中,基站接收各个子载波可以公共使用的PMI和不能公共使用的非公共PMI,其中,在一次确定两个子载波预编码矩阵的过程中,接收的PMI的总数为K,用以指示两个子载波下的Q个预编码矩阵,且反馈的PMI个数K小于Q的数量,以达到节省信道资源的目的。应理解,本发明所述公共PMI,第一PMI和第二PMI 不一定独立存在,可以是以同一消息的不同个字段称为公共PMI,第一PMI,第二PMI,根据本发明的实施例,可以将原本反馈两次的公共PMI字段减少一个,以达到节省比特数的效果。With the PMI receiving and determining manners in this embodiment, the PMIs in some items between different subcarriers may be the same in different scenarios, and different subcarriers are integrated corresponding to the respective PMIs, so that the base station performs a certain precoding. In the process of the matrix, only the common PMI is received once, and the common PMI is used to indicate the precoding matrix of different subcarriers, so that the base station passes the common PMI and the non-public PMI under different subcarriers (in this embodiment, the first PMI, The second PMI) determines the precoding matrix of each subcarrier, respectively. In this embodiment, the base station receives a PMI that can be commonly used by each subcarrier and a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used. In the process of determining two subcarrier precoding matrices at a time, the total number of received PMIs is K, which is used to indicate Q precoding matrices under two subcarriers, and the number of PMIs fed back is less than the number of Qs, so as to save channel resources. It should be understood that the public PMI, the first PMI and the second PMI of the present invention It may not be independent, and may be referred to as a common PMI, a first PMI, and a second PMI according to different fields of the same message. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the public PMI field originally fed back twice may be reduced by one to save. The effect of the number of bits.
一个实施例中,针对3D MIMO场景或者类似场景,所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W1和所述第一子载波的第二预编码矩阵W2的克罗内克积;PMI1为所述W1的PMI和所述W2的PMI中的一个;PMI2为所述W1的PMI和所述W2的PMI中的另一个;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的第三预编码矩阵W3和所述第二子载波的第四预编码矩阵W4的克罗内克积;所述PMI1为所述W3的PMI和所述W4的PMI中的一个;PMI3为所述W3的PMI和所述W4的PMI中的另一个。当W1为所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵、W2为所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵;当W3为所述第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵、W4为所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵时。In an embodiment, for a 3D MIMO scenario or the like, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a first precoding matrix W1 of the first subcarrier and a second precoding matrix of the first subcarrier. a Kronecker product of W2; PMI1 is one of the PMI of the W1 and the PMI of the W2; PMI2 is the other of the PMI of the W1 and the PMI of the W2; the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a Kronecker product of a third precoding matrix W3 of the second subcarrier and a fourth precoding matrix W4 of the second subcarrier; the PMI1 is a PMI of the W3 and the One of the PMIs of W4; PMI3 is the other of the PMI of the W3 and the PMI of the W4. When W1 is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, W2 is a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; and when W3 is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, W4 is When the horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is described.
图5示出了本发明一种具体的实施方式。所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵;所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵。Figure 5 shows a specific embodiment of the invention. The precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; the common PMI is used to indicate the first subcarrier a vertical direction precoding matrix; the common PMI is further configured to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; the first PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; The PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
具体包括:Specifically include:
步骤501,基站接收至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI、至少一个第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI用于指示垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示第一子载波水平方向预编码矩阵;所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示第二子载波水平方向预编码矩阵。Step 501: The base station receives at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix; and the at least one first PMI is used to indicate a subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix; the at least one second PMI is used to indicate a second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix.
步骤502,基站根据所述至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI确定第一子载波的预编码矩阵和第二子载波的预编码矩阵;其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的 预编码矩阵。Step 502: The base station determines, according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, where the at least one common PMI And the at least one first PMI is used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate the second subcarrier Precoding matrix.
对于3D MIMO或类似场景,天线分布可以看作呈垂直方向排列和水平方向排列,所以,所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵可以看作垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵,所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵可以看作垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵,例如:所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W1和第二预编码矩阵W2的克罗内克积,第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的第三预编码矩阵W3和第四预编码矩阵W4的克罗内克积时,即满足:For 3D MIMO or the like, the antenna distribution can be regarded as being arranged in a vertical direction and in a horizontal direction. Therefore, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier can be regarded as a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix. The precoding matrix of the second subcarrier may be regarded as a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix. For example, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is the first precoding matrix W1 of the first subcarrier and a Kronecker product of the second precoding matrix W2, when the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a Kronecker product of the third precoding matrix W3 and the fourth precoding matrix W4 of the second subcarrier, That is to say:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000033
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000033
其中,W(CA1)为所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵,W(CA2)为所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵,W(CA1,1)为第一子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵,W(CA1,2)为第一子载波水平方向预编码矩阵;W(CA2,1)为第二子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵,W(CA2,2)为第二子载波水平方向预编码矩阵。由于一般场景下,垂直方向的角度扩展远远小于水平方向的角度扩展,所以垂直方向近似于单径信道,可以确定垂直方向信道为一单径信道模型,进一步地,可以近似或等同为UE需要反馈的不同子载波下垂直方向预编码矩阵对应的PMI相等,对应本实施例,用于指示第一子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵W(CA1,1)的PMI(CA1,1)和用于指示第二子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵W(CA2,1)的PMI(CA2,1)相等,即:Where W (CA1) is a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, W (CA2) is a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, and W (CA1, 1) is a first subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix. , W (CA1, 2) is the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix; W (CA2, 1) is the second subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix, and W (CA2, 2) is the second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix. Since the vertical direction expansion is much smaller than the horizontal expansion in the general scenario, the vertical direction is similar to the single-path channel, and the vertical channel can be determined as a single-path channel model. Further, the UE can be approximated or equivalent to the UE needs. Corresponding PMIs corresponding to the vertical direction precoding matrix of the different subcarriers are equal, corresponding to the PMI (CA1, 1) indicating the first subcarrier vertical precoding matrix W (CA1, 1) and used for indicating The PMI (CA2, 1) of the second subcarrier vertical precoding matrix W (CA2, 1) is equal, namely:
PMI(CA1,1)=PMI(CA2,1)=PMIC PMI (CA1,1) =PMI (CA2,1) =PMI C
在这样的情况下,基站可以确定UE所述PMIC为所述至少一个公共PMI。对应的,基站可以确定用于指示所述第一子载波水平方向预编码矩阵W(CA1,2)的PMI(CA1,2)为所述至少一个第一PMI;确定用于指示所述第二子载波水平方向预编码矩阵W(CA2,2)的PMI(CA2,2)为所述至少一个第二PMI。基于上述条件,即在垂直方向近似于单径信道,可以保证在接收所述UE发送PMIC、PMI(CA1,2)、PMI(CA2,2)的情况下,根据所述PMIC和PMI(CA1,2)确定所述W(CA1);根据所述所述PMIC和PMI(CA2,2)确定 所述W(CA2,2)。使得基站根据所述PMIC和PMI(CA1,2)确定所述W(CA1);根据所述PMIC和PMI(CA2,2)确定所述W(CA2,2)。这里的确定也可以是接收UE或者其它设备的指示获取的或者是两者协商确定的。In such a case, the base station may determine that the PMI C of the UE is the at least one public PMI. Correspondingly, the base station may determine that the PMI (CA1, 2) used to indicate the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix W (CA1, 2) is the at least one first PMI; and determine to indicate the second The PMI (CA2, 2) of the subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix W (CA2, 2) is the at least one second PMI. Based on the above conditions, that is, approximating the single-path channel in the vertical direction, it can be ensured that according to the PMI C and the PMI ( in the case of receiving the PMI C , PMI (CA1 , 2) , PMI (CA2, 2) sent by the UE ( CA1, 2) determines the W (CA1) ; determines the W (CA2, 2) according to the PMI C and PMI (CA2, 2) . The base station determines that PMI C and the PMI (CA1,2) the W (CA1); determining the W (CA2,2) based on the PMI C and PMI (CA2,2). The determination here may also be determined by the receiving UE or other device, or both.
一个实施例中,所述所述公共PMI所指示的第一子载波的垂直向预编码矩阵和/或水平向预编码矩阵为:In an embodiment, the vertical precoding matrix and/or the horizontal precoding matrix of the first subcarrier indicated by the common PMI is:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000034
其中,N为正整数,k为大于等于0且小于等于N-1的整数;m为所述公共PMI对应的预编码矩阵W的长度,T表示矩阵的转置。Where N is a positive integer, k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1; m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI, and T represents the transposition of the matrix.
根据上述实施例的描述,在第一子载波的预编码矩阵可以分解为垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵的情况时,PMI分别指示垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵,利用其垂直方向波束的角度扩展比较小的特点,所述基站接收所述UE发送各个子载波可以公共使用的PMI和不能公共使用的非公共PMI,其中,在一次确定两个子载波预编码矩阵的过程中,反馈的PMI的总数为K,用以指示两个子载波下的Q个预编码矩阵,且反馈的PMI个数K小于Q的数量,以达到节省信道资源的目的。应理解,若天线的位置、信道特性或其它条件发生变化导致其水平方向波束的角度扩展远远小于垂直方向的角度扩展时,可以确定水平方向信道为一个近似单径信道的模型,可以确定用于指示第一子载波水平方向预编码矩阵的PMI为所述至少一个公共PMI,用于指示第一子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵的PMI为所述至少一个第一PMI,用于指示第二子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵的PMI为所述至少一个第二PMI。具体的步骤、流程和上述实施例相同,在此不再赘述。According to the description of the above embodiment, when the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier can be decomposed into a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix, the PMI respectively indicates a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix, and utilizes The angle expansion of the beam in the vertical direction is relatively small. The base station receives a PMI that the UE can use for each subcarrier and a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used. The process of determining the precoding matrix of two subcarriers at a time is performed. The total number of PMIs fed back is K, which is used to indicate Q precoding matrices under two subcarriers, and the number of PMIs fed back is less than the number of Qs, so as to save channel resources. It should be understood that if the position, channel characteristics or other conditions of the antenna change such that the angular spread of the horizontal beam is much smaller than the angular spread of the vertical direction, it can be determined that the horizontal channel is a model of an approximate single-path channel, which can be determined. The PMI indicating the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix is the at least one common PMI, and the PMI indicating the first subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix is the at least one first PMI, and is used to indicate the second sub The PMI of the carrier vertical direction precoding matrix is the at least one second PMI. The specific steps and procedures are the same as those in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
应理解,关于信道模型的判断,可以是一个通过达到某一条件确定的条件,可以是直接配置或根据基站或UE计算、确定的。It should be understood that the judgment about the channel model may be a condition determined by reaching a certain condition, which may be directly configured or calculated and determined according to the base station or the UE.
一个实施例中,当某些情况下,不同子载波的某些项中的PMI间的差值小于某一阈值,也可以将这样的PMI确定为公共PMI。应理解,本发明不限定子载波的数量,只要多个子载波各自的至少一个PMI可以根据预设规则或一定条件被确定为所述公共PMI,就可以通过减少PMI反馈的数量,达到节省信道资源的目的。 In one embodiment, such a PMI may also be determined to be a common PMI when the difference between PMIs in certain items of different subcarriers is less than a certain threshold in some cases. It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the number of the stator carriers. As long as at least one PMI of each of the multiple subcarriers can be determined as the common PMI according to a preset rule or a certain condition, the channel resources can be saved by reducing the number of PMI feedbacks. the goal of.
一个实施例中,所述W1和所述W2中,对应所述公共PMI的第一子载波的预编码矩阵为一向量,和/或:In an embodiment, in the W1 and the W2, the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is a vector, and/or:
所述W3和所述W4中,对应所述公共PMI的第一子载波的预编码矩阵为一向量。In the W3 and the W4, the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is a vector.
例如对应所述公共PMI的第一子载波的预编码矩阵为:For example, the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000035
其中,N为正整数,k为大于等于0且小于等于N-1的整数;m为所述公共PMI对应的预编码矩阵W的长度,T表示矩阵的转置。应理解,这里转置仅仅为了表示向量的方便起见,向量在实现的调用过程中可以是一个数组。可选的,上述公式可以以矩阵的形式存储在系统中。可见,Wp是傅里叶矩阵中截取的一个向量,应理解,当所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵不限于是所述Wp示出的形式,可以是从如下傅里叶矩阵中截取不同的位置得到的向量:Where N is a positive integer, k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1; m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI, and T represents the transposition of the matrix. It should be understood that the transposition here is merely for the convenience of representing the vector, and the vector may be an array during the calling of the implementation. Alternatively, the above formula may be stored in the system in the form of a matrix. It can be seen that W p is a vector intercepted in the Fourier matrix. It should be understood that when the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is not limited to the form shown by W p , it may be from the following Fourier matrix. Intercept the vector obtained from different locations:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000036
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000036
另一个实施例中,介绍了一另一种PMI的反馈方法。该方法可以但是不限于用于2D MIMO的天线场景。所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W5和第二预编码矩阵W6的积;所述公共PMI为所述W5的PMI和所述W6的PMI中的一个;所述第一非公共PMI为所述W5的PMI和所述W6的PMI中的另一个;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W7和第二预编码矩阵W8的积;所述公共PMI为所述W7的PMI和所述W8的PMI中的一个;所述第一非公共PMI为所述W7的PMI和所述W8的PMI中的另一个。例如,所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵(所述 W5)和短期窄带特性矩阵(所述W6)的积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二载波的长期宽带特性矩阵(所述W7)和短期窄带特性矩阵(所述W8)的积;In another embodiment, a feedback method of another PMI is introduced. The method can be, but is not limited to, an antenna scene for 2D MIMO. The precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a first precoding matrix W 5 and a second precoding matrix W 6 of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is the PMI of the W 5 and the a PMI W 6 in; the first non PMI common to the other and said W PMI 5 W PMI 6 in; the precoding matrix to the second subcarrier of the first sub- a product of a first precoding matrix W 7 and a second precoding matrix W 8 of the carrier; the common PMI being one of the PMI of the W 7 and the PMI of the W 8 ; the first non-public PMI is the W PMI 7 W and the other PMI 8 in. For example, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix (the W 5 ) of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix (the W 6 ); the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix (the W 7 ) of the second carrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix (the W 8 );
所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示所述第二子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;The common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first sub-carrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second sub-carrier;
所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵;The first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier;
所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵。The second PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier.
下面,给出一个具体的实施例,本实施例具体给出了一种码本的组成方法和确定方法。对于某些场景,所述第一子载波可以分解为所述W5与所述W6的积,所述第二子载波可以分解为所述W7与所述W8的积,其中,所述W5表示所述第一子载波预编码矩阵的长期/宽带特性;所述W6表示所述第一子载波的短期/窄带特性;所述W7表示所述第二子载波预编码矩阵的长期/宽带特性;所述W8表示所述第二子载波的短期/窄带特性。即满足:In the following, a specific embodiment is given. In this embodiment, a composition method and a determination method of a codebook are specifically given. For some scenarios, the first subcarrier can be decomposed into the W5 and W6 of the product of the second subcarrier can be decomposed into the product of W and the W 8 7, wherein said W 5 denotes a long-term/wideband characteristic of the first subcarrier precoding matrix; the W 6 represents a short-term/narrowband characteristic of the first sub-carrier; and W 7 represents a long-term of the second sub-carrier precoding matrix /Broadband characteristics; the W 8 represents the short-term/narrowband characteristics of the second sub-carrier. That is to say:
W'(CA1)=W5×W6 W' (CA1) = W 5 × W 6
W'(CA2)=W7×W8 W' (CA2) = W 7 × W 8
其中,W'(CA1)为所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;W'(CA2)为所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵;下面,首先给出一种W'(CA1)与所述W5应的PMI(PMI5)和所述W6对应的PMI(PMI6)的关系,相应的,W'(CA2)与所述W7对应的PMI7和所述W8对应的PMI8的关系可以相同。若有码本集合B为:Wherein W' (CA1) is a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; W' (CA2) is a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; below, first, a W' (CA1) and a scheme are given relations between W 5 to be a PMI (PMI. 5) and the corresponding W 6 PMI (PMI. 6), the corresponding, W '(CA2) to the corresponding 7 PMI 7 W and W 8 corresponding to the PMI The relationship of 8 can be the same. If there is a codebook set B is:
B=[b0,b1,...b31]B=[b 0 ,b 1 ,...b 31 ]
其中,b0、b1…b31为列向量,且B中的第1+m行1+n列元素[B]1+m,1+n为:Where b 0 , b 1 ... b 31 are column vectors, and the 1+m row 1+n column element B in B is 1+m, 1+n is:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000037
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000037
应理解,本示例中,为方便描述其中的每一个元素,所述码本集合B是一个矩阵形式,码本集合也可以是以B中的列,以向量的形式构成一个集合。It should be understood that, in this example, for convenience of describing each element therein, the codebook set B is in the form of a matrix, and the codebook set may also be a column in B, and form a set in the form of a vector.
所述PMI5用于指示基站从该码本集合中选择至少一列并构成所述W5,具体的,k=PMI5,且是一个取值范围是0-15之间的整数值,用于从B中选出(指示)4列得到X(k)The PMI 5 for instructing the base station to select at least one from the codebook set and constituting the W 5, specifically, k = PMI 5, and a is an integer value in the range between 0-15, for Select (instruction) 4 columns from B to get X (k) :
X(k)=[b2kmod32 b(2k+1)mod32 b(2k+2)mod32 b(2k+3)mod32]X (k) = [b 2kmod32 b (2k+1) mod32 b (2k+2) mod32 b (2k+3) mod32 ]
其中mod是取模符号。Where mod is the modulo symbol.
进一步地得到所述W5=W5 (k)Further obtaining the W 5 = W 5 (k) :
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000038
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000038
根据所述W5 (k)构造码本集合C1Constructing a codebook set C 1 according to the W 5 (k) :
C1={W1 (0),W1 (1),W1 (2),...,W1 (15)}C 1 ={W 1 (0) , W 1 (1) , W 1 (2) ,...,W 1 (15) }
W5 (k)矩阵表征了信道的长期宽带特性,另一方面,另一个PMI(为方便表述起见,该PMI称为PMI6)用于指示基站从码本集合C1中选择至少一个元素(码本)并构成所述W6。对于不同的RI,构造不同的码本集合C2。例如,RI=1时,码本集合可以构造成如下形式:The W 5 (k) matrix characterizes the long-term broadband characteristics of the channel. On the other hand, another PMI (referred to as PMI 6 for convenience of presentation) is used to instruct the base station to select at least one element from the codebook set C 1 ( The codebook) and constitutes the W 6 . For different RI, different configurations codebook set C 2. For example, when RI=1, the codebook set can be constructed in the following form:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000039
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000039
其中,Y∈{α1234}。α可以是一个每列仅有某些位置为1的向量。Among them, Y∈{α 1 , α 2 , α 3 , α 4 }. α can be a vector with only 1 positions per column.
RI=2时,码本集合可以构造成如下形式:When RI=2, the codebook set can be constructed as follows:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000040
其中,Y1,Y2的排列顺序(Y1,Y2)可以是α1至α4的任意组合,也可以是如下形式:Wherein, Y 1, Y 2 in the order of (Y 1, Y 2) may be any combination of α 1 to α 4, it may also be in the form:
(Y1,Y2)∈{(α11),(α22),(α33),(α44),(α12),(α23),(α14),(α24)}(Y 1 , Y 2 ) ∈ {(α 1 , α 1 ), (α 2 , α 2 ), (α 3 , α 3 ), (α 4 , α 4 ), (α 1 , α 2 ), ( α 2 , α 3 ), (α 1 , α 4 ), (α 2 , α 4 )}
当所述RI=1时,根据PMI6,从C2,1中确定一个元素作为W6;当所述RI=2时,根据PMI6,从C2,2中确定一个元素作为W6When the RI = 1, according to the PMI 6, W 6 is determined as an element from C 2,1; when the RI = 2, in accordance with PMI 6, an element is determined from C 2, 2 as W 6.
对应的,公式:Corresponding, the formula:
W'(CA1)=W5×W6 W' (CA1) = W 5 × W 6
可以表示选择矩阵W6从W5中选择某些列的叠加,构成第一子载波对应的预编码矩阵。上述W5 (k)包含了4个波束的矩阵,表示长期宽带信道特性,可以被第 一子载波和第二子载波共用,因此,可以对于不同的子载波可以共用一个W5,而每个子载波可以单独反馈体现短期窄带特性的矩阵W6对应的PMI6和体现短期窄带特性的矩阵W8对应的PMI8。应理解,上述示例中的各个具体数值只是为了方面表述起见给出的一个示例,在具体应用过程中,可以由天线端口、秩指示或其它参数的不同有所变化。且所述码本、所述选择方式均是示例性描述,且本发明要求保护在其它形式下的码本和选择码本的方式。It can be said that the selection matrix W 6 selects a superposition of certain columns from W 5 to form a precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier. The above W 5 (k) includes a matrix of 4 beams, indicating long-term broadband channel characteristics, which can be shared by the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier, and therefore, one W 5 can be shared for different subcarriers, and each sub- The carrier can separately feed back the PMI 6 corresponding to the matrix W 6 representing the short-term narrowband characteristics and the PMI 8 corresponding to the matrix W 8 representing the short-term narrowband characteristics. It should be understood that the specific numerical values in the above examples are only one example given for the purpose of the description, and may vary from antenna port, rank indication, or other parameters in a particular application. And the codebook and the selection manner are all exemplary descriptions, and the present invention claims a codebook in other forms and a manner of selecting a codebook.
上述W'(CA1)=W5×W6和W'(CA2)=W7×W8形式下,具体可以应用于2D MIMO场景中,预编码矩阵可以具体由信号的的长期宽带特性和短期窄带特性表示的乘积的情况。图6示出了由于其子载波长期宽带特性可以共用一个预编码矩阵时的具体实施步骤。The above W' (CA1) = W 5 × W 6 and W' (CA2) = W 7 × W 8 form, specifically applicable to 2D MIMO scenarios, the precoding matrix can be specifically determined by the long-term broadband characteristics of the signal and short-term The case of the product represented by the narrowband characteristic. Figure 6 shows the specific implementation steps when a precoding matrix can be shared due to the long-term broadband characteristics of its subcarriers.
具体的,步骤601,基站接收至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI;其中,所述至少一个公共PMI用于指示体现长期宽带特性矩阵;所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示第一子载波中体现短期窄带特性矩阵;所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示第二子载波中体现短期窄带特性矩阵。Specifically, in step 601, the base station receives at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix; the at least one first PMI is used by And indicating a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix in the first subcarrier; the at least one second PMI is used to indicate that the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix is reflected in the second subcarrier.
步骤602,所述基站根据所述至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI确定第一子载波的预编码矩阵和第二子载波的预编码矩阵;其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。Step 602: The base station determines, according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, a precoding matrix of a first subcarrier and a precoding matrix of a second subcarrier, where the at least one a common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate precoding of the second subcarrier matrix.
为方便理解,本发明再给出一种具体的、通过查表具体确定PMI的实施方式,该实施方式可以用于预编码矩阵是由第一子载波预编码矩阵和第二子载波预编码矩阵以乘积的形式构成的场景。应理解,本发明中的查表,可以是查一张存储在UE或基站的表格,所述表格包括PMI与矩阵的对应关系,考虑到具体的应用,所述表格可以为多个,以便有不同的RI的值或其它参数下,PMI和具体预编码子矩阵对应不同的表格。基站获取表中需要的信息;或是一个数组或关系,用于查询对应的PMI值所对应的预编码矩阵。应理解,表格具体的形式可以由多种,可以是存储在UE或基站中的映射关系或函数关系,本发明不做限定。为方便描述,本实施例以表格形式叙述。基站根据PMI确定第一子载波和第二子载波对应 的长期宽带矩阵,在对应的秩中确定对应的表,例如秩指示的值范围为1-4,那么,在表1到表4中确定需要对应的表(表1对应秩指示1、表2对应秩指示2、表3对应秩指示3、表4对应秩指示4):For convenience of understanding, the present invention further provides a specific implementation method for specifically determining a PMI by using a lookup table, where the precoding matrix can be used by a first subcarrier precoding matrix and a second subcarrier precoding matrix. A scene constructed in the form of a product. It should be understood that the lookup table in the present invention may be to check a table stored in the UE or the base station, where the table includes a correspondence between the PMI and the matrix, and the table may be multiple in consideration of a specific application, so as to have Under different RI values or other parameters, the PMI and the specific precoding submatrix correspond to different tables. The base station acquires the information required in the table; or an array or relationship for querying the precoding matrix corresponding to the corresponding PMI value. It should be understood that the specific form of the table may be multiple, and may be a mapping relationship or a function relationship stored in the UE or the base station, which is not limited by the present invention. For convenience of description, the present embodiment is described in the form of a table. Determining, by the base station, the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier according to the PMI Long-term broadband matrix, the corresponding table is determined in the corresponding rank, for example, the value of the rank indication ranges from 1-4, then the corresponding table is determined in Table 1 to Table 4 (Table 1 corresponds to rank indication 1, Table 2 Corresponding rank indication 2, Table 3 corresponding rank indication 3, Table 4 corresponding rank indication 4):
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000041
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000041
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000042
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000042
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000043
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000043
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000044
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000044
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000045
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000045
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000046
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000046
表4Table 4
根据所述RI确定表1-4中的一个,所述基站接收到公共PMI(i1)、第一PMI(i2)、第二PMI(i2’)后,再在所述确定的表中,根据具体的使用场景确定所述CA1和所述CA2的所述公共PMI(i1)的值对应的长期宽带特性预编码矩阵,根据所述第一PMI和所述第二PMI确定CA1的短期窄带特性矩阵和所述CA2的短期窄带特性矩阵。Determining one of the tables 1-4 according to the RI, after the base station receives the public PMI (i1), the first PMI (i2), and the second PMI (i2'), and then in the determined table, according to Determining, by a specific usage scenario, a long-term broadband characteristic precoding matrix corresponding to the value of the common PMI (i 1 ) of the CA1 and the CA2, and determining a short-term narrowband characteristic of the CA1 according to the first PMI and the second PMI A matrix and a short-term narrow-band characteristic matrix of the CA2.
应理解,若有多个CA,例如CA1,CA2,CA3的情况,同样可以接收一个公共的PMI,如CA1,CA2,CA3的短期窄带特性矩阵对应的PMI可以作为公共PMI,反馈1次公共PMI,就可以指示三个载波中短期窄带特性矩阵,基站接收所述UE反馈的公共PMI,以达到进一步节省资源的目的。当然,本实施例对于长期宽带特性和垂直方向和水平方向预编码矩阵也同样适用,在此不再赘述。当然,多个CA也可以有多个公共PMI。It should be understood that if there are multiple CAs, such as CA1, CA2, and CA3, a common PMI can also be received. For example, the PMI corresponding to the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of CA1, CA2, and CA3 can be used as a public PMI, and the public PMI is fed back once. The short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the three carriers may be indicated, and the base station receives the public PMI fed back by the UE to achieve further resource saving. Of course, the present embodiment is also applicable to the long-term broadband characteristic and the vertical direction and horizontal direction precoding matrix, and details are not described herein again. Of course, multiple CAs can also have multiple public PMIs.
图6示出的实施例,根据表中第一子载波预编码矩阵的长期宽带特性矩阵可以与其它子载波共用,不同子载波对应的PMI可以作为公共PMI,所述基站在确定不同子载波的两个预编码矩阵的情况下接收一次该公共PMI,所述基站接收UE发送的各个子载波不能公共使用的非公共PMI,用以指示2个子载波下的4个子预编码矩阵(即第一子载波和第二子载波分别的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵),且接收的PMI个数k小于这k个PMI能确定的所有4个子预编码矩阵的个数,以达到节省信道资源的目的。应理解,这里所述根据表中第一子载波预编码矩阵的长期宽带特性矩阵可以与其它子载波共用,在其它场景下,也可能出现短期窄带特性矩阵可以与其它子载波公用的情况,这与本实施例中的确定方式是对应的,在此不再赘述。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, the long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier precoding matrix in the table may be shared with other subcarriers, and the PMI corresponding to different subcarriers may be used as a common PMI, and the base station determines different subcarriers. The common PMI is received once in the case of two precoding matrices, and the base station receives a non-common PMI that is not commonly used by each subcarrier transmitted by the UE, and is used to indicate four sub precoding matrices (ie, the first subcarrier) under two subcarriers. The long-term broadband characteristic matrix and the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the carrier and the second sub-carrier respectively, and the number of received PMIs is smaller than the number of all four sub-precoding matrices that can be determined by the k PMIs to save channel resources. purpose. It should be understood that the long-term broadband characteristic matrix according to the first subcarrier precoding matrix in the table may be shared with other subcarriers, and in other scenarios, the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix may be shared with other subcarriers. Corresponding to the determination manner in this embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
应理解,本发明的实施例均确定两个子载波下的预编码矩阵,且本发明要求保护当子载波的数量多于两个的场景时,两个子载波的各自的PMI中有可以与其它子载波共用的PMI,同时,子载波中也可以有若干子载波与所述至少两个子载波的任何一个所反馈的PMI都不同,所述若干个子载波对应的PMI采用单独反馈 的形式。例如,存在3个子载波CA1,CA2,CA3,其中,虽然CA1和CA2存在一个或多个公共PMI,但是CA3的所有PMI都不能与CA1或CA2的任意PMI作为公共PMI,那么所述基站将根据单独反馈所述CA3的所有PMI确定预编码矩阵。It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention both determine a precoding matrix under two subcarriers, and the present invention claims that when there are more than two subcarriers, the respective PMIs of the two subcarriers may be associated with other sub-carriers. The PMI shared by the carrier may be different. The sub-carrier may also have a plurality of sub-carriers different from the PMI fed back by any one of the at least two sub-carriers, and the PMI corresponding to the several sub-carriers adopts separate feedback. form. For example, there are 3 subcarriers CA1, CA2, CA3, wherein, although one or more common PMIs exist in CA1 and CA2, but all PMIs of CA3 cannot be associated with any PMI of CA1 or CA2 as a common PMI, then the base station will be based on All PMIs of the CA3 are individually fed back to determine the precoding matrix.
下面,将就本发明具体确定公共PMI的方法介绍又一个实施例。根据上述图4-6示出的实施例中,当确定第一子载波的某个PMIa与第二子载波的某个PMIb不同,但将PMIa用作第二子载波的PMIb时,系统的信道特性在某个容忍范围内或满足某个条件时,所述基站可直接确定所述公共PMI为PMIa;对应的,当将PMIa用作指示第二子载波的PMIb时,系统的信道特性在某个容忍范围内或满足某个条件时,也可以直接确定所述PMIa为所述公共PMI;或当使用一个PMIc用作第一子载波和第二子载波的公共PMI时,即可以用作所述PMIa和所述PMIb时,可以使系统的信道特性满足某个条件时,也可以直接确定所述PMIc作为所述至少一个公共PMI。上述过程可以是在UE或基站确定的。可选的,所述基站可以确定所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI、一个补偿值δ,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于确定第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI和所述δ共同指示第二子载波的预编码矩阵,所述基站接收所述UE发送所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI、一个补偿值δ。应理解,也可以确定所述第二子载波的PMI作为所述至少一个公共PMI,接收一个补偿值δ’,根据所述至少一个公共PMI、所述δ’、所述至少一个第一PMI确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;根据所述至少一个公共PMI和所述第二PMI确定所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。通常,δ占用的比特数或资源数可以但不限于小于一个PMI所占用的比特数或资源数。在这种情况下,可以达到在节省资源的情况下,更精确地指示两个子载波的预编码矩阵的目的。In the following, a further embodiment will be described in terms of a method of specifically determining a public PMI for the present invention. According to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4-6 above, when it is determined that a certain PMI a of the first subcarrier is different from a certain PMI b of the second subcarrier, but PMI a is used as the PMI b of the second subcarrier When the channel characteristic of the system is within a certain tolerance range or a certain condition is met, the base station may directly determine that the common PMI is PMI a ; correspondingly, when PMI a is used as the PMI b indicating the second subcarrier When the channel characteristic of the system is within a certain tolerance range or a certain condition is met, the PMI a may be directly determined to be the common PMI; or when one PMI c is used as the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier. When the public PMI is used as the PMI a and the PMI b , when the channel characteristics of the system can satisfy a certain condition, the PMI c can be directly determined as the at least one common PMI. The above process may be determined at the UE or the base station. Optionally, the base station may determine the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, and a compensation value δ, wherein the at least one common PMI and the at least one a first PMI is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI, the at least one second PMI, and the δ collectively indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, the base station receiving the The UE transmits the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, and a compensation value δ. It should be understood that the PMI of the second subcarrier may also be determined as the at least one common PMI, and a compensation value δ′ is received, which is determined according to the at least one common PMI, the δ′, and the at least one first PMI. a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; determining a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI and the second PMI. In general, the number of bits or resources occupied by δ may be, but is not limited to, less than the number of bits or resources occupied by one PMI. In this case, the purpose of more accurately indicating the precoding matrix of the two subcarriers in the case of resource saving can be achieved.
可选的,所述基站接收所述第一PMI补偿值δ1和/或第二PMI补偿值δ2,所述δ1用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI共同确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述δ2用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI共确定所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。Optionally, the base station receives the first PMI compensation value δ 1 and/or a second PMI compensation value δ 2 , where the δ 1 is used together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI. Determining a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the δ 2 is configured to jointly determine a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier with the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI.
上述所述基站确定或接收第一PMI补偿值δ1和/或第二PMI补偿值δ2分为三种情况: The above-mentioned base station determines or receives the first PMI compensation value δ 1 and/or the second PMI compensation value δ 2 into three cases:
情况1:Situation 1:
所述基站或UE确定所述δ1和δ2,所述基站接收所述δ1和δ2The base station or UE determines the δ 1 and δ 2 , and the base station receives the δ 1 and δ 2 ;
情况2:Case 2:
所述基站或UE确定所述δ1,所述基站接收所述δ1The base station or the UE determines the δ 1 , and the base station receives the δ 1 ;
情况3:Case 3:
所述基站或UE确定所述δ2,所述基站接收所述δ2The base station or UE determines the δ 2 , and the base station receives the δ 2 .
应理解,所述δ1和δ2与所述基站需要接收的PMI的顺序不受到限定,可以是同时接收,也可以先后接收。根据所述公共PMI对应不同场景,本发明给出了三种具体的实施方式:It should be understood that the order of the δ 1 and δ 2 and the PMI that the base station needs to receive is not limited, and may be received simultaneously or sequentially. According to the different scenarios of the public PMI, the present invention provides three specific implementation manners:
实施方式7:Embodiment 7:
当所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W1和第二预编码矩阵W2的克罗内克积,第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的第三预编码矩阵W3和第四预编码矩阵W4的克罗内克积的场景下:When the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of the first precoding matrix W1 and the second precoding matrix W2 of the first subcarrier, the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is the Under the scenario of the Kronecker product of the third precoding matrix W3 of the second subcarrier and the fourth precoding matrix W4:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000047
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000047
由于垂直方向的角度扩展远远小于水平方向的角度扩展,所以垂直方向近似于单径信道,可以确定垂直方向信道为近似一单径信道模型,作为一个示例,实施方式4中,确定W(CA1,1)对应的PMI(CA1,1)作为一个所述公共PMI,确定所述PMI(CA1,1)和所述W(CA2,1)对应的PMI(CA2,1)的差值可以用δa确定。确定W(CA1,2)对应的PMI(CA1,2)为所述第一PMI、确定W(CA2,2)对应的PMI(CA2,2)为所述第二PMI,这里,所述公共PMI、所述第一PMI分别用于确定(指示)W(CA1,1)和所述W(CA1,2),所述公共PMI、所述δa确定所述W(CA2,1),所述第二PMI所述W(CA2,2),以便确认所述第一子载波预编码矩阵W(CA1)、W(CA2)。应理解,确定PMI(CA2,1)作为所述公共PMI,对应的使用δa’和所述公共PMI指示所述W(CA1)的方法可以和上述方法相同,不再赘述。Since the angular expansion in the vertical direction is much smaller than the angular expansion in the horizontal direction, the vertical direction approximates the single-path channel, and the vertical direction channel can be determined to be approximately a single-path channel model. As an example, in Embodiment 4, W (CA1) is determined. 1) Corresponding PMI (CA1 , 1) as one of the common PMIs, determining that the difference between the PMI (CA1 , 1) and the PMI (CA2 , 1) corresponding to the W (CA2, 1) can be used by δ a OK. Determining that the PMI (CA1, 2) corresponding to W (CA1, 2) is the first PMI, and determining that the PMI (CA2, 2) corresponding to W (CA2, 2) is the second PMI, where the public PMI is The first PMI is used to determine (instruct) W (CA1, 1) and the W (CA1 , 2) , respectively, the common PMI, the δ a determines the W (CA2, 1) , The second PMI describes W (CA2 , 2) to confirm the first subcarrier precoding matrix W (CA1) , W (CA2) . It should be understood that the method of determining the PMI (CA2, 1) as the common PMI, the corresponding use δ a ' and the common PMI indicating the W (CA1) may be the same as the above method, and details are not described herein again.
实施方式8:Embodiment 8:
当所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W5和第二预编码矩阵W6的积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第 一预编码矩阵W7和第二预编码矩阵W8的积的场景下:When the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of the first precoding matrix W5 and the second precoding matrix W6 of the first subcarrier; the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is the first Subcarrier number Under the scene of the product of a precoding matrix W7 and a second precoding matrix W8:
W'(CA1)=W5×W6 W' (CA1) = W 5 × W 6
W'(CA2)=W7×W8 W' (CA2) = W 7 × W 8
表示CA1长期宽带信道特性的矩阵W5可以用PMI5指示,表示CA2长期宽带信道特性的矩阵W7可以用PMI5和一个补偿值δb指示,作为一个示例,确定W5对应的PMI(PMI5)作为所述公共PMI,W6对应的PMI(PMI6)为所述第一PMI,W8对应的PMI(PMI8)为所述第二PMI,一个实施例中,所述公共PMI用于确定(指示)所述W5,所述第一PMI用于确定(指示)所述W6,所述第二PMI用于指示所述W8,所述公共PMI和所述δb用于指示所述W7,所述W5、W6用于确定所述W'(CA1)、所述W7、所述W8用于确定所述W'(CA2);另一个实施例中,根据秩指示确定所述表1-4中的对应表,所述公共PMI对应表中的i1,所述第一PMI对应表中的i2,确定第一子载波对应的预编码矩阵W;所述公共PMI和所述δb’进行运算后得到的值对应表中的i1,所述第二PMI对应表中的i2,确定第二子载波对应的预编码矩阵W2。应理解,确定PMI7作为所述公共PMI的方法和上述实施例相同,不再赘述。Represents CA1 long wideband channel characteristic matrix W5 can use the PMI 5 indicates a matrix representing channel characteristics CA2 long wideband channel W7 can 5 and a compensation value PMI δ b indicates, as one example, is determined W5 corresponding PMI (PMI 5) as The common PMI, the PMI (PMI 6 ) corresponding to W6 is the first PMI, and the PMI (PMI 8 ) corresponding to W8 is the second PMI. In one embodiment, the common PMI is used to determine (instruct) the W5, for determining the first PMI (indication) of the W6, the second PMI is used to indicate the W8, the common PMI and the δ b for indicating the W7, W5 said W6 is used to determine the W' (CA1) , the W7, and the W8 are used to determine the W'(CA2); in another embodiment, the correspondence in the table 1-4 is determined according to the rank indication after the common PMI and the δ b 'calculates; table, said correspondence table in common PMI i 1, the first table corresponding to the PMI i 2, the first subcarrier determining the precoding matrix W The obtained value corresponds to i 1 in the table, i 2 in the second PMI correspondence table, and the precoding matrix W 2 corresponding to the second subcarrier is determined. It should be understood that the method of determining the PMI 7 as the common PMI is the same as the above embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
实施方式9:Embodiment 9:
根据上面的实施例,也可以同时给出两个补偿值,δc和δd。在这个情况下,所述δc用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI共同确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述δd用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI共确定所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。According to the above embodiment, it is also possible to simultaneously give two compensation values, δ c and δ d . In this case, the δ c is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI; the δ d is used for the at least one The common PMI and the at least one second PMI jointly determine a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
应理解,当涉及补偿值补偿的情况时,基站和UE可以规定在某一次反馈不补偿所述补偿值,可以通过信令或者其它约定不采用补偿的模式。It should be understood that when the compensation value compensation is involved, the base station and the UE may specify that the compensation value is not compensated for a certain feedback, and the compensation mode may be adopted by signaling or other convention.
应理解,上述关于确定补偿值的各个实施例给出了确定的依据或顺序,具体的确定方法本发明不做限定,补偿值的确定方式可以根据分配的比特数不同而不同,例如,当公共PMI用于分别指示第一子载波预编码矩阵和第二子载波预编码矩阵的误差不大(即可以在容忍范围内)时,可以分配1个bit,0代表不补偿,1代表补偿,具体的补偿数值可以预定义;一个实施方式中,PMIX和PMIY用于指示第一子载波预编码矩阵,PMIZ和PMIW用于指示第二子载波预编码矩阵。当确定 公共PMI可以是同时指示PMIX和PMIZ的值,即用公共PMI和PMIY(这里PMIY相当于所述第一PMI)指示第一子载波的预编码矩阵;公共PMI和PMIZ(这里PMIW相当于所述第二PMI)指示第二子载波的预编码矩阵;当确定PMIX=7的时候,可以和所述第一PMI(在本实施例可以是PMIY)共同指示第一子载波预编码矩阵,若PMIW对应的特性和PMIX的差别不大或相同,即可以确定PMIW=7,这时,只要基站接收δ=0就可以确定无需补偿;但是,若系统确定以PMIW=10和所述第二PMI(在本实施例可以是PMIW)共同指示第二子载波预编码矩阵才能精确时,那么,使用公共PMI=7和所述第二PMI共同指示第二子载波预编码矩阵就会带来比较大的误差,这里所述系统可以是所述基站、所述UE或通知基站的其它网络设备。但是若系统预置的补偿值δ=1代表补偿3时,那么1比特就可以准确地指示基站或UE侧需要以公共PMI=7再补偿3,再和第二PMI共同确定第二子载波预编码矩阵。应理解,对于本例,在某些场景下,若系统预置的的补偿值δ=1代表补偿2时,根据公共PMI和补偿值共同指示的值为9,若在某些容忍的范围内,同样可以被接受。It should be understood that the foregoing various embodiments for determining the compensation value are given the basis or sequence of the determination. The specific determination method is not limited in the present invention, and the determination manner of the compensation value may be different according to the number of allocated bits, for example, when public When the PMI is used to indicate that the error of the first subcarrier precoding matrix and the second subcarrier precoding matrix are not large (that is, can be within the tolerance range), one bit can be allocated, 0 represents no compensation, and 1 represents compensation. The compensation value may be predefined; in one embodiment, PMI X and PMI Y are used to indicate a first subcarrier precoding matrix, and PMI Z and PMI W are used to indicate a second subcarrier precoding matrix. When it is determined that the common PMI may be a value indicating both PMI X and PMI Z , that is, a common PMI and PMI Y (where PMI Y is equivalent to the first PMI) indicating a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; a common PMI and a PMI Z (here PMI W is equivalent to the second PMI) indicating a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; when determining PMI X = 7, it may be jointly indicated with the first PMI (which may be PMI Y in this embodiment) The first subcarrier precoding matrix, if the difference between the PMI W and the PMI X is not the same or the same, the PMI W = 7 can be determined. In this case, as long as the base station receives δ=0, it can be determined that no compensation is needed; The system determines that when the PMI W = 10 and the second PMI (which may be PMI W in this embodiment) collectively indicate that the second subcarrier precoding matrix is accurate, then the common PMI = 7 and the second PMI are used together. Indicating that the second subcarrier precoding matrix introduces a relatively large error, the system herein may be the base station, the UE, or other network device notifying the base station. However, if the system preset compensation value δ=1 represents compensation 3, then 1 bit can accurately indicate that the base station or the UE side needs to recompensate 3 with a common PMI=7, and then determine the second subcarrier pre-determination together with the second PMI. Encoding matrix. It should be understood that, in this case, in some scenarios, if the compensation value δ=1 preset by the system represents compensation 2, the value indicated by the common PMI and the compensation value is 9 if it is within a certain tolerance range. , can also be accepted.
应理解,上述确定或接收补偿值的方法仅仅是一个实例,在符合逻辑的范围内,补偿值的确定或接收可以和任何一个发送补偿值的实施方式、以及本发明的其它实施例结合。It should be understood that the above-described method of determining or receiving the compensation value is merely an example, and within a logical range, the determination or reception of the compensation value may be combined with any one of the embodiments for transmitting the compensation value, and other embodiments of the present invention.
利用不同子载波的垂直方向的单径特性,或不同子载波的长期宽带特性相似,可以在不同的信道模型下,接收某个子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵或长期宽带特性预编码矩阵为所述公共PMI,再接收一个补偿值δ;根据所述δ和所述公共PMI确定另一个子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵或长期宽带特性预编码矩阵。在根据所述第一PMI和所述第二PMI,确定所述不同子载波下的预编码矩阵,从而节省了信道资源,又提高了指示精度。The vertical direction precoding matrix or the long-term broadband characteristic precoding matrix of a certain subcarrier may be received under different channel models by using the single-path characteristic of the vertical direction of different subcarriers or the long-term broadband characteristics of different subcarriers. The common PMI further receives a compensation value δ; and determines a vertical direction precoding matrix or a long-term broadband characteristic precoding matrix of another subcarrier according to the δ and the common PMI. Determining a precoding matrix under the different subcarriers according to the first PMI and the second PMI, thereby saving channel resources and improving indication precision.
图7是根据本发明实施例的通信装置的示意性结构图。涉及一种预编码矩阵指示PMI的反馈的用户设备UE,该UE用于具有多载波能力的无线通信系统,所述UE使用第一子载波和第二子载波与基站通信。具体包括:FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present invention. A user equipment UE is involved in a precoding matrix indicating feedback of a PMI for a multi-carrier capable wireless communication system, the UE communicating with a base station using a first subcarrier and a second subcarrier. Specifically include:
确定单元701,用于用于确定至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI 用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵;其中,所述公共PMI、所述第一PMI、所述第二PMI分别可以为2个、3个或者多于3个。可以实现步骤101中的具体功能。a determining unit 701, configured to determine at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate the first child a precoding matrix of carriers; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI And a precoding matrix for indicating the second subcarrier; wherein the common PMI, the first PMI, and the second PMI may be 2, 3, or more than 3, respectively. The specific functions in step 101 can be implemented.
应理解,本发明不限定所述确定单元确定所述PMI的具体方式,所述确定单元确定PMI的过程可以是根据参考信号测量确定的,可以是根据测量参考信号,分别从不同维度的预编码子矩阵中遍历,选出信号质量最优的矩阵。这里的测量过程,可以是一个通过一个接收单元703,用于接收参考信号,和测量单元用于对参考信号进行测量,所述测量单元也可以整合在所述确定单元中。It should be understood that the present invention does not limit the specific manner in which the determining unit determines the PMI, and the determining unit determines that the process of the PMI may be determined according to the reference signal measurement, and may be precoding from different dimensions according to the measurement reference signal. Traverse in the submatrix to select the matrix with the best signal quality. The measurement process here can be performed by a receiving unit 703 for receiving a reference signal, and a measuring unit for measuring the reference signal, and the measuring unit can also be integrated in the determining unit.
具体的实施方式,可以参考步骤101中确定至少一个所述公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI的步骤进行具体的说明的示例。For a specific implementation manner, a specific illustrated example may be performed by referring to the step of determining at least one of the common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI in step 101.
所述确定单元确定所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI的具体顺序可以不同,可以参考图1示出的实施例中具体的实施方式1、实施方式2、实施方式3,应理解,本发明不限于上述实施方式1-3中给出的具体实施步骤,也可以是其它确定所述至少一个公共PMI的具体实施方式。可以参考图1示出的实施例中,不同RI一一对应不同的PMI表的确定方式。The determining unit may determine that the specific order of the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI may be different, and may refer to the specific implementation manner 1 in the embodiment shown in FIG. Mode 2, Embodiment 3, It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the specific implementation steps given in Embodiments 1-3 above, and may be other specific implementation manners for determining the at least one common PMI. Referring to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, different RIs correspond to the determination manners of different PMI tables.
应理解,本发明不限定每个PMI的确定流程,可以但不限于是UE和基站协商的结果,或是双方预先确定好一种规则,或是UE直接确定的,或是通过所述接收单元接收基站的通知,或按照应用场景确定一具体的确定方式。It should be understood that the present invention does not limit the determining process of each PMI, and may be, but is not limited to, the result of negotiation between the UE and the base station, or the two parties predetermine a certain rule, or directly determined by the UE, or through the receiving unit. Receive a notification from the base station or determine a specific determination method according to the application scenario.
发送单元702,用于向所述无线通信系统中的基站发送所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI。可以实现步骤102中的具体功能。The sending unit 702 is configured to send the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI to a base station in the wireless communication system. The specific functions in step 102 can be implemented.
通过本实施例描述的PMI反馈的所述UE装置,可以利用在不同的场景下,不同子载波间的某些项中的PMI相同,整合不同子载波对应各自的PMI,使得UE在一个确定预编码矩阵的过程中只反馈一次公共的PMI,公共的PMI用于指示不同子载波的预编码矩阵,使得基站通过公共PMI和各个不同子载波下的非公共PMI(本实施例中是第一PMI、第二PMI)分别确定各个子载波的预编码矩阵。本实施例中,所述UE的发送单元向所述基站发送各个子载波可以公共使用的PMI和不能公共使用的非公共PMI,其中,在一次确定两个子载波预编码矩阵的过程中,反馈的PMI的总数为K,用以指示两个子载波下的Q个预编码矩阵,且反馈 的PMI个数K小于Q的数量,以达到节省信道资源的目的。应理解,本发明所有实施例所述公共PMI,第一PMI和第二PMI不一定独立存在,可以是以同一消息的不同个字段称为公共PMI,第一PMI,第二PMI,根据本发明的实施例,可以将原本反馈两次的公共PMI字段减少一个,以达到节省比特数的效果。The UE device that is fed back by the PMI described in this embodiment may use the same PMI in some items between different sub-carriers in different scenarios, and integrate different sub-carriers to correspond to respective PMIs, so that the UE is in a certain pre-determination. In the process of coding the matrix, only the common PMI is fed back. The common PMI is used to indicate the precoding matrix of different subcarriers, so that the base station passes the common PMI and the non-public PMI under different subcarriers (the first PMI in this embodiment). And a second PMI) respectively determining a precoding matrix of each subcarrier. In this embodiment, the sending unit of the UE sends, to the base station, a PMI that can be commonly used by each subcarrier and a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used, where the feedback is performed in the process of determining two subcarrier precoding matrices at a time. The total number of PMIs is K, indicating Q precoding matrices under two subcarriers, and feedback The number K of PMIs is smaller than the number of Qs in order to save channel resources. It should be understood that the common PMI, the first PMI and the second PMI of the embodiments of the present invention do not necessarily exist independently, and may be referred to as a common PMI, a first PMI, and a second PMI according to different fields of the same message. In an embodiment, the common PMI field originally fed back twice can be reduced by one to achieve the effect of saving the number of bits.
应理解,对于不同的场景,所述确定单元都可以根据具体的场景特性确定上述公共PMI和非公共PMI,以达到节省信道资源的目的。下面将就不同场景下,图7示出的预编码矩阵指示PMI的反馈的UE装置进行具体的介绍:It should be understood that, for different scenarios, the determining unit may determine the public PMI and the non-public PMI according to specific scenario characteristics to save channel resources. In the following, the UE device that indicates the feedback of the PMI in the precoding matrix shown in FIG. 7 will be specifically introduced in different scenarios:
图8是根据本发明实施例的通信装置的示意性结构图。所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵;所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵。FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; the common PMI is used to indicate the first subcarrier a vertical direction precoding matrix; the common PMI is further configured to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; the first PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; The PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
具体包括:Specifically include:
确定单元801,用于确定至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI、至少一个第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI用于指示垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示第一子载波水平方向预编码矩阵;所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示第二子载波水平方向预编码矩阵。a determining unit 801, configured to determine at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, wherein the at least one common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix; the at least one first PMI is used to And indicating a first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix; the at least one second PMI is used to indicate a second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix.
发送单元802,用于向基站发送所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。The sending unit 802 is configured to send, to the base station, the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
对于3D MIMO或类似场景,天线分布可以看作呈垂直方向排列和水平方向排列,所以,所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵可以看作垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵,所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵可以看作垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵,例如:所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W1和第二预编码矩阵W2的克罗内克积,第二子载波的预编码矩阵 为所述第二子载波的第三预编码矩阵W3和第四预编码矩阵W4的克罗内克积时,即满足:For 3D MIMO or the like, the antenna distribution can be regarded as being arranged in a vertical direction and in a horizontal direction. Therefore, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier can be regarded as a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix. The precoding matrix of the second subcarrier may be regarded as a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix. For example, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is the first precoding matrix W1 of the first subcarrier and The Kronecker product of the second precoding matrix W2, the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier When the Kroneck product of the third precoding matrix W3 and the fourth precoding matrix W4 of the second subcarrier is satisfied, it satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000048
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000048
其中,W(CA1)为所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵,W(CA2)为所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵,W(CA1,1)为第一子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵,W(CA1,2)为第一子载波水平方向预编码矩阵;W(CA2,1)为第二子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵,W(CA2,2)为第二子载波水平方向预编码矩阵。由于一般场景下,垂直方向的角度扩展远远小于水平方向的角度扩展,所以垂直方向近似于单径信道,所述确定单元可以确定垂直方向信道为一单径信道模型,进一步地,可以近似或等同为UE需要反馈的不同子载波下垂直方向预编码矩阵对应的PMI相等,对应本实施例,用于指示第一子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵W(CA1,1)的PMI(CA1,1)和用于指示第二子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵W(CA2,1)的PMI(CA2,1)相等,即:Where W (CA1) is a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, W (CA2) is a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, and W (CA1, 1) is a first subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix. , W (CA1, 2) is the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix; W (CA2, 1) is the second subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix, and W (CA2, 2) is the second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix. In the general scenario, the angular expansion in the vertical direction is much smaller than the angular expansion in the horizontal direction, so the vertical direction approximates the single-path channel, and the determining unit may determine that the vertical direction channel is a single-path channel model, and further, may approximate or The PMI corresponding to the vertical direction precoding matrix is equal to the different subcarriers that the UE needs to feed back. Corresponding to the embodiment, the PMI (CA1, 1) indicating the vertical precoding matrix W (CA1, 1) of the first subcarrier is used . It is equal to the PMI (CA2, 1) used to indicate the second subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix W (CA2, 1) , namely:
PMI(CA1,1)=PMI(CA2,1)=PMIC PMI (CA1,1) =PMI (CA2,1) =PMI C
在这样的情况下,所述确定单元可以确定PMIC为所述至少一个公共PMI。对应的,所述确定单元确定用于指示所述第一子载波水平方向预编码矩阵W(CA1,2)的PMI(CA1,2)为所述至少一个第一PMI;所述确定单元确定用于指示所述第二子载波水平方向预编码矩阵W(CA2,2)的PMI(CA2,2)为所述至少一个第二PMI。基于上述条件,即在垂直方向近似于单径信道,可以保证在发送PMIC、PMI(CA1,2)、PMI(CA2,2)的情况下,根据所述PMIC和PMI(CA1,2)指示所述W(CA1);根据所述所述PMIC和PMI(CA2,2)指示所述W(CA2,2)。使得基站根据所述PMIC和PMI(CA1,2)确定所述W(CA1);根据所述PMIC和PMI(CA2,2)确定所述W(CA2,2)。这里的确定过程可以是基站协商确定的,也可以是接收基站或其它设备的指示或者是自身确定后通知基站的。In such a case, the determining unit may determine that the PMI C is the at least one common PMI. Correspondingly, the determining unit determines a PMI (CA1, 2) for indicating the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix W (CA1, 2) as the at least one first PMI; The PMI (CA2, 2) indicating the second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix W (CA2, 2) is the at least one second PMI. Based on the above conditions, i.e. similar to a single-path channel in the vertical direction can be guaranteed at a transmission PMI C, PMI (CA1,2), where PMI (CA2,2) according to the PMI C and PMI (CA1,2) Indicating the W (CA1) ; indicating the W (CA2, 2) according to the PMI C and PMI (CA2, 2) . The base station determines that PMI C and the PMI (CA1,2) the W (CA1); determining the W (CA2,2) based on the PMI C and PMI (CA2,2). The determining process here may be determined by the base station negotiation, or may be an indication of receiving the base station or other device or notifying the base station after determining by itself.
根据上述实施例的描述,在第一子载波的预编码矩阵可以分解为垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵的情况时,PMI分别指示垂直方向预编码矩阵和 水平方向预编码矩阵,利用其垂直方向波束的角度扩展比较小的特点,所述发送单元向所述基站发送各个子载波可以公共使用的PMI和不能公共使用的非公共PMI,其中,在一次确定两个子载波预编码矩阵的过程中,反馈的PMI的总数为K,用以指示两个子载波下的Q个预编码矩阵,且反馈的PMI个数K小于Q的数量,以达到节省信道资源的目的。应理解,若天线的位置、信道特性或其它条件发生变化导致其水平方向波束的角度扩展远远小于垂直方向的角度扩展时,可以确定水平方向信道为一个近似单径信道的模型,所述确定单元可以确定用于指示第一子载波水平方向预编码矩阵的PMI为所述至少一个公共PMI,用于指示第一子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵的PMI为所述至少一个第一PMI,用于指示第二子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵的PMI为所述至少一个第二PMI。具体的步骤、流程和上述实施例相同,在此不再赘述。According to the description of the above embodiment, when the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier can be decomposed into a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix, the PMI indicates the vertical direction precoding matrix and The horizontal direction precoding matrix utilizes a feature that the angle expansion of the beam in the vertical direction is relatively small, and the transmitting unit transmits, to the base station, a PMI that can be commonly used for each subcarrier and a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used, where is determined once. In the process of two subcarrier precoding matrices, the total number of PMIs fed back is K, which is used to indicate Q precoding matrices under two subcarriers, and the number of PMIs fed back is smaller than the number of Qs to save channel resources. purpose. It should be understood that if the position, channel characteristics or other conditions of the antenna change such that the angular spread of the horizontal beam is much smaller than the angular spread of the vertical direction, the horizontal channel can be determined as a model of an approximate single-path channel, the determination The unit may determine that the PMI for indicating the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix is the at least one common PMI, and indicate that the PMI of the first subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix is the at least one first PMI, where The PMI indicating the second subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix is the at least one second PMI. The specific steps and procedures are the same as those in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
应理解,关于信道模型的判断,可以是一个所述确定单元通过达到某一条件确定的条件,可以是直接配置或根据基站或UE计算、确定的。It should be understood that the judgment about the channel model may be a condition that the determining unit determines by reaching a certain condition, and may be directly configured or calculated and determined according to the base station or the UE.
一个实施例中,当某些情况下,不同子载波的某些项中的PMI间的差值小于某一阈值,所述确定单元也可以将这样的PMI确定为公共PMI。应理解,本发明不限定子载波的数量,只要多个子载波各自的至少一个PMI可以根据预设规则或一定条件被确定为所述公共PMI,就可以通过减少PMI反馈的数量,达到节省信道资源的目的。In one embodiment, the determining unit may also determine such a PMI as a common PMI when the difference between the PMIs in certain items of different subcarriers is less than a certain threshold in some cases. It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the number of the stator carriers. As long as at least one PMI of each of the multiple subcarriers can be determined as the common PMI according to a preset rule or a certain condition, the channel resources can be saved by reducing the number of PMI feedbacks. the goal of.
一个实施例中,所述W1和所述W2中,对应所述公共PMI的第一子载波的预编码矩阵为一向量,和/或:In an embodiment, in the W1 and the W2, the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is a vector, and/or:
所述W3和所述W4中,对应所述公共PMI的第一子载波的预编码矩阵为一向量。In the W3 and the W4, the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is a vector.
例如对应所述公共PMI的第一子载波的预编码矩阵为:For example, the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000049
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000049
其中,N为正整数,k为大于等于0且小于等于N-1的整数;m为所述公共PMI对应的预编码矩阵W的长度,T表示矩阵的转置。应理解,这里转置仅仅为了表示向量的方便起见,向量在实现的调用过程中可以是一个数组。可选的,上述公式可以以矩阵的形式存储在系统中。可见,Wp是傅里叶矩阵中截取的一个向 量,应理解,当所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵不限于是所述Wp示出的形式,可以是从如下傅里叶矩阵中截取不同的位置得到的向量:Where N is a positive integer, k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1; m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI, and T represents the transposition of the matrix. It should be understood that the transposition here is merely for the convenience of representing the vector, and the vector may be an array during the calling of the implementation. Alternatively, the above formula may be stored in the system in the form of a matrix. It can be seen that W p is a vector intercepted in the Fourier matrix. It should be understood that when the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is not limited to the form shown by W p , it may be from the following Fourier matrix. Intercept the vector obtained from different locations:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000050
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000050
另一个实施例中,介绍了一另一种PMI的反馈装置。该装置可以但是不限于用于2D MIMO的天线场景:所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W5和第二预编码矩阵W6的积;所述公共PMI为所述W5的PMI和所述W6的PMI中的一个;所述第一非公共PMI为所述W5的PMI和所述W6的PMI中的另一个;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W7和第二预编码矩阵W8的积;所述公共PMI为所述W7的PMI和所述W8的PMI中的一个;所述第一非公共PMI为所述W7的PMI和所述W8的PMI中的另一个。例如,所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵(所述W5)和短期窄带特性矩阵(所述W6)的积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二载波的长期宽带特性矩阵(所述W7)和短期窄带特性矩阵(所述W8)的积;In another embodiment, a feedback device for another PMI is described. The apparatus may be, but is not limited to, an antenna scenario for 2D MIMO: a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a first precoding matrix W 5 and a second precoding matrix W 6 of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is the W PMI 5 and the W PMI 6 of one; of the first non-common PMI to the other and said W PMI 5 W PMI 6 in; the a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a product of a first precoding matrix W 7 and a second precoding matrix W 8 of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is a PMI of the W 7 and the W 8 one of the PMI; the first non-common PMI is the other of the W PMI 7 and the W PMI 8 in. For example, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix (the W 5 ) of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix (the W 6 ); the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix (the W 7 ) of the second carrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix (the W 8 );
所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示所述第二子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;The common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first sub-carrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second sub-carrier;
所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵;The first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier;
所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵。The second PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier.
下面,给出一个具体的实施例,本实施例具体给出了一种码本的组成方法和确定方法。对于某些场景,所述第一子载波可以分解为所述W5与所述W6的积,所述第二子载波可以分解为所述W7与所述W8的积,其中,所述W5表示所述第一子载波预编码矩阵的长期/宽带特性;所述W6表示所述第一子载波的短期/窄带特性;所述W7表示所述第二子载波预编码矩阵的长期/宽带特性;所述W8表示所述第二子载波的短期/窄带特性。即满足: In the following, a specific embodiment is given. In this embodiment, a composition method and a determination method of a codebook are specifically given. For some scenarios, the first subcarrier can be decomposed into the W5 and W6 of the product of the second subcarrier can be decomposed into the product of W and the W 8 7, wherein said W 5 denotes a long-term/wideband characteristic of the first subcarrier precoding matrix; the W 6 represents a short-term/narrowband characteristic of the first sub-carrier; and W 7 represents a long-term of the second sub-carrier precoding matrix /Broadband characteristics; the W 8 represents the short-term/narrowband characteristics of the second sub-carrier. That is to say:
W'(CA1)=W5×W6 W' (CA1) = W 5 × W 6
W'(CA2)=W7×W8 W' (CA2) = W 7 × W 8
其中,W'(CA1)为所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;W'(CA2)为所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵;下面,首先给出一种W'(CA1)与所述W5应的PMI(PMI5)和所述W6对应的PMI(PMI6)的关系,相应的,W'(CA2)与所述W7对应的PMI7和所述W8对应的PMI8的关系可以相同。若有码本集合B为:Wherein W' (CA1) is a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; W' (CA2) is a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; below, first, a W' (CA1) and a scheme are given relations between W 5 to be a PMI (PMI. 5) and the corresponding W 6 PMI (PMI. 6), the corresponding, W '(CA2) to the corresponding 7 PMI 7 W and W 8 corresponding to the PMI The relationship of 8 can be the same. If there is a codebook set B is:
B=[b0,b1,...b31]B=[b 0 ,b 1 ,...b 31 ]
其中,b0、b1…b31为列向量,且B中的第1+m行1+n列元素[B]1+m,1+n为:Where b 0 , b 1 ... b 31 are column vectors, and the 1+m row 1+n column element B in B is 1+m, 1+n is:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000051
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000051
应理解,本示例中,为方便描述其中的每一个元素,所述码本集合B是一个矩阵形式,码本集合也可以是以B中的列,以向量的形式构成一个集合。It should be understood that, in this example, for convenience of describing each element therein, the codebook set B is in the form of a matrix, and the codebook set may also be a column in B, and form a set in the form of a vector.
所述PMI5用于指示基站从该码本集合中选择至少一列并构成所述W5,具体的,k=PMI5,且是一个取值范围是0-15之间的整数值,用于从B中选出(指示)4列得到X(k)The PMI 5 for instructing the base station to select at least one from the codebook set and constituting the W 5, specifically, k = PMI 5, and a is an integer value in the range between 0-15, for Select (instruction) 4 columns from B to get X (k) :
X(k)=[b2kmod32 b(2k+1)mod32 b(2k+2)mod32 b(2k+3)mod32]X (k) = [b 2kmod32 b (2k+1) mod32 b (2k+2) mod32 b (2k+3) mod32 ]
其中mod是取模符号。Where mod is the modulo symbol.
进一步地得到所述W5=W5 (k)Further obtaining the W 5 = W 5 (k) :
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000052
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000052
根据所述W5 (k)构造码本集合C1Constructing a codebook set C 1 according to the W 5 (k) :
C1={W1 (0),W1 (1),W1 (2),...,W1 (15)}C 1 ={W 1 (0) , W 1 (1) , W 1 (2) ,...,W 1 (15) }
W5 (k)矩阵表征了信道的长期宽带特性,另一方面,另一个PMI(为方便表述起见,该PMI称为PMI6)用于指示基站从码本集合C1中选择至少一个元素(码本)并构成所述W6。对于不同的RI,构造不同的码本集合C2。例如,RI=1时,码本集合可以构造成如下形式: The W 5 (k) matrix characterizes the long-term broadband characteristics of the channel. On the other hand, another PMI (referred to as PMI 6 for convenience of presentation) is used to instruct the base station to select at least one element from the codebook set C 1 ( The codebook) and constitutes the W 6 . For different RI, different configurations codebook set C 2. For example, when RI=1, the codebook set can be constructed in the following form:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000053
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000053
其中,Y∈{α1234}。α可以是一个每列仅有某些位置为1的向量。Among them, Y∈{α 1 , α 2 , α 3 , α 4 }. α can be a vector with only 1 positions per column.
RI=2时,码本集合可以构造成如下形式:When RI=2, the codebook set can be constructed as follows:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000054
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000054
其中,Y1,Y2的排列顺序(Y1,Y2)可以是α1至α4的任意组合,也可以是如下形式:Wherein, Y 1, Y 2 in the order of (Y 1, Y 2) may be any combination of α 1 to α 4, it may also be in the form:
(Y1,Y2)∈{(α11),(α22),(α33),(α44),(α12),(α23),(α14),(α24)}(Y 1 , Y 2 ) ∈ {(α 1 , α 1 ), (α 2 , α 2 ), (α 3 , α 3 ), (α 4 , α 4 ), (α 1 , α 2 ), ( α 2 , α 3 ), (α 1 , α 4 ), (α 2 , α 4 )}
当所述RI=1时,根据PMI6,从C2,1中确定一个元素作为W6;当所述RI=2时,根据PMI6,从C2,2中确定一个元素作为W6When the RI = 1, according to the PMI 6, W 6 is determined as an element from C 2,1; when the RI = 2, in accordance with PMI 6, an element is determined from C 2, 2 as W 6.
对应的,公式:Corresponding, the formula:
W'(CA1)=W5×W6 W' (CA1) = W 5 × W 6
可以表示选择矩阵W6从W5中选择某些列的叠加,构成第一子载波对应的预编码矩阵。上述W5 (k)包含了4个波束的矩阵,表示长期宽带信道特性,可以被第一子载波和第二子载波共用,因此,可以对于不同的子载波可以共用一个W5,而每个子载波可以单独反馈体现短期窄带特性的矩阵W6对应的PMI6和体现短期窄带特性的矩阵W8对应的PMI8。应理解,上述示例中的各个具体数值只是为了方面表述起见给出的一个示例,在具体应用过程中,可以由天线端口、秩指示或其它参数的不同有所变化。且所述码本、所述选择方式均是示例性描述,且本发明要求保护在其它形式下的码本和选择码本的方式。It can be said that the selection matrix W 6 selects a superposition of certain columns from W 5 to form a precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier. The above W 5 (k) includes a matrix of 4 beams, indicating long-term broadband channel characteristics, which can be shared by the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier, and therefore, one W 5 can be shared for different subcarriers, and each sub- The carrier can separately feed back the PMI 6 corresponding to the matrix W 6 representing the short-term narrowband characteristics and the PMI 8 corresponding to the matrix W 8 representing the short-term narrowband characteristics. It should be understood that the specific numerical values in the above examples are only one example given for the purpose of the description, and may vary from antenna port, rank indication, or other parameters in a particular application. And the codebook and the selection manner are all exemplary descriptions, and the present invention claims a codebook in other forms and a manner of selecting a codebook.
上述W'(CA1)=W5×W6和W'(CA2)=W7×W8形式下,具体可以应用于2D MIMO场景中,预编码矩阵可以具体由信号的的长期宽带特性和短期窄带特性表示的乘积的情况。图3示出了由于其子载波长期宽带特性可以共用一个预编码矩阵时的具体实施步骤。The above W' (CA1) = W 5 × W 6 and W' (CA2) = W 7 × W 8 form, specifically applicable to 2D MIMO scenarios, the precoding matrix can be specifically determined by the long-term broadband characteristics of the signal and short-term The case of the product represented by the narrowband characteristic. Figure 3 shows the specific implementation steps when a precoding matrix can be shared due to the long-term broadband characteristics of its subcarriers.
确定单元901,用于确定至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI、至少一个 第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI用于指示体现长期宽带特性矩阵;所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示第一子载波中体现短期窄带特性矩阵;所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示第二子载波中体现短期窄带特性矩阵。a determining unit 901, configured to determine at least one public PMI, at least one first PMI, at least one a second PMI, wherein the at least one common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix; the at least one first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix in the first sub-carrier; and the at least one second PMI is used A short-term narrowband characteristic matrix is embodied in the second subcarrier.
发送单元902,用于向基站发送所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。The sending unit 902 is configured to send, to the base station, the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
应理解,本发明不限定对于各个实施例间的相互整合,和具体的所述确定单元确定PMI的顺序和具体确定方式,图8、9中的实施例均可以如图1示出的实施方式1-3执行,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the mutual integration between the various embodiments, and the specific determining unit determines the order and specific determination manner of the PMI, and the embodiments in FIGS. 8 and 9 can all be implemented as shown in FIG. Executed 1-3, and will not be described here.
为方便理解,本发明再给出一种具体的、所述确定单元通过查表具体确定PMI的实施方式,该实施方式可以用于预编码矩阵是由第一子载波预编码矩阵和第二子载波预编码矩阵以乘积的形式构成的场景。应理解,本发明中的查表,可以是查一张存储在UE或基站的表格,所述表格包括PMI与矩阵的对应关系,考虑到具体的应用,所述表格可以为多个,以便有不同的RI的值或其它参数下,PMI和具体预编码子矩阵对应不同的表格。所述确定单元获取表中需要的信息;或是一个数组或关系,用于查询对应的预编码矩阵所对应的PMI值。应理解,表格具体的形式可以由多种,可以是存储在UE或基站中的映射关系或函数关系,本发明不做限定。为方便描述,本实施例以表格形式叙述。所述确定单元确定第一子载波和第二子载波对应的长期宽带矩阵,在对应的秩中确定对应的表,例如秩指示的值范围为1-4,那么,所述确定单元在表1到表4中确定需要对应的表(表1对应秩指示1、表2对应秩指示2、表3对应秩指示3、表4对应秩指示4):For convenience of understanding, the present invention further provides a specific implementation manner in which the determining unit specifically determines a PMI by using a lookup table, where the precoding matrix can be used by the first subcarrier precoding matrix and the second sub A scenario in which a carrier precoding matrix is formed in the form of a product. It should be understood that the lookup table in the present invention may be to check a table stored in the UE or the base station, where the table includes a correspondence between the PMI and the matrix, and the table may be multiple in consideration of a specific application, so as to have Under different RI values or other parameters, the PMI and the specific precoding submatrix correspond to different tables. The determining unit acquires information required in the table; or an array or a relationship, and is used to query a PMI value corresponding to the corresponding precoding matrix. It should be understood that the specific form of the table may be multiple, and may be a mapping relationship or a function relationship stored in the UE or the base station, which is not limited by the present invention. For convenience of description, the present embodiment is described in the form of a table. The determining unit determines a long-term broadband matrix corresponding to the first sub-carrier and the second sub-carrier, and determines a corresponding table in the corresponding rank, for example, the value of the rank indication ranges from 1 to 4, then the determining unit is in Table 1. It is determined in Table 4 that the corresponding table is required (Table 1 corresponding rank indication 1, Table 2 corresponding rank indication 2, Table 3 corresponding rank indication 3, Table 4 corresponding rank indication 4):
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000055
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000055
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000056
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000056
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000057
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000057
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000058
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000058
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000059
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000059
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000060
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000060
表4Table 4
所述确定单元根据所述RI确定表1-4中的一个,再在所述确定的表中,根据具体的使用场景确定所述CA1和所述CA2的长期宽带特性矩阵,进一步根据所述长期宽带特性矩阵确定所述公共PMI(i1)的值,根据所述CA1的短期窄带特性矩阵和所述CA2的短期窄带特性矩阵对应的PMI,分别确定CA1对应的所述第一PMI(i2)的值和所述CA2对应的所述第二PMI(i2’)的值,向所述基站发送述i1、i2、i2’的值。 Determining, by the determining unit, one of the tables 1-4 according to the RI, and determining, in the determined table, a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the CA1 and the CA2 according to a specific usage scenario, further according to the long-term broadband matrix determining characteristic values of the common PMI (i 1), according to the characteristics of the narrowband CA1 short CA2 matrix and the short-term characteristic matrix corresponding to the PMI narrow band, respectively, to determine the CA1 corresponding to a first PMI (i 2 The value of the second PMI (i 2 ') corresponding to the CA2 is transmitted to the base station for the values of i1, i2, i2'.
所述确定单元在所述确定的表中,确定所述CA1和所述CA2的所述公共PMI(i1)的值的具体方式,可以根据信道特性确定,在表1-表4中,PMI(i1),PMI(i2)用于确定
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000061
中的m/n的值,由于PMI(i1)确定的特性对应物理意义上的短期窄带特性,在不同的CA中,取值可以相同,所以,在本实施例中,CA1的PMI(i1)和CA2的PMI(i1)可以作为公共PMI。
The determining unit determines, in the determined table, a specific manner of determining the value of the common PMI (i 1 ) of the CA1 and the CA2, which may be determined according to channel characteristics, in Table 1 - Table 4, PMI (i 1 ), PMI(i 2 ) is used to determine
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000061
The value of m/n, since the characteristics determined by PMI(i 1 ) correspond to the short-term narrow-band characteristics in the physical sense, the values may be the same in different CAs. Therefore, in this embodiment, the PMI of CA1 (i 1 ) and P2(i 1 ) of CA2 can be used as a public PMI.
除了采用短期窄带特性矩阵对应的PMI作为所述公共PMI外,所述确定单元也可以分别确认出所述CA1对应的长期宽带特性矩阵的PMI值和所述CA2对应的长期宽带特性矩阵的PMI值,再从中选出一个,作为所述公共PMI。应理解,若有多个CA,例如CA1,CA2,CA3的情况,同样可以确定一个公共的PMI,如CA1,CA2,CA3的短期窄带特性矩阵对应的PMI可以作为公共PMI,所述UE仅反馈1次公共PMI,就可以指示三个载波中短期窄带特性矩阵,以达到进一步节省资源的目的。当然,本实施例对于长期宽带特性和垂直方向和水平方向预编码矩阵也同样适用,在此不再赘述。当然,多个CA也可以有多个公共PMI。The determining unit may separately confirm the PMI value of the long-term broadband characteristic matrix corresponding to the CA1 and the PMI value of the long-term broadband characteristic matrix corresponding to the CA2, respectively, except that the PMI corresponding to the short-term narrow-band characteristic matrix is used as the common PMI. And select one of them as the public PMI. It should be understood that if there are multiple CAs, such as CA1, CA2, and CA3, a common PMI can be determined. For example, the PMI corresponding to the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of CA1, CA2, and CA3 can be used as a common PMI, and the UE only feedbacks. With 1 public PMI, the short-term narrow-band characteristic matrix of the three carriers can be indicated to achieve further resource saving. Of course, the present embodiment is also applicable to the long-term broadband characteristic and the vertical direction and horizontal direction precoding matrix, and details are not described herein again. Of course, multiple CAs can also have multiple public PMIs.
图9示出的实施例,所述确定单元根据表中第一子载波预编码矩阵的长期宽带特性矩阵可以与其它子载波共用,不同子载波对应的PMI可以作为公共PMI在所述确定单元确定不同子载波的两个预编码矩阵的情况下,由所述发送单元发送一次该公共PMI,所述发送单元向所述基站发送各个子载波不能公共使用的非公共PMI,用以指示2个子载波下的4个子预编码矩阵(即第一子载波和第二子载波分别的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵),且反馈的PMI个数k小于这k个PMI能确定的所有4个子预编码矩阵的个数,以达到节省信道资源的目的。应理解,这里所述根据表中第一子载波预编码矩阵的长期宽带特性矩阵可以与其它子载波共用,在其它场景下,也可能出现短期窄带特性矩阵可以与其它子载波公用的情况,这与本实施例中的确定方式是对应的,在此不再赘述。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, the determining unit may be shared with other subcarriers according to the long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier precoding matrix in the table, and the PMI corresponding to different subcarriers may be determined as the common PMI in the determining unit. In the case of two precoding matrices of different subcarriers, the common PMI is sent by the transmitting unit once, and the transmitting unit sends a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used by each subcarrier to the base station, to indicate two subcarriers. The following four sub-precoding matrices (ie, the long-term broadband characteristic matrix and the short-term narrow-band characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier, respectively), and the number of PMIs fed back is smaller than all four subpredetermined by the k PMIs. The number of coding matrices is used to save channel resources. It should be understood that the long-term broadband characteristic matrix according to the first subcarrier precoding matrix in the table may be shared with other subcarriers, and in other scenarios, the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix may be shared with other subcarriers. Corresponding to the determination manner in this embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
应理解,本发明的实施例均是所述确定单元确定两个子载波下的PMI,且本发明要求保护当子载波的数量多于两个的场景时,两个子载波的各自的PMI中有可以与其它子载波共用的PMI,同时,子载波中也可以有若干子载波与所述至少两个子载波的任何一个所反馈的PMI都不同,所述发送单元发送所述若干个子载波对应的PMI采用单独反馈的形式。例如,存在3个子载波CA1,CA2,CA3,其中,虽然CA1和CA2存在一个或多个公共PMI,但所述UE不能将CA3任何一个 PMI和CA2及CA1中任何一个PMI确定为公共PMI,那么,所述UE将单独反馈所述CA3的所有PMI。It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are all that the determining unit determines the PMI under two subcarriers, and the present invention claims that when the number of subcarriers is more than two, the respective PMIs of the two subcarriers may be a PMI that is shared with other subcarriers, and a plurality of subcarriers may be different from a PMI that is fed back by any one of the at least two subcarriers, and the sending unit sends a PMI corresponding to the several subcarriers. The form of separate feedback. For example, there are 3 subcarriers CA1, CA2, CA3, wherein although CA1 and CA2 have one or more common PMIs, the UE cannot place any of CA3 The PMI and any one of CA2 and CA1 are determined to be a common PMI, then the UE will separately feed back all PMIs of the CA3.
下面,将就本发明具体确定公共PMI的方法介绍又一个实施例。根据上述图7-9示出的实施例中,当所述确定单元确定第一子载波的某个PMIa与第二子载波的某个PMIb不同,但将PMIa用作第二子载波的PMIb时,系统的信道特性在某个容忍范围内或满足某个条件时,所述确定单元可以直接确定所述PMIa为所述公共PMI;对应的,当将PMIa用作指示第二子载波的PMIb时,系统的信道特性在某个容忍范围内或满足某个条件时,所述确定单元也可以直接确定所述PMIa为所述公共PMI;或当使用一个PMIc用作第一子载波和第二子载波的公共PMI时,即可以用作所述PMIa和所述PMIb时,可以使系统的信道特性满足某个条件时,所述确定单元也可以直接确定所述PMIc作为所述至少一个公共PMI。可选的,所述确定单元可以确定所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI、一个补偿值δ,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于确定第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI和所述δ共同指示第二子载波的预编码矩阵,并由所述发送单元向所述基站发送所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI、一个补偿值δ。应理解,所述确定单元也可以确定所述第二子载波的PMI作为所述至少一个公共PMI,所述发送单元还用于发送一个补偿值δ’,以便根据所述至少一个公共PMI、所述δ’、所述至少一个第一PMI确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;根据所述至少一个公共PMI和所述第二PMI确定所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。通常,δ占用的比特数或资源数小于一个PMI所占用的比特数或资源数。在这种情况下,可以达到在节省资源的情况下,更精确地指示两个子载波的预编码矩阵的目的。In the following, a further embodiment will be described in terms of a method of specifically determining a public PMI for the present invention. According to the embodiment shown in FIG. 7-9 above, when the determining unit determines that a certain PMI a of the first subcarrier is different from a certain PMI b of the second subcarrier, but uses PMI a as the second subcarrier. The PMI b , when the channel characteristic of the system is within a certain tolerance range or a certain condition is met, the determining unit may directly determine that the PMI a is the public PMI; correspondingly, when the PMI a is used as the indication When the PMI b of the two subcarriers is within a certain tolerance range or a certain condition is met, the determining unit may directly determine that the PMI a is the public PMI; or when using a PMI c When the common PMI of the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier is used as the PMI a and the PMI b , when the channel characteristics of the system can satisfy a certain condition, the determining unit may directly determine The PMI c acts as the at least one public PMI. Optionally, the determining unit may determine the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, and a compensation value δ, wherein the at least one common PMI and the at least a first PMI is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI, the at least one second PMI, and the δ collectively indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, and are sent by the The unit transmits the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, and a compensation value δ to the base station. It should be understood that the determining unit may also determine a PMI of the second subcarrier as the at least one common PMI, and the sending unit is further configured to send a compensation value δ′ according to the at least one common PMI. ???, the at least one first PMI determines a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; and determines a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI and the second PMI. Generally, the number of bits or resources occupied by δ is smaller than the number of bits or resources occupied by one PMI. In this case, the purpose of more accurately indicating the precoding matrix of the two subcarriers in the case of resource saving can be achieved.
可选的,所述确定单元确定并发送第一PMI补偿值δ1和/或第二PMI补偿值δ2,所述δ1用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI共同确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述δ2用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI共确定所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。Optionally, the determining unit determines and sends a first PMI compensation value δ 1 and/or a second PMI compensation value δ 2 , and the δ 1 is used for the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI Determining a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier jointly; the δ 2 is used to determine a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI.
上述所述确定单元确定并发送第一PMI补偿值δ1和/或第二PMI补偿值δ2可以分为三种情况: The above determining unit determines and transmits the first PMI compensation value δ 1 and/or the second PMI compensation value δ 2 can be classified into three cases:
情况1:Situation 1:
所述确定单元用于确定所述δ1和δ2,所述发送单元用于向所述基站发送所述δ1和δ2The determining unit is configured to determine the δ 1 and δ 2 , and the sending unit is configured to send the δ 1 and δ 2 to the base station;
情况2:Case 2:
所述确定单元用于确定所述δ1,所述发送单元用于向所述基站发送所述δ1The determining unit is configured to determine the δ 1 , and the sending unit is configured to send the δ 1 to the base station;
情况3:Case 3:
所述确定单元用于确定所述δ2,所述发送单元用于向所述基站发送所述δ2The determining unit is configured to determine the δ 2 , and the sending unit is configured to send the δ 2 to the base station.
应理解,所述δ1和δ2与UE需要反馈的PMI的顺序不受到限定,可以是同时发送,也可以先后发送。根据所述公共PMI对应不同场景,本发明给出了三种具体的实施方式:It should be understood that the order of the δ 1 and δ 2 and the PMI that the UE needs to feed back is not limited, and may be sent simultaneously or sequentially. According to the different scenarios of the public PMI, the present invention provides three specific implementation manners:
实施方式10:Embodiment 10:
当所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W1和第二预编码矩阵W2的克罗内克积,第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的第三预编码矩阵W3和第四预编码矩阵W4的克罗内克积的场景下:When the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of the first precoding matrix W1 and the second precoding matrix W2 of the first subcarrier, the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is the Under the scenario of the Kronecker product of the third precoding matrix W3 of the second subcarrier and the fourth precoding matrix W4:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000062
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000062
由于垂直方向的角度扩展远远小于水平方向的角度扩展,所以垂直方向近似于单径信道,所述确定单元可以确定垂直方向信道为近似一单径信道模型,作为一个示例,实施方式4中,所述确定单元确定W(CA1,1)对应的PMI(CA1,1)作为一个所述公共PMI,所述确定单元确定所述PMI(CA1,1)和所述W(CA2,1)对应的PMI(CA2,1)的差值可以用δa确定。所述确定单元确定W(CA1,2)对应的PMI(CA1,2)为所述第一PMI、所述确定单元确定W(CA2,2)对应的PMI(CA2,2)为所述第二PMI,这里,所述公共PMI、所述第一PMI分别用于确定(指示)W(CA1,1)和所述W(CA1,2),所述公共PMI、所述δa确定所述W(CA2,1),所述第二PMI所述W(CA2,2),以便确认所述第一子载波预编码矩阵W(CA1)、W(CA2)。应理解,所述确定单元确定PMI(CA2,1)作为所述公共PMI,对应的使用δa’和所述公共PMI指示所述W(CA1)的方法可以和上述方法相同,不再赘述。Since the angular expansion in the vertical direction is much smaller than the angular expansion in the horizontal direction, the vertical direction approximates the single-path channel, and the determining unit may determine that the vertical direction channel is approximately a single-path channel model. As an example, in Embodiment 4, The determining unit determines a PMI (CA1, 1) corresponding to W (CA1, 1) as one of the common PMIs, and the determining unit determines that the PMI (CA1, 1) and the W (CA2, 1) correspond to The difference in PMI (CA2,1) can be determined by δ a . The determining unit determines that the PMI (CA1, 2) corresponding to W (CA1, 2) is the first PMI, and the determining unit determines that the PMI (CA2, 2) corresponding to W (CA2, 2) is the second PMI, where the common PMI, the first PMI are respectively used to determine (instruct) W (CA1, 1) and the W (CA1 , 2) , the common PMI, the δ a determines the W (CA2, 1) , the second PMI describes W (CA2 , 2) to confirm the first subcarrier precoding matrix W (CA1) , W (CA2) . It should be understood that the determining unit determines the PMI (CA2, 1) as the common PMI, and the corresponding method of using the δ a ' and the common PMI to indicate the W (CA1) may be the same as the above method, and details are not described herein again.
实施方式11: Embodiment 11:
当所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W5和第二预编码矩阵W6的积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W7和第二预编码矩阵W8的积的场景下:When the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of the first precoding matrix W5 and the second precoding matrix W6 of the first subcarrier; the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is the first Under the scenario of the product of the first precoding matrix W7 and the second precoding matrix W8 of the subcarriers:
W'(CA1)=W5×W6 W' (CA1) = W 5 × W 6
W'(CA2)=W7×W8 W' (CA2) = W 7 × W 8
表示CA1长期宽带信道特性的矩阵W5可以用PMI5指示,表示CA2长期宽带信道特性的矩阵W7可以用PMI5和一个补偿值δb指示,作为一个示例,所述确定单元用于确定W5对应的PMI(PMI5)作为所述公共PMI,W6对应的PMI(PMI6)为所述第一PMI,所述确定单元用于确定所述W8对应的PMI(PMI8)为所述第二PMI,一个实施例中,所述公共PMI用于指示所述W5,所述第一PMI用于指示所述W6,所述第二PMI用于指示所述W8,所述公共PMI和所述δb用于指示所述W7,所述W5、W6用于确定所述W'(CA1)、所述W7、所述W8用于确定所述W'(CA2);另一个实施例中,所述确定单元用于根据秩指示确定所述表1-4中的对应表,所述公共PMI对应表中的i1,所述第一PMI对应表中的i2,确定第一子载波对应的预编码矩阵W;所述公共PMI和所述δb’进行运算后得到的值对应表中的i1,所述第二PMI对应表中的i2,确定第二子载波对应的预编码矩阵W2。应理解,确定PMI7作为所述公共PMI的方法和上述实施例相同,不再赘述。It represents a matrix W5 long channel characteristics wideband channel CA1 can PMI 5 indicates, denotes a matrix CA2 long channel characteristics wideband channel W7 can values PMI 5 and a compensating δ b indicates, as one example, the determination unit for determining W5 corresponding a PMI (PMI 5 ) is the PMI (PMI 6 ) is the first PMI, and the determining unit is configured to determine that the PMI (PMI 8 ) corresponding to the W8 is the second PMI, in one embodiment, the common PMI for indicating the W5, the first PMI for indicating the W6, the second PMI is used to indicate the W8, the common PMI and with the δ b Instructing the W7, the W5, W6 are used to determine the W' (CA1) , the W7, and the W8 are used to determine the W'(CA2); in another embodiment, the determining unit For determining a correspondence table in the table 1-4 according to the rank indication, the common PMI correspondence table i 1 , the first PMI correspondence table i 2 , determining a precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier W is; table corresponding to the value of the common PMI and obtained after the δ b 'calculates the i 1, the second table corresponding to the PMI i 2, determining a second Carrier corresponding precoding matrix W 2. It should be understood that the method of determining the PMI 7 as the common PMI is the same as the above embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
实施方式12:Embodiment 12:
根据上面的实施例,也可以同时给出两个补偿值,δc和δd。在这个情况下,所述δc用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI共同确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述δd用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI共确定所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。According to the above embodiment, it is also possible to simultaneously give two compensation values, δ c and δ d . In this case, the δ c is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI; the δ d is used for the at least one The common PMI and the at least one second PMI jointly determine a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
应理解,当涉及补偿值补偿的情况时,可以规定在某一次反馈不补偿所述补偿值。可以通过一个发送单元发送信令、或一个接收单元,用于接收信令,或者其它约定不采用补偿的模式。It should be understood that when it comes to the case of compensation value compensation, it may be provided that the compensation value is not compensated for at a certain feedback. Signaling may be sent by a transmitting unit, or a receiving unit for receiving signaling, or other mode that does not employ compensation.
应理解,上述关于所述确定单元确定补偿值的各个实施例给出了所述确定单元确定的依据或顺序,具体的确定方法本发明不做限定,所述补偿值的确定方式可以根据分配的比特数不同而不同,例如,当公共PMI用于分别指示第一子载波 预编码矩阵和第二子载波预编码矩阵的误差不大(即可以在容忍范围内)时,可以分配1个bit,0代表不补偿,1代表补偿,具体的补偿数值可以预定义;一个实施方式中,PMIX和PMIY用于指示第一子载波预编码矩阵,PMIZ和PMIW用于指示第二子载波预编码矩阵。当所述确定单元确定公共PMI可以是同时指示PMIX和PMIZ的值,即用公共PMI和PMIY(这里PMIY相当于所述第一PMI)指示第一子载波的预编码矩阵;用公共PMI和PMIZ(这里PMIW相当于所述第二PMI)指示第二子载波的预编码矩阵;当确定PMIX=7的时候,可以和所述第一PMI(在本实施例可以是PMIY)共同指示第一子载波预编码矩阵,若PMIW对应的特性和PMIX的差别不大或相同,即可以确定PMIW=7,这时,只要所述确定单元确定δ=0并发送δ就可以通知无需补偿;但是,若所述确定单元或系统确定以PMIW=10和所述第二PMI(在本实施例可以是PMIW)共同指示第二子载波预编码矩阵才能精确时,那么,使用公共PMI=7和所述第二PMI共同指示第二子载波预编码矩阵就会带来比较大的误差。但是若所述确定单元或系统预置的补偿值δ=1代表补偿3时,那么1比特就可以准确地指示基站侧需要以公共PMI=7再补偿3,再和第二PMI共同确定第二子载波预编码矩阵。应理解,对于本例,在某些场景下,若所述确定单元或系统预置的补偿值δ=1代表补偿2时,根据公共PMI和补偿值共同指示的值为9,若在某些容忍的范围内,同样可以被接受。It should be understood that the foregoing embodiments for determining the compensation value by the determining unit provide the basis or the sequence determined by the determining unit, and the specific determining method is not limited by the present invention, and the determining manner of the compensation value may be determined according to the The number of bits is different, for example, when the common PMI is used to indicate that the errors of the first subcarrier precoding matrix and the second subcarrier precoding matrix are not large (ie, can be within tolerance), one bit can be allocated. 0 represents no compensation, 1 represents compensation, and specific compensation values may be predefined; in one embodiment, PMI X and PMI Y are used to indicate a first subcarrier precoding matrix, and PMI Z and PMI W are used to indicate a second subcarrier. Precoding matrix. When the determining unit determines that the common PMI may be a value indicating PMI X and PMI Z at the same time, that is, using a common PMI and PMI Y (where PMI Y is equivalent to the first PMI) indicating a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; a common PMI and a PMI Z (where PMI W is equivalent to the second PMI) indicating a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; when determining PMI X = 7, may be associated with the first PMI (in this embodiment may be PMI Y ) jointly indicates the first subcarrier precoding matrix. If the difference between the PMI W and the PMI X is not the same or the same, the PMI W =7 can be determined. In this case, the determining unit determines that δ=0 and The transmission δ can be notified that no compensation is needed; however, if the determining unit or system determines that the second subcarrier precoding matrix is jointly indicated by PMI W = 10 and the second PMI (which may be PMI W in this embodiment) Then, using the common PMI=7 and the second PMI together to indicate the second subcarrier precoding matrix brings a relatively large error. However, if the compensation value δ=1 preset by the determining unit or system represents compensation 3, then 1 bit can accurately indicate that the base station side needs to recompensate 3 with a common PMI=7, and then jointly determine the second with the second PMI. Subcarrier precoding matrix. It should be understood that, in this case, in some scenarios, if the compensation value δ=1 preset by the determining unit or system represents compensation 2, the value indicated by the common PMI and the compensation value is 9 if some Within the scope of tolerance, it is equally acceptable.
应理解,上述确定单元确定所述补偿值,所述发送单元发送补偿值的方法仅仅是一个实例,在符合逻辑的范围内,补偿值的确定可以和任何一个发送补偿值的实施方式、以及本发明的其它实施例结合。It should be understood that the determining unit determines the compensation value, and the method for the sending unit to send the compensation value is only an example. In the logical range, the determination of the compensation value may be performed with any one of the implementation methods for transmitting the compensation value, and Other embodiments of the invention are combined.
利用不同子载波的垂直方向的单径特性,或不同子载波的长期宽带特性相似,可以在不同的信道模型下,所述确定单元可以确定某个子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵或长期宽带特性预编码矩阵为所述公共PMI,所述确定单元再确定一个补偿值δ;根据所述δ和所述公共PMI指示另一个子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵或长期宽带特性预编码矩阵。在根据所述第一PMI和所述第二PMI,所述发送单元指示所述不同子载波下的预编码矩阵,从而节省了信道资源,又提高了指示精度。The single-path characteristic in the vertical direction of different subcarriers, or the long-term broadband characteristics of different subcarriers are similar, and the determining unit may determine a vertical direction precoding matrix or a long-term broadband characteristic of a certain subcarrier under different channel models. The coding matrix is the common PMI, and the determining unit further determines a compensation value δ; and indicates a vertical direction precoding matrix or a long-term broadband characteristic precoding matrix of another subcarrier according to the δ and the common PMI. According to the first PMI and the second PMI, the sending unit indicates a precoding matrix under the different subcarriers, thereby saving channel resources and improving indication precision.
图10是根据本发明实施例的通信装置的示意性结构图。涉及一种预编码矩阵指示PMI的反馈的基站,该基站用于具有多载波能力的无线通信系统,所述基站使用第一子载波和第二子载波与所述UE通信。具体包括: FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present invention. A base station is involved in a precoding matrix indicating feedback of a PMI for a multi-carrier capable wireless communication system, the base station communicating with the UE using a first subcarrier and a second subcarrier. Specifically include:
具体包括:Specifically include:
接收单元1001,用于接收至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI;The receiving unit 1001 is configured to receive at least one public PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI;
确定单元1002,用于根据所述至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI确定第一子载波的预编码矩阵和第二子载波的预编码矩阵;其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。a determining unit 1002, configured to determine, according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; wherein the at least one a common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate precoding of the second subcarrier matrix.
下面,将以示例的形式对所述确定单元确定至少一个所述公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI的步骤进行具体的说明。例如,对于第一子载波CA1,所述确定单元需要确定4个PMI分别为PMI1/2/3/4,这4个PMI用于指示该CA1的预编码矩阵;对于第二子载波CA2,所述确定单元需要确定4个PMI分别为PMI5/6/7/8,这4个PMI用于指示该CA2的预编码矩阵。一个实施例中,PMI1、PMI2可以共同指示所述CA1下的一个子预编码矩阵WA1;PMI3、PMI4可以指示CA1下的另一个子预编码矩阵WB1,所述确定单元再由该WA1、WB1和确定的运算关系确定CA1预编码矩阵WA1B1。PMI5、PMI6可以共同指示所述CA2下的一个子预编码矩阵WA2;PMI7、PMI8可以指示CA2下的另一个子预编码矩阵WB2,再由该WA2、WB2和确定的运算关系确定CA1预编码矩阵WA2B2。具体的确定方式可以不同,本发明不做限定,可以是以计算预编码矩阵的参数的形式确定,例如所述UE和/或所述确定单元可以根据PMI1、PMI2两个参数计算出WA1,或者也可以是所述UE和/或所述确定单元存储或预先确定一个表格,所述确定单元可以根据PMI1、PMI2查询对应的WA1,或者,PMI1/2/3/4可以是4个参数,PMI5/6/7/8可以是4个参数,所述确定单元分别直接计算出预编码矩阵。应理解,上述一个载波下需要反馈4个PMI只是一个实例,在实际情况下,可能出现其它情况。本申请的各个实施例均不特指4个PMI。根据某种信道条件或信道模型,所述CA1中的至少一个PMI与所述CA2中的至少一个PMI相同或近似。那么就可以将CA1的所述至少一个PMI和所述CA2中的所述至少一个PMI确定为所述公共PMI。其中,近似在这里指可以等同,比如,即使两个PMI不同,但是两个PMI的差值很小,最终基站根据各自的计算得到的CA1的预编码矩阵和CA2的预编码矩阵的信道模型在 可以容忍的范围内。例如PMI1和PMI5对应,在满足某些条件的情况下,可以确定为公共PMIC1;PMI3和PMI7对应,可以确定为公共PMIC2,即:Hereinafter, the steps of determining, by the determining unit, at least one of the common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI will be specifically described in the form of an example. For example, for the first subcarrier CA1, the determining unit needs to determine that the four PMIs are respectively PMI1/2/3/4, and the four PMIs are used to indicate the precoding matrix of the CA1; for the second subcarrier CA2, The determining unit needs to determine that the four PMIs are respectively PMI5/6/7/8, and the four PMIs are used to indicate the precoding matrix of the CA2. In an embodiment, PMI1 and PMI2 may jointly indicate one sub-precoding matrix W A1 under the CA1; PMI3 and PMI4 may indicate another sub-precoding matrix W B1 under CA1, and the determining unit is further determined by the W A1 , W B1 and the determined operational relationship determine the CA1 precoding matrix W A1B1 . PMI5, PMI6 may jointly indicate a sub-precoding matrix W A2 under the CA2; PMI7, PMI8 may indicate another sub-precoding matrix W B2 under CA2, and then determined by the W A2 , W B2 and the determined operational relationship CA1 precoding matrix W A2B2 . The specific determination manner may be different, and the present invention is not limited, and may be determined in the form of calculating parameters of the precoding matrix. For example, the UE and/or the determining unit may calculate W A1 according to two parameters of PMI1 and PMI2. Alternatively, the UE and/or the determining unit may store or predetermine a table, and the determining unit may query the corresponding W A1 according to PMI1, PMI2, or PMI1/2/3/4 may be 4 parameters. The PMI 5/6/7/8 may be 4 parameters, and the determining unit directly calculates the precoding matrix. It should be understood that the need to feed back 4 PMIs under one carrier is only an example, and in actual situations, other situations may occur. Each embodiment of the present application does not specifically refer to four PMIs. At least one PMI in the CA1 is the same as or similar to at least one PMI in the CA2 according to a certain channel condition or channel model. Then, the at least one PMI of CA1 and the at least one PMI of the CA2 may be determined as the common PMI. Wherein, the approximation here is equivalent, for example, even if the two PMIs are different, the difference between the two PMIs is small, and the final base station according to the respective calculated CA1 precoding matrix and the channel model of the CA2 precoding matrix are Can be tolerated within the scope. For example, PMI1 and PMI5 correspond to each other. When certain conditions are met, it can be determined as public PMI C1 ; PMI3 and PMI7 correspond to each other and can be determined as public PMI C2 , namely:
PMI1=PMI5=PMIC1 PMI 1 = PMI 5 = PMI C1
PMI3=PMI7=PMIC2 PMI 3 = PMI 7 = PMI C2
那么,参考步骤401,所述接收单元可以接收公共PMI:PMIC1、PMIC2;和第一PMI:PMI2、PMI4;第二PMI:PMI6、PMI8。确定公共PMI的方法通常是由信道特性决定的,例如PMI1和PMI5用于指示的是某些特定的矩阵参数,这些参数在某些场景(例如高楼场景,或宽阔地带的场景)下相关性较高,其数值相等或差值可以忽略不计;或PMI1和PMI5在某些场景下,指示的表中的同某一类矩阵组成的矩阵集合,其它PMI2/PMI6进一步指示这一矩阵集合中的某个矩阵(该矩阵是矩阵集合中的元素),那么,PMI1和PMI5在很多相同的场景下,就可以被确定为公共PMI1;同理,PMI3、PMI7也可以采用上述的指示方式。或者基站侧可以直接预先确定所述PMIC1、PMIC2是公共PMI,且PMIC1代表PMI1/PMI5、PMIC2代表PMI3/PMI7,并发送给UE。Then, referring to step 401, the receiving unit may receive a common PMI: PMI C1 , PMI C2 ; and a first PMI: PMI2, PMI4; and a second PMI: PMI6, PMI8. The method of determining the common PMI is usually determined by the channel characteristics. For example, PMI1 and PMI5 are used to indicate certain matrix parameters, which are related in some scenarios (such as high-rise scenes or wide-area scenes). High, whose values are equal or the difference is negligible; or PMI1 and PMI5, in some scenarios, indicate a matrix set of the same type of matrix in the table, and other PMI2/PMI6 further indicate one of the matrix sets. The matrix (which is an element in the matrix set), then PMI1 and PMI5 can be determined to be the common PMI 1 in many identical scenarios; similarly, PMI3 and PMI7 can also use the above indication. Alternatively, the base station side may directly determine that the PMI C1 and the PMI C2 are common PMIs, and the PMI C1 represents PMI1/PMI5, and the PMI C2 represents PMI3/PMI7, and is sent to the UE.
所述确定单元可以预置规则,或通过发送单元或接收单元与UE或其它网络设备协商的方式确定公共PMI、第一PMI、第二PMI,也可以是所述接收单元直接在接收反馈PMI的信令或其它信令中指所述公共PMI、第一PMI、第二PMI,所述确定单元根据所述指示,确定所述预编码矩阵。例如确定高楼场景下,所述PMI1与PMI5,确定为公共PMI,这一预置规则同样在与之交互的UE中。这一指示过程,也可以来自其它UE或者其它网络侧设备。The determining unit may preset a rule, or determine a public PMI, a first PMI, a second PMI by means of a sending unit or a receiving unit to negotiate with a UE or other network device, or may be that the receiving unit directly receives a feedback PMI. The signaling or other signaling refers to the common PMI, the first PMI, and the second PMI, and the determining unit determines the precoding matrix according to the indication. For example, in a high-rise scenario, the PMI 1 and the PMI 5 are determined to be a public PMI, and the preset rule is also in the UE with which it interacts. This indication process can also come from other UEs or other network side devices.
应理解,本发明不限定步骤402中,所述所述确定单元根据所述至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI确定第一子载波的预编码矩阵和第二子载波的预编码矩阵的具体过程,可以是不同RI一一对应不同的PMI表,在所述确定单元确定RI的值后,所述所述确定单元从所述多个PMI表中确定与所述RI的值对应的PMI表,所述PMI表可以包括PMI与预编码矩阵的对应关系和/或PMI与预编码子矩阵的对应关系。所述确定单元根据公共PMI和第一PMI确定CA1的预编码矩阵,或公共PMI和第二PMI确定CA2对应的预编码矩阵。其中所述PMI表可以是一个具体的表格,或是一个存储在存储器中的多个对应关系集合。 It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to step 402, and the determining unit determines a precoding matrix and a second subcarrier of the first subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI. The specific process of the precoding matrix may be that different RIs correspond to different PMI tables, and after the determining unit determines the value of the RI, the determining unit determines the RI from the plurality of PMI tables. The value corresponds to the PMI table, and the PMI table may include a correspondence between the PMI and the precoding matrix and/or a correspondence between the PMI and the precoding submatrix. The determining unit determines a precoding matrix of CA1 according to the common PMI and the first PMI, or determines a precoding matrix corresponding to CA2 by the common PMI and the second PMI. The PMI table may be a specific table or a plurality of corresponding relationship sets stored in the memory.
通过本实施例描述的PMI接收和确定的方式,可以利用在不同的场景下,不同子载波间的某些项中的PMI相同,整合不同子载波对应各自的PMI,使得所述接收单元在一个确定预编码矩阵的过程中只接收一次公共的PMI,公共的PMI用于指示不同子载波的预编码矩阵,使得所述确定单元通过公共PMI和各个不同子载波下的非公共PMI(本实施例中是第一PMI、第二PMI)分别确定各个子载波的预编码矩阵。本实施例中,所述接收单元接收各个子载波可以公共使用的PMI和不能公共使用的非公共PMI,其中,在所述确定单元一次确定两个子载波预编码矩阵的过程中,所述接收单元接收的PMI的总数为K,用以指示两个子载波下的Q个预编码矩阵,且反馈的PMI个数K小于Q的数量,以达到节省信道资源的目的。应理解,本发明所述公共PMI,第一PMI和第二PMI不一定独立存在,可以是以同一消息的不同个字段称为公共PMI,第一PMI,第二PMI,根据本发明的实施例,可以将原本反馈两次的公共PMI字段减少一个,以达到节省比特数的效果。In the PMI receiving and determining manner described in this embodiment, the PMI in some items between different subcarriers may be the same in different scenarios, and different subcarriers are integrated corresponding to the respective PMIs, so that the receiving unit is in one The common PMI is received only once in the process of determining the precoding matrix, and the common PMI is used to indicate the precoding matrix of different subcarriers, so that the determining unit passes the common PMI and the non-public PMI under different subcarriers (this embodiment) The first PMI and the second PMI) respectively determine a precoding matrix of each subcarrier. In this embodiment, the receiving unit receives a PMI that can be commonly used by each subcarrier and a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used, where the receiving unit is in the process of determining the two subcarrier precoding matrices at one time. The total number of received PMIs is K, which is used to indicate Q precoding matrices under two subcarriers, and the number of PMIs fed back is less than the number of Qs, so as to save channel resources. It should be understood that, in the public PMI of the present invention, the first PMI and the second PMI do not necessarily exist independently, and may be referred to as a common PMI, a first PMI, a second PMI, according to an embodiment of the present invention. You can reduce the number of common PMI fields that were originally fed back twice to save the number of bits.
一个实施例中,针对3D MIMO场景或者类似场景,所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W1和所述第一子载波的第二预编码矩阵W2的克罗内克积;PMI1为所述W1的PMI和所述W2的PMI中的一个;PMI2为所述W1的PMI和所述W2的PMI中的另一个;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的第三预编码矩阵W3和所述第二子载波的第四预编码矩阵W4的克罗内克积;所述PMI1为所述W3的PMI和所述W4的PMI中的一个;PMI3为所述W3的PMI和所述W4的PMI中的另一个。当W1为所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵、W2为所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵;当W3为所述第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵、W4为所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵时。In an embodiment, for a 3D MIMO scenario or the like, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a first precoding matrix W1 of the first subcarrier and a second precoding matrix of the first subcarrier. a Kronecker product of W2; PMI1 is one of the PMI of the W1 and the PMI of the W2; PMI2 is the other of the PMI of the W1 and the PMI of the W2; the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a Kronecker product of a third precoding matrix W3 of the second subcarrier and a fourth precoding matrix W4 of the second subcarrier; the PMI1 is a PMI of the W3 and the One of the PMIs of W4; PMI3 is the other of the PMI of the W3 and the PMI of the W4. When W1 is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, W2 is a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; and when W3 is a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, W4 is When the horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is described.
图11是根据本发明实施例的通信装置的示意性结构图。涉及一种预编码矩阵指示PMI的反馈的基站,该基站用于具有多载波能力的无线通信系统,所述基站使用第一子载波和第二子载波与UE通信。所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述公共PMI 用于指示所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵;所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵。11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present invention. A base station is involved in a precoding matrix indicating feedback of a PMI for a multi-carrier capable wireless communication system, the base station communicating with a UE using a first subcarrier and a second subcarrier. The precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; the common PMI a vertical direction precoding matrix for indicating the first subcarrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; the first PMI is used to indicate the first subcarrier a horizontal direction precoding matrix; the second PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
具体包括:Specifically include:
接收单元1101,用于接收至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI、至少一个第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI用于指示垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示第一子载波水平方向预编码矩阵;所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示第二子载波水平方向预编码矩阵。The receiving unit 1101 is configured to receive at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix; the at least one first PMI is used to And indicating a first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix; the at least one second PMI is used to indicate a second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix.
确定单元1102,用于根据所述至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI确定第一子载波的预编码矩阵和第二子载波的预编码矩阵;其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。a determining unit 1102, configured to determine, according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; wherein the at least one a common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate precoding of the second subcarrier matrix.
对于3D MIMO或类似场景,天线分布可以看作呈垂直方向排列和水平方向排列,所以,所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵可以看作垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵,所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵可以看作垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵,例如:所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W1和第二预编码矩阵W2的克罗内克积,第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的第三预编码矩阵W3和第四预编码矩阵W4的克罗内克积时,即满足:For 3D MIMO or the like, the antenna distribution can be regarded as being arranged in a vertical direction and in a horizontal direction. Therefore, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier can be regarded as a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix. The precoding matrix of the second subcarrier may be regarded as a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix. For example, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is the first precoding matrix W1 of the first subcarrier and a Kronecker product of the second precoding matrix W2, when the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a Kronecker product of the third precoding matrix W3 and the fourth precoding matrix W4 of the second subcarrier, That is to say:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000063
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000063
其中,W(CA1)为所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵,W(CA2)为所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵,W(CA1,1)为第一子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵,W(CA1,2)为第一子载波水平方向预编码矩阵;W(CA2,1)为第二子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵,W(CA2,2)为第二子载波水平方向预编码矩阵。由于一般场景下,垂直方向的角度扩展远远小于水平方向的角度扩展,所以垂直方向近似于单径信道,所述确定单元可以确定垂直方向信道为一单径信道模型,进一步地,可以近似或等同为UE需要反馈的不同子载 波下垂直方向预编码矩阵对应的PMI相等,对应本实施例,用于指示第一子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵W(CA1,1)的PMI(CA1,1)和用于指示第二子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵W(CA2,1)的PMI(CA2,1)相等,即:Where W (CA1) is a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier, W (CA2) is a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, and W (CA1, 1) is a first subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix. , W (CA1, 2) is the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix; W (CA2, 1) is the second subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix, and W (CA2, 2) is the second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix. In the general scenario, the angular expansion in the vertical direction is much smaller than the angular expansion in the horizontal direction, so the vertical direction approximates the single-path channel, and the determining unit may determine that the vertical direction channel is a single-path channel model, and further, may approximate or The PMI corresponding to the vertical direction precoding matrix is equal to the different subcarriers that the UE needs to feed back. Corresponding to the embodiment, the PMI (CA1, 1) indicating the vertical precoding matrix W (CA1, 1) of the first subcarrier is used . It is equal to the PMI (CA2, 1) used to indicate the second subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix W (CA2, 1) , namely:
PMI(CA1,1)=PMI(CA2,1)=PMIC PMI (CA1,1) =PMI (CA2,1) =PMI C
在这样的情况下,所述确定单元可以确定UE所述PMIC为所述至少一个公共PMI。对应的,所述确定单元可以确定用于指示所述第一子载波水平方向预编码矩阵W(CA1,2)的PMI(CA1,2)为所述至少一个第一PMI;确定用于指示所述第二子载波水平方向预编码矩阵W(CA2,2)的PMI(CA2,2)为所述至少一个第二PMI。基于上述条件,即在垂直方向近似于单径信道,可以保证在接收单元接收到所述UE发送PMIC、PMI(CA1,2)、PMI(CA2,2)的情况下,根据所述PMIC和PMI(CA1,2)确定所述W(CA1);根据所述所述PMIC和PMI(CA2,2)确定所述W(CA2,2)。使得基站根据所述PMIC和PMI(CA1,2)确定所述W(CA1);根据所述PMIC和PMI(CA2,2)确定所述W(CA2,2)。这里的确定也可以是接收UE或者其它设备的指示获取的或者是两者协商确定的。In such a case, the determining unit may determine that the PMI C of the UE is the at least one public PMI. Correspondingly, the determining unit may determine that the PMI (CA1, 2) used to indicate the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix W (CA1, 2) is the at least one first PMI; The PMI (CA2, 2) of the second subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix W (CA2, 2) is the at least one second PMI. Based on the above conditions, that is, approximating the single-path channel in the vertical direction, it can be ensured that, when the receiving unit receives the PMI C , PMI (CA1 , 2) , and PMI (CA2, 2) sent by the UE, according to the PMI C And PMI (CA1, 2) determines the W (CA1) ; the W (CA2, 2) is determined according to the PMI C and PMI (CA2, 2) . The base station determines that PMI C and the PMI (CA1,2) the W (CA1); determining the W (CA2,2) based on the PMI C and PMI (CA2,2). The determination here may also be determined by the receiving UE or other device, or both.
根据上述实施例的描述,在第一子载波的预编码矩阵可以分解为垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵的情况时,所述PMI可以分别指示垂直方向预编码矩阵和水平方向预编码矩阵,利用其垂直方向波束的角度扩展比较小的特点,所述接收单元接收所述UE发送各个子载波可以公共使用的PMI和不能公共使用的非公共PMI,其中,所述确定单元在一次确定两个子载波预编码矩阵的过程中,反馈的PMI的总数为K,用以指示两个子载波下的Q个预编码矩阵,且反馈的PMI个数K小于Q的数量,以达到节省信道资源的目的。应理解,若天线的位置、信道特性或其它条件发生变化导致其水平方向波束的角度扩展远远小于垂直方向的角度扩展时,可以确定水平方向信道为一个近似单径信道的模型,可以确定用于指示第一子载波水平方向预编码矩阵的PMI为所述至少一个公共PMI,用于指示第一子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵的PMI为所述至少一个第一PMI,用于指示第二子载波垂直方向预编码矩阵的PMI为所述至少一个第二PMI。具体的步骤、流程和上述实施例相同,在此不再赘述。According to the description of the above embodiment, when the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier can be decomposed into a vertical direction precoding matrix and a horizontal direction precoding matrix, the PMI can respectively indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix and horizontal direction precoding. a matrix that utilizes a relatively small angular spread of a beam in a vertical direction thereof, the receiving unit receiving a PMI that the UE transmits a common sub-carrier and a non-public PMI that cannot be commonly used, wherein the determining unit determines at one time In the process of two subcarrier precoding matrices, the total number of PMIs fed back is K, which is used to indicate Q precoding matrices under two subcarriers, and the number of PMIs fed back is smaller than the number of Qs to save channel resources. purpose. It should be understood that if the position, channel characteristics or other conditions of the antenna change such that the angular spread of the horizontal beam is much smaller than the angular spread of the vertical direction, it can be determined that the horizontal channel is a model of an approximate single-path channel, which can be determined. The PMI indicating the first subcarrier horizontal direction precoding matrix is the at least one common PMI, and the PMI indicating the first subcarrier vertical direction precoding matrix is the at least one first PMI, and is used to indicate the second sub The PMI of the carrier vertical direction precoding matrix is the at least one second PMI. The specific steps and procedures are the same as those in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
应理解,关于信道模型的判断,可以是一个通过达到某一条件确定的条件, 可以是直接配置或根据所述确定单元或UE计算、确定的。It should be understood that the judgment about the channel model may be a condition determined by reaching a certain condition, It may be directly configured or calculated and determined according to the determining unit or UE.
一个实施例中,当某些情况下,不同子载波的某些项中的PMI间的差值小于某一阈值,也可以将这样的PMI确定为公共PMI。应理解,本发明不限定子载波的数量,只要多个子载波各自的至少一个PMI可以根据预设规则或一定条件被确定为所述公共PMI,就可以通过减少PMI反馈的数量,达到节省信道资源的目的。In one embodiment, such a PMI may also be determined to be a common PMI when the difference between PMIs in certain items of different subcarriers is less than a certain threshold in some cases. It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the number of the stator carriers. As long as at least one PMI of each of the multiple subcarriers can be determined as the common PMI according to a preset rule or a certain condition, the channel resources can be saved by reducing the number of PMI feedbacks. the goal of.
一个实施例中,所述W1和所述W2中,对应所述公共PMI的第一子载波的预编码矩阵为一向量,和/或:In an embodiment, in the W1 and the W2, the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is a vector, and/or:
所述W3和所述W4中,对应所述公共PMI的第一子载波的预编码矩阵为一向量。In the W3 and the W4, the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is a vector.
例如对应所述公共PMI的第一子载波的预编码矩阵为:For example, the precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier of the common PMI is:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000064
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000064
其中,N为正整数,k为大于等于0且小于等于N-1的整数;m为所述公共PMI对应的预编码矩阵W的长度,T表示矩阵的转置。应理解,这里转置仅仅为了表示向量的方便起见,向量在实现的调用过程中可以是一个数组。可选的,上述公式可以以矩阵的形式存储在系统中。可见,Wp是傅里叶矩阵中截取的一个向量,应理解,当所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵不限于是所述Wp示出的形式,可以是从如下傅里叶矩阵中截取不同的位置得到的向量:Where N is a positive integer, k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1; m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI, and T represents the transposition of the matrix. It should be understood that the transposition here is merely for the convenience of representing the vector, and the vector may be an array during the calling of the implementation. Alternatively, the above formula may be stored in the system in the form of a matrix. It can be seen that W p is a vector intercepted in the Fourier matrix. It should be understood that when the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is not limited to the form shown by W p , it may be from the following Fourier matrix. Intercept the vector obtained from different locations:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000065
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000065
另一个实施例中,介绍了一另一种PMI的反馈装置。该方法可以但是不限于用于2D MIMO的天线场景。所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W5和第二预编码矩阵W6的积;所述公共PMI为所述W5的PMI和所 述W6的PMI中的一个;所述第一非公共PMI为所述W5的PMI和所述W6的PMI中的另一个;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W7和第二预编码矩阵W8的积;所述公共PMI为所述W7的PMI和所述W8的PMI中的一个;所述第一非公共PMI为所述W7的PMI和所述W8的PMI中的另一个。例如,所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵(所述W5)和短期窄带特性矩阵(所述W6)的积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二载波的长期宽带特性矩阵(所述W7)和短期窄带特性矩阵(所述W8)的积;In another embodiment, a feedback device for another PMI is described. The method can be, but is not limited to, an antenna scene for 2D MIMO. The precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a first precoding matrix W 5 and a second precoding matrix W 6 of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is the PMI of the W 5 and the a PMI W 6 in; the first non PMI common to the other and said W PMI 5 W PMI 6 in; the precoding matrix to the second subcarrier of the first sub- a product of a first precoding matrix W 7 and a second precoding matrix W 8 of the carrier; the common PMI being one of the PMI of the W 7 and the PMI of the W 8 ; the first non-public PMI is the W PMI 7 W and the other PMI 8 in. For example, the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix (the W 5 ) of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix (the W 6 ); the second subcarrier a precoding matrix is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix (the W 7 ) of the second carrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix (the W 8 );
所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示所述第二子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;The common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first sub-carrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second sub-carrier;
所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵;The first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier;
所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵。The second PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier.
下面,给出一个具体的实施例,本实施例具体给出了一种码本的组成方法和确定方法。对于某些场景,所述第一子载波可以分解为所述W5与所述W6的积,所述第二子载波可以分解为所述W7与所述W8的积,其中,所述W5表示所述第一子载波预编码矩阵的长期/宽带特性;所述W6表示所述第一子载波的短期/窄带特性;所述W7表示所述第二子载波预编码矩阵的长期/宽带特性;所述W8表示所述第二子载波的短期/窄带特性。即满足:In the following, a specific embodiment is given. In this embodiment, a composition method and a determination method of a codebook are specifically given. For some scenarios, the first subcarrier can be decomposed into the W5 and W6 of the product of the second subcarrier can be decomposed into the product of W and the W 8 7, wherein said W 5 denotes a long-term/wideband characteristic of the first subcarrier precoding matrix; the W 6 represents a short-term/narrowband characteristic of the first sub-carrier; and W 7 represents a long-term of the second sub-carrier precoding matrix /Broadband characteristics; the W 8 represents the short-term/narrowband characteristics of the second sub-carrier. That is to say:
W'(CA1)=W5×W6 W' (CA1) = W 5 × W 6
W'(CA2)=W7×W8 W' (CA2) = W 7 × W 8
其中,W'(CA1)为所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;W'(CA2)为所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵;下面,首先给出一种W'(CA1)与所述W5应的PMI(PMI5)和所述W6对应的PMI(PMI6)的关系,相应的,W'(CA2)与所述W7对应的PMI7和所述W8对应的PMI8的关系可以相同。若有码本集合B为:Wherein W' (CA1) is a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; W' (CA2) is a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; below, first, a W' (CA1) and a scheme are given relations between W 5 to be a PMI (PMI. 5) and the corresponding W 6 PMI (PMI. 6), the corresponding, W '(CA2) to the corresponding 7 PMI 7 W and W 8 corresponding to the PMI The relationship of 8 can be the same. If there is a codebook set B is:
B=[b0,b1,...b31]B=[b 0 ,b 1 ,...b 31 ]
其中,b0、b1…b31为列向量,且B中的第1+m行1+n列元素[B]1+m,1+n为:Where b 0 , b 1 ... b 31 are column vectors, and the 1+m row 1+n column element B in B is 1+m, 1+n is:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000066
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000066
应理解,本示例中,为方便描述其中的每一个元素,所述码本集合B是一个矩阵形式,码本集合也可以是以B中的列,以向量的形式构成一个集合。It should be understood that, in this example, for convenience of describing each element therein, the codebook set B is in the form of a matrix, and the codebook set may also be a column in B, and form a set in the form of a vector.
所述PMI5用于指示基站从该码本集合中选择至少一列并构成所述W5,具体的,k=PMI5,且是一个取值范围是0-15之间的整数值,用于从B中选出(指示)4列得到X(k)The PMI 5 for instructing the base station to select at least one from the codebook set and constituting the W 5, specifically, k = PMI 5, and a is an integer value in the range between 0-15, for Select (instruction) 4 columns from B to get X (k) :
X(k)=[b2kmod32 b(2k+1)mod32 b(2k+2)mod32 b(2k+3)mod32]X (k) = [b 2kmod32 b (2k+1) mod32 b (2k+2) mod32 b (2k+3) mod32 ]
其中mod是取模符号。Where mod is the modulo symbol.
进一步地得到所述W5=W5 (k)Further obtaining the W 5 = W 5 (k) :
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000067
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000067
根据所述W5 (k)构造码本集合C1Constructing a codebook set C 1 according to the W 5 (k) :
C1={W1 (0),W1 (1),W1 (2),...,W1 (15)}C 1 ={W 1 (0) , W 1 (1) , W 1 (2) ,...,W 1 (15) }
W5 (k)矩阵表征了信道的长期宽带特性,另一方面,另一个PMI(为方便表述起见,该PMI称为PMI6)用于指示基站从码本集合C1中选择至少一个元素(码本)并构成所述W6。对于不同的RI,构造不同的码本集合C2。例如,RI=1时,码本集合可以构造成如下形式:The W 5 (k) matrix characterizes the long-term broadband characteristics of the channel. On the other hand, another PMI (referred to as PMI 6 for convenience of presentation) is used to instruct the base station to select at least one element from the codebook set C 1 ( The codebook) and constitutes the W 6 . For different RI, different configurations codebook set C 2. For example, when RI=1, the codebook set can be constructed in the following form:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000068
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000068
其中,Y∈{α1234}。α可以是一个每列仅有某些位置为1的向量。Among them, Y∈{α 1 , α 2 , α 3 , α 4 }. α can be a vector with only 1 positions per column.
RI=2时,码本集合可以构造成如下形式:When RI=2, the codebook set can be constructed as follows:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000069
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000069
其中,Y1,Y2的排列顺序(Y1,Y2)可以是α1至α4的任意组合,也可以是如下形式:Wherein, Y 1, Y 2 in the order of (Y 1, Y 2) may be any combination of α 1 to α 4, it may also be in the form:
(Y1,Y2)∈{(α11),(α22),(α33),(α44),(α12),(α23),(α14),(α24)}(Y 1 , Y 2 ) ∈ {(α 1 , α 1 ), (α 2 , α 2 ), (α 3 , α 3 ), (α 4 , α 4 ), (α 1 , α 2 ), ( α 2 , α 3 ), (α 1 , α 4 ), (α 2 , α 4 )}
当所述RI=1时,根据PMI6,从C2,1中确定一个元素作为W6;当所述RI=2时, 根据PMI6,从C2,2中确定一个元素作为W6When the RI = 1, according to the PMI 6, W 6 is determined as an element from C 2,1; when the RI = 2, in accordance with PMI 6, an element is determined from C 2, 2 as W 6.
对应的,公式:Corresponding, the formula:
W'(CA1)=W5×W6 W' (CA1) = W 5 × W 6
可以表示选择矩阵W6从W5中选择某些列的叠加,构成第一子载波对应的预编码矩阵。上述W5 (k)包含了4个波束的矩阵,表示长期宽带信道特性,可以被第一子载波和第二子载波共用,因此,可以对于不同的子载波可以共用一个W5,而每个子载波可以单独反馈体现短期窄带特性的矩阵W6对应的PMI6和体现短期窄带特性的矩阵W8对应的PMI8。应理解,上述示例中的各个具体数值只是为了方面表述起见给出的一个示例,在具体应用过程中,可以由天线端口、秩指示或其它参数的不同有所变化。且所述码本、所述选择方式均是示例性描述,且本发明要求保护在其它形式下的码本和选择码本的方式。It can be said that the selection matrix W 6 selects a superposition of certain columns from W 5 to form a precoding matrix corresponding to the first subcarrier. The above W 5 (k) includes a matrix of 4 beams, indicating long-term broadband channel characteristics, which can be shared by the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier, and therefore, one W 5 can be shared for different subcarriers, and each sub- The carrier can separately feed back the PMI 6 corresponding to the matrix W 6 representing the short-term narrowband characteristics and the PMI 8 corresponding to the matrix W 8 representing the short-term narrowband characteristics. It should be understood that the specific numerical values in the above examples are only one example given for the purpose of the description, and may vary from antenna port, rank indication, or other parameters in a particular application. And the codebook and the selection manner are all exemplary descriptions, and the present invention claims a codebook in other forms and a manner of selecting a codebook.
上述W'(CA1)=W5×W6和W'(CA2)=W7×W8形式下,具体可以应用于2D MIMO场景中,预编码矩阵可以具体由信号的的长期宽带特性和短期窄带特性表示的乘积的情况。图12示出了由于其子载波长期宽带特性可以共用一个预编码矩阵时的基站装置的实施步骤。The above W' (CA1) = W 5 × W 6 and W' (CA2) = W 7 × W 8 form, specifically applicable to 2D MIMO scenarios, the precoding matrix can be specifically determined by the long-term broadband characteristics of the signal and short-term The case of the product represented by the narrowband characteristic. Fig. 12 shows an implementation step of a base station apparatus when a precoding matrix can be shared due to the long-term broadband characteristics of its subcarriers.
接收单元1201,用于接收至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI;其中,所述至少一个公共PMI用于指示体现长期宽带特性矩阵;所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示第一子载波中体现短期窄带特性矩阵;所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示第二子载波中体现短期窄带特性矩阵。The receiving unit 1201 is configured to receive at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI is used to indicate that a long-term broadband characteristic matrix is embodied; the at least one first PMI is used to Indicates that a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix is embodied in the first subcarrier; and the at least one second PMI is used to indicate that the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix is embodied in the second subcarrier.
确定单元1201,用于根据所述至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI确定第一子载波的预编码矩阵和第二子载波的预编码矩阵;其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。a determining unit 1201, configured to determine, according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; wherein the at least one a common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate precoding of the second subcarrier matrix.
为方便理解,本发明再给出一种具体的、通过查表具体确定PMI的实施方式,该实施方式可以用于预编码矩阵是由第一子载波预编码矩阵和第二子载波预编码矩阵以乘积的形式构成的场景。应理解,本发明中的查表,可以是所述确定单元查一张存储在UE或基站的表格,所述表格包括PMI与矩阵的对应关系,考虑 到具体的应用,所述表格可以为多个,以便有不同的RI的值或其它参数下,PMI和具体预编码子矩阵对应不同的表格。所述确定单元可以确定或通过所述接收单元获取表中需要的信息;或是一个数组或关系,用于查询对应的PMI值所对应的预编码矩阵。应理解,表格具体的形式可以由多种,可以是存储在UE或所述基站存储器中的映射关系或函数关系,本发明不做限定。为方便描述,本实施例以表格形式叙述。所述确定单元根据PMI确定第一子载波和第二子载波对应的长期宽带矩阵,在对应的秩中确定对应的表,例如秩指示的值范围为1-4,那么,在表1到表4中确定需要对应的表(表1对应秩指示1、表2对应秩指示2、表3对应秩指示3、表4对应秩指示4):For convenience of understanding, the present invention further provides a specific implementation method for specifically determining a PMI by using a lookup table, where the precoding matrix can be used by a first subcarrier precoding matrix and a second subcarrier precoding matrix. A scene constructed in the form of a product. It should be understood that, in the look-up table in the present invention, the determining unit may check a table stored in a UE or a base station, where the table includes a correspondence between a PMI and a matrix, and To a specific application, the table may be multiple, so that the PMI and the specific precoding submatrix correspond to different tables under different RI values or other parameters. The determining unit may determine or obtain information required in the table by using the receiving unit; or an array or a relationship for querying a precoding matrix corresponding to the corresponding PMI value. It should be understood that the specific form of the table may be multiple, and may be a mapping relationship or a function relationship stored in the UE or the base station memory, which is not limited by the present invention. For convenience of description, the present embodiment is described in the form of a table. The determining unit determines, according to the PMI, a long-term broadband matrix corresponding to the first sub-carrier and the second sub-carrier, and determines a corresponding table in the corresponding rank, for example, the value of the rank indication ranges from 1 to 4, then, in Table 1 to Table 4 determines the corresponding table to be required (Table 1 corresponds to rank indication 1, Table 2 corresponds to rank indication 2, Table 3 corresponds to rank indication 3, and Table 4 corresponds to rank indication 4):
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000070
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000070
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000071
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000071
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000072
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000072
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000073
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000073
表3 table 3
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000074
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000074
表4Table 4
根据所述RI确定表1-4中的一个,所述接收单元接收到公共PMI(i1)、第一PMI(i2)、第二PMI(i2’)后,所述确定单元再在所述确定的表中,根据具体的使用场景确定所述CA1和所述CA2的所述公共PMI(i1)的值对应的长期宽带特性预编码矩阵,根据所述第一PMI和所述第二PMI确定CA1的短期窄带特性矩阵和所述CA2的短期窄带特性矩阵。Determining one of the tables 1-4 according to the RI, after the receiving unit receives the public PMI (i1), the first PMI (i2), and the second PMI (i2'), the determining unit is further determined in the determining The long-term broadband characteristic precoding matrix corresponding to the value of the common PMI (i 1 ) of the CA1 and the CA2 is determined according to a specific usage scenario, and is determined according to the first PMI and the second PMI. A short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of CA1 and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the CA2.
应理解,若有多个CA,例如CA1,CA2,CA3的情况,所述接收单元同样可以接收一个公共的PMI,如CA1,CA2,CA3的短期窄带特性矩阵对应的PMI可以作为公共PMI,反馈1次公共PMI,就可以指示三个载波中短期窄带特性矩阵,基站接收所述UE反馈的公共PMI,以达到进一步节省资源的目的。当然,本实施例对于长期宽带特性和垂直方向和水平方向预编码矩阵也同样适用,在此不再赘述。当然,多个CA也可以有多个公共PMI。It should be understood that if there are multiple CAs, such as CA1, CA2, and CA3, the receiving unit can also receive a common PMI. For example, the PMI corresponding to the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of CA1, CA2, and CA3 can be used as a common PMI. The public PMI can be used to indicate the short-term narrow-band characteristic matrix of the three carriers, and the base station receives the public PMI fed back by the UE to achieve further resource saving. Of course, the present embodiment is also applicable to the long-term broadband characteristic and the vertical direction and horizontal direction precoding matrix, and details are not described herein again. Of course, multiple CAs can also have multiple public PMIs.
图12示出的实施例,根据表中第一子载波预编码矩阵的长期宽带特性矩阵可以与其它子载波共用,不同子载波对应的PMI可以作为公共PMI,所述确定单元在确定不同子载波的两个预编码矩阵的情况下接收一次该公共PMI,所述接收单元接收UE发送的各个子载波不能公共使用的非公共PMI,用以指示2个子载波下的4个子预编码矩阵(即第一子载波和第二子载波分别的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵),且接收的PMI个数k小于这k个PMI能确定的所有4个子预编码矩阵的个数,以达到节省信道资源的目的。应理解,这里所述确定单元 根据表中第一子载波预编码矩阵的长期宽带特性矩阵可以与其它子载波共用,在其它场景下,也可能出现短期窄带特性矩阵可以与其它子载波公用的情况,这与本实施例中的确定方式是对应的,在此不再赘述。The embodiment shown in FIG. 12 may be shared with other subcarriers according to the long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier precoding matrix in the table. The PMI corresponding to different subcarriers may serve as a common PMI, and the determining unit determines different subcarriers. The common PMI is received once in the case of two precoding matrices, and the receiving unit receives a non-common PMI that is not commonly used by each subcarrier transmitted by the UE, and is used to indicate four sub precoding matrices under two subcarriers (ie, a long-term broadband characteristic matrix and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of a subcarrier and a second subcarrier, respectively, and the number of received PMIs is smaller than the number of all four subprecoding matrices that the k PMI can determine to save the channel The purpose of the resource. It should be understood that the determining unit described herein According to the long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier precoding matrix in the table, the matrix may be shared with other subcarriers. In other scenarios, the short-term narrowband characteristic matrix may be shared with other subcarriers, which is the same as in the embodiment. The determination method is corresponding and will not be described here.
应理解,本发明的实施例均确定两个子载波下的预编码矩阵,且本发明要求保护当子载波的数量多于两个的场景时,两个子载波的各自的PMI中有可以与其它子载波共用的PMI,同时,子载波中也可以有若干子载波与所述至少两个子载波的任何一个所反馈的PMI都不同,所述若干个子载波对应的PMI采用单独反馈的形式。例如,存在3个子载波CA1,CA2,CA3,其中,虽然CA1和CA2存在一个或多个公共PMI,但是CA3的所有PMI都不能与CA1或CA2的任意PMI作为公共PMI,那么所述所述确定单元将根据单独反馈所述CA3的所有PMI确定预编码矩阵。It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention both determine a precoding matrix under two subcarriers, and the present invention claims that when there are more than two subcarriers, the respective PMIs of the two subcarriers may be associated with other sub-carriers. The PMI shared by the carrier may be different from the PMI that is fed back by any one of the at least two subcarriers, and the PMI corresponding to the plurality of subcarriers adopts a form of separate feedback. For example, there are three subcarriers CA1, CA2, CA3, wherein, although one or more common PMIs exist for CA1 and CA2, but all PMIs of CA3 cannot be associated with any PMI of CA1 or CA2 as a common PMI, then the determination The unit will determine the precoding matrix from all PMIs that individually feed back the CA3.
下面,将就本发明具体确定公共PMI的方法介绍又一个实施例。根据上述图10-12示出的实施例中,当确定第一子载波的某个PMIa与第二子载波的某个PMIb不同,但将PMIa用作第二子载波的PMIb时,系统的信道特性在某个容忍范围内或满足某个条件时,所述基站可直接确定所述公共PMI为PMIa;对应的,当将PMIa用作指示第二子载波的PMIb时,系统的信道特性在某个容忍范围内或满足某个条件时,也可以直接确定所述PMIa为所述公共PMI;或当使用一个PMIc用作第一子载波和第二子载波的公共PMI时,即可以用作所述PMIa和所述PMIb时,可以使系统的信道特性满足某个条件时,也可以直接确定所述PMIc作为所述至少一个公共PMI。上述过程可以是在UE或基站的所述确定单元确定的。可选的,所述接收单元可以接收所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI、一个补偿值δ,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于确定第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI和所述δ共同指示第二子载波的预编码矩阵,所述接收单元接收所述UE发送所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI、一个补偿值δ。应理解,也可以所述确定单元确定并由所述接收单元接收所述第二子载波的PMI作为所述至少一个公共PMI,接收一个补偿值δ’,所述确定单元根据所述至少一个公共PMI、所述δ’、所述至少一个第一PMI确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;根据所述至少一个公共PMI和所述第二PMI确定所 述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。通常,δ占用的比特数或资源数可以但不限于小于一个PMI所占用的比特数或资源数。在这种情况下,可以达到在节省资源的情况下,更精确地指示两个子载波的预编码矩阵的目的。In the following, a further embodiment will be described in terms of a method of specifically determining a public PMI for the present invention. According to the embodiment shown in the above FIGS. 10-12, when it is determined that a certain PMI a of the first subcarrier is different from a certain PMI b of the second subcarrier, but PMI a is used as the PMI b of the second subcarrier When the channel characteristic of the system is within a certain tolerance range or a certain condition is met, the base station may directly determine that the common PMI is PMI a ; correspondingly, when PMI a is used as the PMI b indicating the second subcarrier When the channel characteristic of the system is within a certain tolerance range or a certain condition is met, the PMI a may be directly determined to be the common PMI; or when one PMI c is used as the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier. When the public PMI is used as the PMI a and the PMI b , when the channel characteristics of the system can satisfy a certain condition, the PMI c can be directly determined as the at least one common PMI. The above process may be determined at the determining unit of the UE or the base station. Optionally, the receiving unit may receive the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, and a compensation value δ, wherein the at least one common PMI and the at least a first PMI is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI, the at least one second PMI, and the δ collectively indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, and the receiving unit receives The UE sends the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, the at least one second PMI, and a compensation value δ. It should be understood that the determining unit may also determine, by the receiving unit, the PMI of the second subcarrier as the at least one common PMI, and receive a compensation value δ′, the determining unit according to the at least one public a PMI, the δ′, the at least one first PMI determining a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; determining a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI and the second PMI . In general, the number of bits or resources occupied by δ may be, but is not limited to, less than the number of bits or resources occupied by one PMI. In this case, the purpose of more accurately indicating the precoding matrix of the two subcarriers in the case of resource saving can be achieved.
可选的,所述接收单元接收所述第一PMI补偿值δ1和/或第二PMI补偿值δ2,所述δ1用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI共同确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述δ2用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI共确定所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。Optionally, the receiving unit receives the first PMI compensation value δ 1 and/or a second PMI compensation value δ 2 , and the δ 1 is used for the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI Determining a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier jointly; the δ 2 is used to determine a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI.
上述所述所述确定单元确定和所述接收单元接收第一PMI补偿值δ1和/或第二PMI补偿值δ2分为三种情况:The determining unit determining and the receiving unit receiving the first PMI compensation value δ 1 and/or the second PMI compensation value δ 2 are classified into three cases:
情况1:Situation 1:
所述确定单元或UE确定所述δ1和δ2,所述接收单元接收所述δ1和δ2The determining unit or UE determines the δ 1 and δ 2 , and the receiving unit receives the δ 1 and δ 2 ;
情况2:Case 2:
所述确定单元或UE确定所述δ1,所述接收单元接收所述δ1The determining unit or UE determines the δ 1 , and the receiving unit receives the δ 1 ;
情况3:Case 3:
所述确定单元或UE确定所述δ2,所述接收单元接收所述δ2The determining unit or UE determines the δ 2 , and the receiving unit receives the δ 2 .
应理解,所述接收单元接收所述δ1和δ2与所述接收单元需要接收的PMI的顺序不受到限定,可以是同时接收,也可以先后接收。当所述确定单元确定所述δ1和/或δ2后,可以由一个发送单元将所述δ1和/或δ2发送至所述UE,或通过接收单元接收所述δ1和/或δ2。根据所述公共PMI对应不同场景,本发明给出了三种具体的实施方式:It should be understood that the order in which the receiving unit receives the δ 1 and δ 2 and the PMI that the receiving unit needs to receive is not limited, and may be received simultaneously or sequentially. After the determining unit determines the δ 1 and/or δ 2 , the δ 1 and/or δ 2 may be transmitted to the UE by one transmitting unit, or the δ 1 and/or may be received by a receiving unit. δ 2 . According to the different scenarios of the public PMI, the present invention provides three specific implementation manners:
实施方式13:Embodiment 13:
当所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W1和第二预编码矩阵W2的克罗内克积,第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的第三预编码矩阵W3和第四预编码矩阵W4的克罗内克积的场景下:When the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of the first precoding matrix W1 and the second precoding matrix W2 of the first subcarrier, the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is the Under the scenario of the Kronecker product of the third precoding matrix W3 of the second subcarrier and the fourth precoding matrix W4:
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000075
Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-000075
由于垂直方向的角度扩展远远小于水平方向的角度扩展,所以垂直方向近似于单径信道,所述确定单元可以确定垂直方向信道为近似一单径信道模型,作为一个示例,实施方式4中,确定W(CA1,1)对应的PMI(CA1,1)作为一个所述公共PMI, 所述确定单元确定所述PMI(CA1,1)和所述W(CA2,1)对应的PMI(CA2,1)的差值可以用δa确定。确定W(CA1,2)对应的PMI(CA1,2)为所述第一PMI、确定W(CA2,2)对应的PMI(CA2,2)为所述第二PMI,这里,所述公共PMI、所述第一PMI分别用于确定(指示)W(CA1,1)和所述W(CA1,2),所述公共PMI、所述δa确定所述W(CA2,1),所述第二PMI所述W(CA2,2),以便所述确定单元确认所述第一子载波预编码矩阵W(CA1)、W(CA2)。应理解,确定PMI(CA2,1)作为所述公共PMI,对应的使用δa’和所述公共PMI指示所述W(CA1)的方法可以和上述方法相同,不再赘述。Since the angular expansion in the vertical direction is much smaller than the angular expansion in the horizontal direction, the vertical direction approximates the single-path channel, and the determining unit may determine that the vertical direction channel is approximately a single-path channel model. As an example, in Embodiment 4, Determining a PMI (CA1, 1) corresponding to W (CA1, 1) as one of the common PMIs, the determining unit determining the PMI (CA1, 1) and the PMI (CA2, corresponding to the W (CA2, 1) , The difference of 1) can be determined by δ a . Determining that the PMI (CA1, 2) corresponding to W (CA1, 2) is the first PMI, and determining that the PMI (CA2, 2) corresponding to W (CA2, 2) is the second PMI, where the public PMI is The first PMI is used to determine (instruct) W (CA1, 1) and the W (CA1 , 2) , respectively, the common PMI, the δ a determines the W (CA2, 1) , The second PMI describes W (CA2 , 2) such that the determining unit confirms the first subcarrier precoding matrix W (CA1) , W (CA2) . It should be understood that the method of determining the PMI (CA2, 1) as the common PMI, the corresponding use δ a ' and the common PMI indicating the W (CA1) may be the same as the above method, and details are not described herein again.
实施方式14:Embodiment 14:
当所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W5和第二预编码矩阵W6的积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的第一预编码矩阵W7和第二预编码矩阵W8的积的场景下:When the precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of the first precoding matrix W5 and the second precoding matrix W6 of the first subcarrier; the precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is the first Under the scenario of the product of the first precoding matrix W7 and the second precoding matrix W8 of the subcarriers:
W'(CA1)=W5×W6 W' (CA1) = W 5 × W 6
W'(CA2)=W7×W8 W' (CA2) = W 7 × W 8
表示CA1长期宽带信道特性的矩阵W5可以用PMI5指示,表示CA2长期宽带信道特性的矩阵W7可以用PMI5和一个补偿值δb指示,作为一个示例,确定W5对应的PMI(PMI5)作为所述公共PMI,W6对应的PMI(PMI6)为所述第一PMI,W8对应的PMI(PMI8)为所述第二PMI,一个实施例中,所述公共PMI用于确定(指示)所述W5,所述第一PMI用于确定(指示)所述W6,所述第二PMI用于指示所述W8,所述公共PMI和所述δb用于指示所述W7,所述W5、W6用于确定所述W'(CA1)、所述W7、所述W8用于确定所述W'(CA2);另一个实施例中,所述确定单元根据秩指示确定所述表1-4中的对应表,所述公共PMI对应表中的i1,所述第一PMI对应表中的i2,所述确定单元确定第一子载波对应的预编码矩阵W;所述公共PMI和所述δb’进行运算后得到的值对应表中的i1,所述第二PMI对应表中的i2,所述确定单元确定第二子载波对应的预编码矩阵W2。应理解,确定PMI7作为所述公共PMI的方法和上述实施例相同,不再赘述。Represents CA1 long wideband channel characteristic matrix W5 can use the PMI 5 indicates a matrix representing channel characteristics CA2 long wideband channel W7 can 5 and a compensation value PMI δ b indicates, as one example, is determined W5 corresponding PMI (PMI 5) as The common PMI, the PMI (PMI 6 ) corresponding to W6 is the first PMI, and the PMI (PMI 8 ) corresponding to W8 is the second PMI. In one embodiment, the common PMI is used to determine (instruct) the W5, for determining the first PMI (indication) of the W6, the second PMI is used to indicate the W8, the common PMI and the δ b for indicating the W7, W5 said , W6 is used to determine the W′ (CA1) , the W7, and the W8 are used to determine the W′ (CA2) ; in another embodiment, the determining unit determines the table 1 according to the rank indication. 4 in the correspondence table, said correspondence table PMI common to i 1, a first table corresponding to the PMI i 2, the first sub-carrier determining unit determines the precoding matrix W is; and the common PMI The value obtained by the operation of δ b ' corresponds to i 1 in the table, and the second PMI corresponds to i 2 in the table, and the determining unit determines that the second subcarrier corresponds to Precoding matrix W 2 . It should be understood that the method of determining the PMI 7 as the common PMI is the same as the above embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
实施方式15:Embodiment 15:
根据上面的实施例,也可以通过所述确定单元或UE同时给出两个补偿值, δc和δd。在这个情况下,所述δc用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI共同确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述δd用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第二PMI共同确定所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。According to the above embodiment, two compensation values, δ c and δ d , can also be given simultaneously by the determining unit or the UE. In this case, the δ c is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI; the δ d is used for the at least one The common PMI, the at least one second PMI jointly determines a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
应理解,当涉及补偿值补偿的情况时,基站和UE可以规定在某一次反馈不补偿所述补偿值,可以通过信令或者其它约定不采用补偿的模式。It should be understood that when the compensation value compensation is involved, the base station and the UE may specify that the compensation value is not compensated for a certain feedback, and the compensation mode may be adopted by signaling or other convention.
应理解,上述关于确定补偿值的各个实施例给出了确定的依据或顺序,具体的确定方法本发明不做限定,补偿值的确定方式可以根据分配的比特数不同而不同,例如,当公共PMI用于分别指示第一子载波预编码矩阵和第二子载波预编码矩阵的误差不大(即可以在容忍范围内)时,可以分配1个bit,0代表不补偿,1代表补偿,具体的补偿数值可以预定义;一个实施方式中,PMIX和PMIY用于指示第一子载波预编码矩阵,PMIZ和PMIW用于指示第二子载波预编码矩阵。当所述确定单元确定公共PMI可以是同时指示PMIX和PMIZ的值,即用公共PMI和PMIY(这里PMIY相当于所述第一PMI)指示第一子载波的预编码矩阵;公共PMI和PMIZ(这里PMIW相当于所述第二PMI)指示第二子载波的预编码矩阵;当所述确定单元确定PMIX=7的时候,可以和所述第一PMI(在本实施例可以是PMIY)共同指示第一子载波预编码矩阵,若PMIW对应的特性和PMIX的差别不大或相同,即可以确定PMIW=7,这时,只要基站接收δ=0就可以确定无需补偿;但是,若系统确定以PMIW=10和所述第二PMI(在本实施例可以是PMIW)共同指示第二子载波预编码矩阵才能精确时,那么,使用公共PMI=7和所述第二PMI共同指示第二子载波预编码矩阵就会带来比较大的误差,这里所述系统可以是所述基站、所述UE或通知基站的其它网络设备。但是若系统预置的补偿值δ=1代表补偿3时,那么1比特就可以准确地指示基站或UE侧需要以公共PMI=7再补偿3,再和第二PMI共同确定第二子载波预编码矩阵。应理解,对于本例,在某些场景下,若系统预置的的补偿值δ=1代表补偿2时,根据公共PMI和补偿值共同指示的值为9,若在某些容忍的范围内,同样可以被接受。It should be understood that the foregoing various embodiments for determining the compensation value are given the basis or sequence of the determination. The specific determination method is not limited in the present invention, and the determination manner of the compensation value may be different according to the number of allocated bits, for example, when public When the PMI is used to indicate that the error of the first subcarrier precoding matrix and the second subcarrier precoding matrix are not large (that is, can be within the tolerance range), one bit can be allocated, 0 represents no compensation, and 1 represents compensation. The compensation value may be predefined; in one embodiment, PMI X and PMI Y are used to indicate a first subcarrier precoding matrix, and PMI Z and PMI W are used to indicate a second subcarrier precoding matrix. When the determining unit determines that the common PMI may be indicating the values of PMI X and PMI Z at the same time, that is, using a common PMI and PMI Y (where PMI Y is equivalent to the first PMI) indicating a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; PMI and PMI Z (where PMI W is equivalent to the second PMI) indicating a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; when the determining unit determines PMI X = 7, may be associated with the first PMI (in this implementation) The example may be PMI Y ) jointly indicating the first subcarrier precoding matrix. If the difference between the PMI W and the PMI X is not the same or the same, the PMI W = 7 may be determined, in which case the base station receives δ=0. It can be determined that no compensation is needed; however, if the system determines that the second subcarrier precoding matrix can be specified with PMI W = 10 and the second PMI (which may be PMI W in this embodiment), then the public PMI = 7 and the second PMI jointly indicate that the second subcarrier precoding matrix brings a relatively large error, and the system herein may be the base station, the UE, or other network device notifying the base station. However, if the system preset compensation value δ=1 represents compensation 3, then 1 bit can accurately indicate that the base station or the UE side needs to recompensate 3 with a common PMI=7, and then determine the second subcarrier pre-determination together with the second PMI. Encoding matrix. It should be understood that, in this case, in some scenarios, if the compensation value δ=1 preset by the system represents compensation 2, the value indicated by the common PMI and the compensation value is 9 if it is within a certain tolerance range. , can also be accepted.
应理解,所述确定单元确定或接收补偿值的方法仅仅是一个实例,在符合逻辑的范围内,补偿值的确定或接收可以和任何一个发送补偿值的实施方式、以及本发明的其它实施例结合。It should be understood that the method for determining or receiving the compensation value by the determining unit is merely an example, and within the scope of the logic, the determination or reception of the compensation value may be combined with any one of the embodiments for transmitting the compensation value, and other embodiments of the present invention. Combine.
所述基站装置利用不同子载波的垂直方向的单径特性,或不同子载波的长期 宽带特性相似,可以在不同的信道模型下,所述接收单元接收某个子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵或长期宽带特性预编码矩阵为所述公共PMI,再接收一个补偿值δ;所述确定单元据所述δ和所述公共PMI确定另一个子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵或长期宽带特性预编码矩阵。在根据所述第一PMI和所述第二PMI,确定所述不同子载波下的预编码矩阵,从而节省了信道资源,又提高了指示精度。The base station apparatus utilizes a single-path characteristic of a vertical direction of different subcarriers or a long period of different subcarriers The broadband characteristics are similar, and the receiving unit may receive a vertical direction precoding matrix or a long-term broadband characteristic precoding matrix of a certain subcarrier as the common PMI under different channel models, and then receive a compensation value δ; the determining unit A vertical direction precoding matrix or a long term broadband characteristic precoding matrix of another subcarrier is determined according to the delta and the common PMI. Determining a precoding matrix under the different subcarriers according to the first PMI and the second PMI, thereby saving channel resources and improving indication precision.
图13是根据本发明实施例的通信装置的示意性结构图。涉及一种预编码矩阵指示PMI的反馈的用户设备UE,该UE用于具有多载波能力的无线通信系统,所述UE使用第一子载波和第二子载波与基站通信。具体包括:FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present invention. A user equipment UE is involved in a precoding matrix indicating feedback of a PMI for a multi-carrier capable wireless communication system, the UE communicating with a base station using a first subcarrier and a second subcarrier. Specifically include:
处理器1301,用于确定至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵;其中,所述公共PMI、所述第一PMI、所述第二PMI分别可以为2个、3个或者多于3个。可以实现步骤101中的具体功能,此外,图7、图8、图9中的确定单元也可以以该处理器的形式实现。The processor 1301 is configured to determine at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate the first subcarrier a precoding matrix; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier; wherein the common PMI, the first PMI, the second PMI It can be 2, 3 or more than 3 respectively. The specific functions in step 101 can be implemented. In addition, the determining unit in FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 9 can also be implemented in the form of the processor.
发送器1302,用于向所述无线通信系统中的基站发送所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI。可以实现步骤102中的具体功能,此外,图7、图8、图9中发送单元也可以以该发送器的形式实现。The transmitter 1302 is configured to send the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI to a base station in the wireless communication system. The specific function in step 102 can be implemented. In addition, the transmitting unit in FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 9 can also be implemented in the form of the transmitter.
一个实施例中,当所述处理器1301为了确定所述确定至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI的具体方式,以达到两侧都可以按照一个规则确定所述公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI时,需要接收基站发送的指示或与基站协商确定,所述UE还包括接收器1303,用于接收所述基站发送的第一消息,所述处理器根据所述第一消息以确定所述至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI。另一个实施例中,所述处理器确定所述确定所述至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI后,所述发送器1302还用于发送第二消息。此外,此外,图7、图8、图9中的接收单元也可以以该接收器的形式实现。In an embodiment, when the processor 1301 determines the specific manner of determining the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, the two sides may determine the common PMI according to a rule. The at least one first PMI and the at least one second PMI are required to receive an indication sent by the base station or negotiate with the base station, and the UE further includes a receiver 1303, configured to receive the first message sent by the base station, where the processing is performed. And determining, according to the first message, the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI. In another embodiment, after the processor determines the determining the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, the transmitter 1302 is further configured to send the second message. Furthermore, in addition, the receiving unit in FIGS. 7, 8, and 9 can also be implemented in the form of the receiver.
一个实施例中,所述UE包括存储器1304,用于存储消息或信令、码本或确定规则In one embodiment, the UE includes a memory 1304 for storing messages or signaling, codebooks or determining rules
图14是根据本发明实施例的通信装置的示意性结构图。涉及一种预编码矩 阵指示PMI的反馈的基站,该基站用于具有多载波能力的无线通信系统,所述基站使用第一子载波和第二子载波与UE通信。具体包括:FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present invention. Involving a precoding moment A base station indicating feedback of PMI for a wireless communication system having multi-carrier capability, the base station communicating with the UE using the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier. Specifically include:
接收器1401,用于接收至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI;图10、图11、图12中的接收单元也可以以该处理器的形式实现。The receiver 1401 is configured to receive at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI. The receiving unit in FIG. 10, FIG. 11, and FIG. 12 may also be implemented in the form of the processor.
处理器1402,用于根据所述至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI确定第一子载波的预编码矩阵和第二子载波的预编码矩阵;其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵。图10、图11、图12中的确定单元可以是一个处理单元,也可以以该处理器的形式实现。The processor 1402 is configured to determine, according to the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier, where the at least one a common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate precoding of the second subcarrier matrix. The determining unit in FIG. 10, FIG. 11, and FIG. 12 may be a processing unit, or may be implemented in the form of the processor.
一个实施例中,当所述处理器1401在确定所述确定至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI时的具体方式,以达到两侧都可以按照一个规则确定所述公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI时,需要向UE发送指示或与UE协商确定,所述基站还包括发送器1403,用于在所述处理器根据所述第一消息以确定所述至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI后,向UE发送第一消息以指示所述UE根据所述第一消息确定所述至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI。另一个实施例中,所述接收器接收其它网路侧设备发送的第二消息,所述处理器根据所述第二消息确定所述至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI。所述发送器1403还用于发送第二消息。此外,图10、图11、图12中的接收单元也可以以该接收器的形式实现。In an embodiment, when the processor 1401 determines the specific manner of determining the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, the public may be determined according to a rule on both sides. When the PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI are required to send an indication to the UE or negotiate with the UE, the base station further includes a transmitter 1403, configured to determine, according to the first message, the processor After the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI, send a first message to the UE to instruct the UE to determine the at least one public PMI, the at least one first PMI according to the first message. And at least one second PMI. In another embodiment, the receiver receives a second message sent by another network side device, and the processor determines the at least one public PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second according to the second message. PMI. The transmitter 1403 is further configured to send a second message. Furthermore, the receiving unit in Figures 10, 11 and 12 can also be implemented in the form of a receiver.
一个实施例中,所述基站包括存储器1404,用于存储消息或信令、码本或确定规则In one embodiment, the base station includes a memory 1404 for storing messages or signaling, codebooks or determining rules
图13涉及的发送器1302可以为天线,或无线发送机,接收器1303可以为天线,或无线接收机,所述发送器和所述接收器可以是同一根天线或一无线收发机。The transmitter 1302 involved in FIG. 13 may be an antenna, or a wireless transmitter, and the receiver 1303 may be an antenna, or a wireless receiver, and the transmitter and the receiver may be the same antenna or a wireless transceiver.
图14涉及的发送器1403可以为天线,或无线发送机,接收器1401可以为天线,或无线接收机,所述发送器和所述接收器可以是同一根天线或一无线收发机。 The transmitter 1403 involved in FIG. 14 may be an antenna, or a wireless transmitter. The receiver 1401 may be an antenna, or a wireless receiver, and the transmitter and the receiver may be the same antenna or a wireless transceiver.
图13和/或图14涉及的处理器,可以是通用处理器,例如通用中央处理器(CPU)、网络处理器(Network Processor,简称NP)、微处理器等,也可以是特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本发明方案程序执行的集成电路。还可以是数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。也可以是多个处理器完成不同的功能。The processor of FIG. 13 and/or FIG. 14 may be a general-purpose processor, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP Processor, NP), a microprocessor, etc., or may be an application-specific integrated circuit. (application-specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present invention. It can also be a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware components. It is also possible for multiple processors to perform different functions.
图13和/或图14涉及的存储器中保存有执行本发明技术方案的程序,还可以保存有操作系统和其他应用程序。具体地,程序可以包括程序代码,程序代码包括计算机操作指令。更具体的,所述存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备、磁盘存储器等等。也可以是不同的存储器存储。The memory involved in FIG. 13 and/or FIG. 14 stores a program for executing the technical solution of the present invention, and may also store an operating system and other applications. In particular, the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions. More specifically, the memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), and storable information. And other types of dynamic storage devices, disk storage, and so on. It can also be a different memory storage.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到本发明可以用硬件实现,或固件实现,或它们的组合方式来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以将上述功能存储在计算机可读介质中或作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质,其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。以此为例但不限于:计算机可读介质可以包括RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其他光盘存储、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质。此外。任何连接可以适当的成为计算机可读介质。例如,如果软件是使用同轴电缆、光纤光缆、双绞线、数字用户线(DSL)或者诸如红外线、无线电和微波之类的无线技术从网站、服务器或者其他远程源传输的,那么同轴电缆、光纤光缆、双绞线、DSL或者诸如红外线、无线和微波之类的无线技术包括在所属介质的定影中。如本发明所使用的,盘(Disk)和碟(disc)包括压缩光碟(CD)、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟(DVD)、软盘和蓝光光碟,其中盘通常磁性的复制数据,而碟则用激光来光学的复制数据。上面的组合也应当包括在计算机可读介质的保护范围之内。 Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the present invention can be implemented in hardware, firmware implementation, or a combination thereof. When implemented in software, the functions described above may be stored in or transmitted as one or more instructions or code on a computer readable medium. Computer readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one location to another. A storage medium may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer. By way of example and not limitation, computer readable media may comprise RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, disk storage media or other magnetic storage device, or can be used for carrying or storing in the form of an instruction or data structure. The desired program code and any other medium that can be accessed by the computer. Also. Any connection may suitably be a computer readable medium. For example, if the software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave, then the coaxial cable , fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, wireless, and microwave are included in the fixing of the associated media. As used in the present invention, a disk and a disc include a compact disc (CD), a laser disc, a compact disc, a digital versatile disc (DVD), a floppy disk, and a Blu-ray disc, wherein the disc is usually magnetically copied, and the disc is The laser is used to optically replicate the data. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of the computer readable media.
总之,以上所述仅为本发明技术方案的较佳实施例而已,并非用于限定本发明的保护范围。凡在本发明的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本发明的保护范围之内。 In summary, the above description is only a preferred embodiment of the technical solution of the present invention, and is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and scope of the present invention are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.

Claims (26)

  1. 一种预编码矩阵指示PMI的反馈方法,其特征在于,用于具有多载波能力的无线通信系统,所述无线通信系统中的用户设备UE使用第一子载波和第二子载波与网络侧设备通信,所述方法包括:A precoding matrix indicating PMI feedback method, characterized in that it is used in a wireless communication system having multi-carrier capability, wherein a user equipment UE in the wireless communication system uses a first subcarrier and a second subcarrier and a network side device Communication, the method includes:
    所述UE确定至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵;Determining, by the UE, at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier The at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
    所述UE向所述无线通信系统中的基站发送所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI。The UE transmits the at least one public PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI to a base station in the wireless communication system.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1 wherein
    所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;The precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the second subcarrier The precoding matrix is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
    所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;The common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
    所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵;The first PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier;
    所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵。The second PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 2 wherein
    所述公共PMI所指示的第一子载波的垂直向预编码矩阵为:The vertical precoding matrix of the first subcarrier indicated by the common PMI is:
    Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-100001
    Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-100001
    其中,N为正整数,k为大于等于0且小于等于N-1的整数;m为所述公共PMI对应的预编码矩阵W的长度,T表示矩阵的转置。Where N is a positive integer, k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1; m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI, and T represents the transposition of the matrix.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1 wherein
    所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵的积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二载波的长期宽带 特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵的积;The precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix; and a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a long-term broadband of the second carrier The product of the property matrix and the short-term narrow-band property matrix;
    所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示所述第二子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;The common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first sub-carrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second sub-carrier;
    所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵;The first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier;
    所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵。The second PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任意一项所述方法,其特征在于,进一步包括:The method of any of claims 1-4, further comprising:
    所述UE确定并发送第一PMI补偿值δ,所述δ用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI共同指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵。The UE determines and transmits a first PMI compensation value δ, which is used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述方法,其特征在于:The method of claim 5 wherein:
    所述UE确定第一PMI补偿值δ,包括:The UE determines the first PMI compensation value δ, including:
    根据所述第二子载波预编码矩阵和所述第一子载波预编码矩阵确定所述第一PMI补偿值δ。Determining the first PMI compensation value δ according to the second subcarrier precoding matrix and the first subcarrier precoding matrix.
  7. 根据权利要求5或6所述方法,其特征在于,所述UE发送第一PMI补偿值δ具体包括:The method according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the sending, by the UE, the first PMI compensation value δ comprises:
    通过物理上行链路控制信道PUCCH或物理上行共享信道PUSCH发送所述第一PMI补偿值δ。The first PMI compensation value δ is transmitted through a physical uplink control channel PUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  8. 一种预编码矩阵指示PMI的反馈方法,其特征在于,用于具有多载波能力的无线通信系统,所述无线通信系统中的基站使用第一子载波和第二子载波与用户设备UE通信,所述方法包括:A precoding matrix indicating PMI feedback method, characterized in that, for a wireless communication system having multi-carrier capability, a base station in the wireless communication system communicates with a user equipment UE by using a first subcarrier and a second subcarrier, The method includes:
    所述基站接收至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵;The base station receives at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier. The at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
    所述基站根据所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵,以及根据至少一个公共PMI和所述第二PMI确定第二子载波的预编码矩阵。Determining, by the base station, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI, and determining precoding of the second subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI and the second PMI matrix.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 8 wherein
    所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述第二子载波的预编码 矩阵为所述第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;The precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the second subcarrier Precoding The matrix is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
    所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;The common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
    所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵;The first PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier;
    所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵。The second PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述方法,其特征在于,包括:The method of claim 9 comprising:
    所述公共PMI所指示的第一子载波的垂直向预编码矩阵为:The vertical precoding matrix of the first subcarrier indicated by the common PMI is:
    Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-100002
    Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-100002
    其中,N为正整数,k为大于等于0且小于等于N-1的整数;m为所述公共PMI对应的预编码矩阵W的长度,T表示矩阵的转置。Where N is a positive integer, k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1; m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI, and T represents the transposition of the matrix.
  11. 根据权利要求8所述方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 8 wherein
    所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵的积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二载波的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵的积;The precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix; and a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a long-term broadband characteristic of the second carrier The product of the matrix and the short-term narrow-band characteristic matrix;
    所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示所述第二子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;The common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first sub-carrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second sub-carrier;
    所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵;The first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier;
    所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵。The second PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier.
  12. 根据权利要求8-11任意一项所述方法,其特征在于,进一步包括:The method of any of claims 8-11, further comprising:
    所述基站接收UE发送的第一PMI补偿值δ,Receiving, by the base station, a first PMI compensation value δ sent by the UE,
    所述基站根据所述δ和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI共同确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵。Determining, by the base station, a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier according to the δ and the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述方法,其特征在于,所述基站接收第一PMI补偿值δ具体包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein the receiving, by the base station, the first PMI compensation value δ comprises:
    所述基站通过物理上行链路控制信道PUCCH或物理上行共享信道PUSCH接收所述第一PMI补偿值δ。The base station receives the first PMI compensation value δ through a physical uplink control channel PUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  14. 一种预编码矩阵指示PMI反馈装置,其特征在于,用于具有多载波能力的无 线通信系统,所述无线通信系统中的用户设备UE使用第一子载波和第二子载波与网络侧设备通信,所述UE包括:A precoding matrix indicating PMI feedback device characterized by being used for multi-carrier capability a line communication system, where the user equipment UE in the wireless communication system communicates with the network side device by using the first subcarrier and the second subcarrier, where the UE includes:
    确定单元,用于确定至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵;a determining unit, configured to determine at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a preset of the first subcarrier An encoding matrix; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
    发送单元,用于向所述无线通信系统中的基站发送所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI。And a sending unit, configured to send the at least one common PMI, the at least one first PMI, and the at least one second PMI to a base station in the wireless communication system.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述UE,其特征在于,包括:The UE according to claim 14, comprising:
    所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;The precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the second subcarrier The precoding matrix is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
    所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;The common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
    所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵;The first PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier;
    所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵。The second PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述UE,其特征在于,包括:The UE according to claim 15, comprising:
    所述公共PMI所指示的第一子载波的垂直向预编码矩阵为:The vertical precoding matrix of the first subcarrier indicated by the common PMI is:
    Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-100003
    Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-100003
    其中,N为正整数,k为大于等于0且小于等于N-1的整数;m为所述公共PMI对应的预编码矩阵W的长度,T表示矩阵的转置。Where N is a positive integer, k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1; m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI, and T represents the transposition of the matrix.
  17. 根据权利要求14所述UE,其特征在于,包括:The UE according to claim 14, comprising:
    所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵的积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二载波的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵的积;The precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix; and a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a long-term broadband characteristic of the second carrier The product of the matrix and the short-term narrow-band characteristic matrix;
    所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示所述第二子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵; The common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first sub-carrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second sub-carrier;
    所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵;The first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier;
    所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵。The second PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier.
  18. 根据权利要求14-17任意一项所述UE,其特征在于:The UE according to any one of claims 14-17, characterized in that:
    所述确定单元还用于确定第一PMI补偿值δ,所述δ用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI共同确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;The determining unit is further configured to determine a first PMI compensation value δ, where the δ is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI;
    所述发送单元还用于发送所述第一PMI补偿值δ。The sending unit is further configured to send the first PMI compensation value δ.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述UE,其特征在于,所述确定单元还用于确定所述第一子载波预编码矩阵和所述第二子载波预编码矩阵;所述确定单元是根据所述第一子载波预编码矩阵确定所述至少一个公共PMI的;The UE according to claim 18, wherein the determining unit is further configured to determine the first subcarrier precoding matrix and the second subcarrier precoding matrix; the determining unit is according to the first a subcarrier precoding matrix determining the at least one common PMI;
    所述确定单元确定第一PMI补偿值δ,包括:The determining unit determines the first PMI compensation value δ, including:
    根据所述第二子载波预编码矩阵和所述第一子载波预编码矩阵确定所述第一PMI补偿值δ。Determining the first PMI compensation value δ according to the second subcarrier precoding matrix and the first subcarrier precoding matrix.
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述UE,其特征在于,所述发送单元发送第一PMI补偿值δ具体包括:The UE according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the sending, by the sending unit, the first PMI compensation value δ specifically includes:
    通过物理上行链路控制信道PUCCH或物理上行共享信道PUSCH发送所述第一PMI补偿值δ。The first PMI compensation value δ is transmitted through a physical uplink control channel PUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  21. 一种预编码矩阵指示PMI的反馈装置,其特征在于,用于具有多载波能力的无线通信系统,所述无线通信系统中的基站使用第一子载波和第二子载波与用户设备UE通信,所述基站包括:A precoding matrix indicating PMI feedback device, characterized by being used in a wireless communication system having multi-carrier capability, wherein a base station in the wireless communication system communicates with a user equipment UE by using a first subcarrier and a second subcarrier, The base station includes:
    接收单元,用于接收至少一个公共PMI、至少一个第一PMI和至少一个第二PMI,其中,所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵;所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵;a receiving unit, configured to receive at least one common PMI, at least one first PMI, and at least one second PMI, where the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI are used to indicate a pre- An encoding matrix; the at least one common PMI and the at least one second PMI are used to indicate a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
    确定单元,用于根据所述至少一个公共PMI和所述至少一个第一PMI确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵,以及根据至少一个公共PMI和所述第二PMI确定第二子载波的预编码矩阵。a determining unit, configured to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI, and determine a second subcarrier according to the at least one common PMI and the second PMI Precoding matrix.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述基站,其特征在于,包括:The base station according to claim 21, comprising:
    所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;所述第二子载波的预编码 矩阵为所述第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵和所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵的克罗内克积;The precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the second subcarrier Precoding The matrix is a Kronecker product of a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier and a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
    所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示第二子载波的垂直方向预编码矩阵;The common PMI is used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a vertical direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier;
    所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵;The first PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the first subcarrier;
    所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的水平方向预编码矩阵。The second PMI is used to indicate a horizontal direction precoding matrix of the second subcarrier.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述基站,其特征在于,包括:The base station according to claim 22, comprising:
    所述公共PMI所指示的第一子载波的垂直向预编码矩阵为:The vertical precoding matrix of the first subcarrier indicated by the common PMI is:
    Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-100004
    Figure PCTCN2014095970-appb-100004
    其中,N为正整数,k为大于等于0且小于等于N-1的整数;m为所述公共PMI对应的预编码矩阵W的长度,T表示矩阵的转置。Where N is a positive integer, k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to N-1; m is the length of the precoding matrix W corresponding to the common PMI, and T represents the transposition of the matrix.
  24. 根据权利要求21所述基站,其特征在于,包括:The base station according to claim 21, comprising:
    所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵的积;所述第二子载波的预编码矩阵为所述第二载波的长期宽带特性矩阵和短期窄带特性矩阵的积;The precoding matrix of the first subcarrier is a product of a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier and a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix; and a precoding matrix of the second subcarrier is a long-term broadband characteristic of the second carrier The product of the matrix and the short-term narrow-band characteristic matrix;
    所述公共PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;所述公共PMI还用于指示所述第二子载波的长期宽带特性矩阵;The common PMI is used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the first sub-carrier; the common PMI is further used to indicate a long-term broadband characteristic matrix of the second sub-carrier;
    所述第一PMI用于指示所述第一子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵;The first PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the first subcarrier;
    所述第二PMI用于指示所述第二子载波的短期窄带特性矩阵。The second PMI is used to indicate a short-term narrowband characteristic matrix of the second subcarrier.
  25. 根据权利要求21-24任意一项所述基站,其特征在于:A base station according to any one of claims 21-24, characterized in that:
    所述接收单元还用于接收UE发送的第一PMI补偿值δ,所述δ用于和所述至少一个公共PMI、所述至少一个第一PMI共同确定所述第一子载波的预编码矩阵。The receiving unit is further configured to receive a first PMI compensation value δ sent by the UE, where the δ is used to determine a precoding matrix of the first subcarrier together with the at least one common PMI and the at least one first PMI. .
  26. 根据权利要求25所述基站,其特征在于,所述接收单元接收第一PMI补偿值δ具体包括:The base station according to claim 25, wherein the receiving, by the receiving unit, the first PMI compensation value δ specifically includes:
    所述接收单元通过物理上行链路控制信道PUCCH或物理上行共享信道PUSCH接收所述第一PMI补偿值δ。 The receiving unit receives the first PMI compensation value δ through a physical uplink control channel PUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
PCT/CN2014/095970 2014-12-31 2014-12-31 Precoding matrix indicator (pmi) feedback method and apparatus WO2016106710A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201480084493.XA CN107113661B (en) 2014-12-31 2014-12-31 Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) feedback method and device
PCT/CN2014/095970 WO2016106710A1 (en) 2014-12-31 2014-12-31 Precoding matrix indicator (pmi) feedback method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/095970 WO2016106710A1 (en) 2014-12-31 2014-12-31 Precoding matrix indicator (pmi) feedback method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016106710A1 true WO2016106710A1 (en) 2016-07-07

Family

ID=56283983

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/095970 WO2016106710A1 (en) 2014-12-31 2014-12-31 Precoding matrix indicator (pmi) feedback method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN107113661B (en)
WO (1) WO2016106710A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022141077A1 (en) * 2020-12-29 2022-07-07 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Information sending method, precoding granularity determination method, terminal and base station

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101808370A (en) * 2009-02-18 2010-08-18 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for reporting status information of channel
CN101873206A (en) * 2009-04-27 2010-10-27 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method, device and system for feeding back channel information
CN102428668A (en) * 2009-05-04 2012-04-25 高通股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for facilitating multicarrier differential channel quality indicator (cqi) feedback

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101808370A (en) * 2009-02-18 2010-08-18 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for reporting status information of channel
CN101873206A (en) * 2009-04-27 2010-10-27 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method, device and system for feeding back channel information
CN102428668A (en) * 2009-05-04 2012-04-25 高通股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for facilitating multicarrier differential channel quality indicator (cqi) feedback

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022141077A1 (en) * 2020-12-29 2022-07-07 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Information sending method, precoding granularity determination method, terminal and base station

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN107113661B (en) 2020-07-07
CN107113661A (en) 2017-08-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11683076B2 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, and system
US11101853B2 (en) Method for determining precoding matrix indicator, user equipment, and base station
US10778297B2 (en) Signal transmission method and apparatus
US20200119797A1 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
US9577724B2 (en) Precoding matrix indicator feedback method, receive end, and transmit end
US10574321B2 (en) UE reporting aggregated channel state information based on multiple P3 sweeps
US11848729B2 (en) Method for indicating precoding vector, method for determining precoding vector, and communications apparatus
US10367564B2 (en) Channel state information feedback method and related device for FD MIMO system
US11825325B2 (en) Dynamic indication for channel state information feedback
US20160134352A1 (en) System and Method for Beam-Formed Channel State Reference Signals
WO2020125422A1 (en) Channel state information (csi) reporting configuration method and communication apparatus
US10574409B2 (en) Information notification method and channel state information process execution method
US10601543B2 (en) Channel state information reporting method and communications apparatus
US20210250076A1 (en) Precoding vector indication method, precoding vector determining method, and communications apparatus
US9258044B2 (en) Method for feeding back precoding matrix indicator, receive end and transmit end
US10263673B2 (en) Signal transmission method and device
US11588524B2 (en) Channel measurement method and communications apparatus
CN116346179A (en) Method and apparatus for implementing uplink MIMO
US10581497B2 (en) Transmit diversity method, terminal, and base station
WO2017193404A1 (en) Channel state information reporting method, reading method, and related apparatus
US11082108B2 (en) Channel state information transmission method, access network device, and terminal device
WO2016106710A1 (en) Precoding matrix indicator (pmi) feedback method and apparatus
CN107211486B (en) Precoding matrix indicator PMI feedback method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14909518

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14909518

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1